Quarterlytics / Industrials / Kin and Carta

Kin and Carta

kct · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker kct
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Kin and Carta
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
We exist to make the world work better.

Annual Report and Accounts  
For the year ended 31 July 2020

We exist to make the 
world work better: 
Better for our clients, 
for their customers and 
for our people

Companies must constantly 
reinvent their business models to 
remain relevant in an increasingly 
digital world. Kin + Carta’s aim 
is to make its clients’ journey 
to becoming a digital business 
tangible, profitable and sustainable. 

Our clients benefit from our 
Connective: three distinct, 
but tightly integrated digital 
transformation capabilities – 

  Read more on the Connective

Advise, Create and Connect. They 
need to build digital twins to replace 
existing analogue processes, to 
design and launch new digital 
products and services, and to 
unlock future innovation through 
modernisation initiatives. Kin + Carta 
seamlessly integrates the strategic 
consulting, software engineering, 
and marketing technology needed 
to help businesses achieve these 
critical goals. 

  Read more about our story  
at kinandcarta.com

Overview

Investment Case

01
The digital 
transformation market 
is growing globally at 
double digit compound 
annual growth and 
impacting every sector

02

Kin + Carta’s 
Connective 
proposition is 
holistically designed to 
enable clients to drive 
meaningful change in 
their businesses

03
Kin + Carta is 
committed to 
responsible business 
and making the world 
work better for all

  Read more on the Digital 
Imperative on pages 8 to 11

  Read more on Our Business 
Model on pages 14 to 19

  Read more in our Responsible 
Business report on pages  
56 to 79

s Independent Auditors’ Report to the 
e
r
u
g
F

Consolidated Income Statement

Members of Kin and Carta plc

i

Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statement of  
Changes in Equity

Consolidated Balance Sheet

Consolidated Statement of  
Cash Flows

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements

Company Balance Sheet

Company Statement of  
Changes in Equity

Notes to the Company  
Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Glossary

160
172

173

174
175

176

177
234

235

236
246
247

Contents

i

w
e
v
r
e
v
O

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

t
r
o
p
e
R

e
t
a
r
o
p
r
o
C

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
G

Highlights

Chairman’s Statement

2

4

r
u
O

The Digital Imperative

The Connective

Our Business Model

Our Culture

Chief Executive Officer’s Review

Our Strategic Priorities

Case Studies

Key Performance Indicators

Financial Review

Alternative Performance Measures

Responsible Business 
(including section 172 statement)

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Board of Directors

Chairman’s Introduction to Governance

Corporate Governance Report

Audit Committee Report

Nomination Committee Report

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Directors’ Report

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

8

12
14
20
24
30
32
44
46
52

56
80

90
94
96
110
116
120
153
157

We exist to make the world work better.

11

OverviewWe exist to make the world work better.  
 
 
Highlights

Financial Highlights

Continuing Operations1

Adjusted Net Revenue2,3
£137.8m +1%

Adjusted Basic Earnings  
Per Share3
5.2p -42%

Adjusted Operating Profit3
£13.8m -30%

Adjusted Profit Before Tax3
£10.5m -39%

Statutory (Loss) Before Tax

Statutory Basic Loss Per 
Share

(£33.8m)

(19.3p)

Continuing + Discontinued Operations

Adjusted Net Revenue2,3
£146.1m -1%

Adjusted Operating Profit3
£14.9m -25%

Adjusted Profit Before Tax3
£11.6m -34%

Adjusted Basic Earnings  
Per Share3
5.7p -38%

Statutory (Loss) Before Tax

Statutory Basic Loss Per 
Share

(£34.2m)

(19.7p)

•  Adjusted Net revenue2 from Continuing Operations1 of £137.8 million; up 1% for the year including Spire Digital; down 

7% on a like-for-like4 basis

•  Adjusted profit before tax from Continuing Operations1 of £10.5 million (2019: £17.3 million), including second half 
adjusted profit before tax of £5.6 million which reflects business agility and resilience amidst the pandemic
•  Statutory loss before tax from Continuing Operations1 of £33.8 million (2019 profit: £2.1 million) resulting from the 

impairment of goodwill in a non-strategic Ventures business, acquisition related costs and restructuring

•  Net debt £31.6 million (2019: £38.4 million), representing a net debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio of 1.8×

•  Concluded triennial pension agreement with new lower fixed cost contributions and variable component aligned 
with the Company’s cash generation. The Scheme continues to have an accounting surplus, valued at £1.1 million 
at 31 July 2020

•  Divested Pragma, a non-core Ventures business in August 2020 with another non-strategic divestment in process 

attracting several credible bidders 

1. 

Continuing operations excludes the results of The Health Hive (US) LLC, The Health Hive Group Limited and subsidiaries, and Pragma Consulting 
Limited (note 8).

2.  Net revenue is defined as gross revenue excluding all direct costs and third party expenses passed to clients. Adjusted net revenue excludes net 

revenue from Incite Singapore, following the decision to close the operation in the year.

3.  Adjusted results exclude Adjusting Items to enhance understanding of the ongoing financial performance of the Group. Adjusting Items comprise 
redundancies; restructuring costs; gain or loss on disposal of properties; impairment or amortisation charges related to goodwill, tangible and 
intangible assets; contingent consideration required to be treated as remuneration; movements in deferred consideration; and costs related to 
the Company’s Defined Benefits Pension Scheme (note 7).

4. 

Like-for-like net revenue is net revenue from continuing operations at constant currency and excluding acquisitions when comparing the current 
period to the prior period. 

2

kinandcarta.com
w

 
 
 Back to contents

Operational Highlights

•  Significant Global 2000 client wins secured 

 − The restructured Kin + Carta Connect 

with delivery started over the summer 
lockdown period 

•  Partnership channel growth of c.20% with 

24 new clients added; Google and Microsoft 
accredited Kin + Carta as one of their top tier 
global partners for Cloud transformation 

•  Completed the final stages of transformation 
to an integrated consultancy with the launch 
of our brands Kin + Carta Advise, Kin + Carta 
Create and Kin + Carta Connect

 −  The new Kin + Carta Advise launched mid 
year; earned £2 million of net revenue

 − The core Kin + Carta Create net revenue 

grew 8% to £89 million including the Spire 
Digital acquisition; organic net revenue 
declined 5% due to COVID-19; recovering 
quickly 

net revenue declined 18% to £21 million 
due to COVID-19 and the completion of 
restructuring at the half year; stabilised and 
now growing

 − Appointed regional leadership for Americas 
and Europe to drive efficiencies and scale

•  Acquired Spire Digital in November 2019. 

Successfully integrated, selling across our 
platform and growing 

•  Completed the restructuring of all 

underperforming businesses; the few 
non-strategic Ventures businesses that remain 
are under review

3

OverviewWe exist to make the world work better.Chairman’s Statement

John Kerr
Chairman

While some clients had to postpone projects, 
our business remained remarkably resilient in 
the second half of the year and our financial 
performance improved in overall terms because of 
the rapid actions we took on costs. We called on 
the support of both the Coronavirus Job Retention 
Scheme in the UK and the Paycheck Protection 
Program in the US to preserve as many jobs as 
possible. We and our people are very grateful for 
the assistance provided, which helped us minimise 
the job losses that we sadly had to introduce.

As part of our plan to protect the business, 
the Group took a number of cash preservation 
measures. Our people accepted a 10% reduction 
in compensation, the executive management took 
a voluntary cut in base compensation of 20%, the 
Board took a similar reduction whilst our Chief 
Executive Officer took a voluntary reduction of 
50%, all for three months. We took the decision 
to withdraw the planned interim dividend and 
not to pay a year-end dividend to shareholders. 
We will review the dividend policy when market 
conditions are less constrained by the virus. 

Performance and focus
During the year, we have maintained focus on our core 
strategic directions. Despite the crisis, the Group has 
shown good progress on these:

1.  Focus – under our Chief Executive Officer’s leadership, 
we have migrated away from the marketing agency 
model and have developed an end-to-end consulting 
model, which can take our clients on the journey from 
strategy to action making use of our Advise, Create 
and Connect capabilities, deploying our deep Cloud 
and business technology knowledge and experience. 
We are investing to build market leading capabilities 
and planning to divest capabilities which don’t fit with 
our chosen areas of focus.

2.  Geographic expansion – the Group has presence in 
the UK, the Central Region of the US and Argentina. 
We plan to build market presence and extend our 
US footprint and did so in the past year by adding 
the Spire Digital business based in Denver, Colorado 
to the Group. That acquisition has enjoyed a strong 
performance and has integrated well into the Group.

Introduction
COVID-19 has put our resilience to the 
test. We have passed the first test with 
the support of our people, our clients 
and our partners and are well prepared 
for the next.

When I assumed the Chairmanship in 
December, none of us foresaw how quickly or 
how significantly our world would change. The 
COVID-19 pandemic has tested the resilience of 
the Group and I am proud to report to you how 
well our people have responded to the challenges. 
I am also proud of the speed and clarity of the 
actions taken by our leadership team to adapt to 
these unprecedented events. Our strategy and 
our values were tested in extreme circumstances 
and both proved resilient to dramatic change.

Our goals from the beginning of the crisis were to 
continue to support our clients, to demonstrate 
our commitment to our people and their families 
and to protect value for our shareholders by 
minimising the adverse impact of the significant 
market discontinuities whilst at the same time 
retaining critical capabilities for the future. We 
have performed strongly against those goals. 

4
4 kinandcarta.com
kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

3.  Partnerships – the Group has 

leading edge capabilities in high 
growth Cloud transformation 
technologies offered by partners 
such as Google and Microsoft, 
where we are investing in 
deepening our go-to-market 
relationships and credentials.

The Group had a plan for growth 
over the year as our investment 
areas developed. The COVID 
crisis delayed a return on these 
investments and the subsequent 
market disruption has led to a year 
where we will show flat growth year-
on-year including Spire Digital. 

Given the continuing economic 
uncertainty and marketplace 
disruption, we focused on cash 
generation and debt reduction 
while securing more flexible banking 
covenants should they be needed. 
In addition, our Chief Executive 
Officer and his leadership team 
have put in place a plan for the 
business to be positioned to take 
advantage of the upturn in the 
market when it comes. The trend 
to digitalisation has continued and 
indeed accelerated during the 
crisis. There are early signs that the 
market is stabilising and the Group 
is well positioned to support our 
clients as market demand builds.

You will read elsewhere in this report 
about remarkable work performed 
by our teams around the world. 
We are delivering highly innovative 
solutions for our clients on Google 
and Microsoft’s platforms. The power 
of these partnerships and quality 
of the transformational services we 
are delivering give me confidence 
in the future of the Group in a fast 
changing marketplace.

Our people and 
our responsibilities 
to society
People are not only important to the 
business of Kin + Carta, people are 
our business. What matters most 
are the skills and capabilities that 
each of our people brings to help 
solve our clients’ business problems, 
irrespective of their gender, ethnicity, 
religion or sexual orientation. 
Diversity of thought created by 
those differences makes our offering 
to the market even richer.

The Group is therefore committed 
to promoting inclusivity and 
equality of opportunity for all 
employees and job applicants. The 
Black Lives Matter protests have 
emphasised to us that being ‘not 
racist’ is not enough and so we have 
committed to being an anti-racist 
Group, not just in words but in 
action. We are now implementing 
a strategy to improve Inclusion, 
Diversity, Equity and Awareness 
(IDEA) throughout the Group.

We aspire to meet the highest 
standards of social and 
environmental performance, 
public transparency and legal 
accountability to balance profit 
and purpose. Our Chief Executive 
Officer set us on the path for our 
companies to achieve B Corp 
certification by the end of 2021 
and we remain committed to that. 
B Corp provides a framework and 
commitment to sustainable social 
change, particularly in the areas 
of inclusion and diversity and the 
initiatives we have taken in this area 
will be subject to audit as part of 
the B Corp process.

Governance and 
management
I succeeded Richard Stillwell in 
December. On behalf of the Board, 
I wanted to thank Richard for his 
13 years on the Board (seven as 
Chairman), during which time the 
Group was completely transformed 
from its print legacy to the digital 
transformation business we now are. 
It has been a remarkable journey 
and we have much further to go.

The Board is committed to 
maintaining high standards of 
corporate governance. It comprises 
five Non-Executive Directors 
(including myself as Chairman) 
along with the Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer. 
We have implemented systems to 
ensure oversight of the business 
meets the standards expected 
by our shareholders. During the 
year, we conducted a review of the 
effectiveness of the Board and its 
committees and are implementing 
the learnings from that process.

Our strategy and our values 
were tested in extreme 
circumstances and both 
proved resilient to dramatic 
change.”

We are grateful for the support of 
our shareholders during the past 
year. Your support allowed us to 
complete the acquisition of Spire 
Digital, which helped expand our 
market footprint in North America.

A key part of our commitment 
to high standards of governance 
is active engagement with our 
shareholders. Given the COVID-19 
pandemic, and so as to ensure 
the health and safety of our 
shareholders, employees and 
other stakeholders, the Board has 
decided that the AGM will be a 
closed meeting held in accordance 
with the provisions of the Corporate 
Insolvency and Governance 
Act 2020. We want to remain 
as accessible as possible and 
therefore encourage shareholders 
to ask any specific questions on 
the business of the AGM ahead 
of the meeting; details of how to 
submit questions are set out in 
the notice of AGM. We will also 
continue to post on the investors 
section of our website videos of our 
most recent investor presentations 
(investors.kinandcarta.com).

Looking forward
The Board will continue to hold 
the team accountable to the 
same strategic directions – 
focus, geographic expansion 
and partnerships – but with one 
addition: to continue to position 
our Group for outperformance once 
market conditions allow. 

The past year was unexpectedly 
challenging for our people, for the 
leadership and for the Company as a 
whole. But we sense that the market 
is recovering. Our key partnerships 
are strengthening. The reshaping of 
the Group is close to completion. 
Our opportunity has not diminished, 
nor has our determination to build 
scale for the future.

John Kerr
Chairman

5

OverviewWe exist to make the world work better.Strategic 
Report

6 kinandcarta.com

s
t
n
e
t
n
o
C

The Digital Imperative

The Connective

Our Business Model

Our Culture

Chief Executive Officer’s Review

Our Strategic Priorities

Case Studies

Key Performance Indicators

Financial Review

Alternative Performance Measures

Responsible Business  
(including section 172 statement)

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

8

12

14

20

24

30

32

44

46

52

56

80

7

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

The Digital Imperative 

The impact of COVID-19 on the 
digital transformation industry

For businesses across every industry and geography, the events of 2020 demonstrated 
that embracing digital was no longer a strategic choice, but a survival imperative. We 
have seen changes that previously took years to identify, plan and implement effected 
within months, weeks or even days as the COVID-19 crisis accelerated the demand 
for transformation of supply chains, sales channels and service delivery. In a ‘socially-
distanced’ economy, every company’s values and resilience were put to the test, and it 
was the digitally empowered businesses that thrived.

In 2019, the digital transformation market size was 
valued at USD 284 billion and was expected to expand 
at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 18.1% by 
2023.1 2020 accelerated the existing trend, increasing 
the expected CAGR to 22.5% from 2020 to 2027.2 

Although COVID-19 created a short-term disruption 
to digital transformation investment, the mid to long-
term impact of the pandemic is expected to accelerate 
spend, as organisations look to mitigate risk and utilise 
opportunities from changing consumer expectations, 
new channels to market, and other unforeseen 
disruptions to their businesses.

8

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

The key needs of businesses 
in digital transformation
While COVID-19 has accelerated the digital imperative for business leaders across 
different industries, their fundamental needs have not changed: how can they 
remain relevant in an increasingly digital world where all companies are becoming 
technology companies at their core?

Businesses are at different stages on the path to technological maturity and as a result face different challenges. 
These typically require three types of tailored digital solutions.

e To catch up

g
n
e

To get ahead

To evolve the 
base

l
l

a
h
c
e
h
T

l

a
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
a
g
r
O

i

y
t
i
r
u
t
a
m

y
t
i
n
u
t
r
o
p
p
o
e
h
T

Eliminate internal and external 
friction within current 
initiatives.

Innovate on the current 
offering to maintain or gain 
market share.

Overcome legacy constraints 
to accelerate company-wide 
innovation.

Beginner

Intermediate

Advanced

Digital twins

Digital ventures

Full stack modernisation

Identify and digitise existing 
high-value but inefficient 
processes, products, and 
business models.

Design, build, and launch new 
digital products, services, and 
experiences using the latest 
technologies.

Overhaul legacy technologies, 
maximise the return on 
investment of current data and 
tech stack, and advance ways 
of working.

1.  MarketsandMarkets (2019). Digital Transformation Market by Technology (Cloud Computing, Big Data & Analytics, Mobility/Social Media, 

Cybersecurity, Artificial Intelligence), Deployment type, Business Function, Vertical (Retail, Education), and Region – Global Forecast to 2023. 
https://www.marketsandmarkets.com/Market-Reports/digital-transformation-market-43010479.html

2.  Grand View Research (2020), Digital Transformation Market Size, Share & Trends Analysis Report By Type (Solution, Service), By Deployment 

(Hosted, On-premise), By Enterprise Size, By End Use, By Region, And Segment Forecasts, 2020 – 2027.  
https://www.grandviewresearch.com/industry-analysis/digital-transformation-market

9

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. 
 
 
 Back to contents

The Digital Imperative continued

Measured by CAGR 2020-2027

Growing demand for...
Measured by CAGR 2020-2024

22.5%

($1.392bn)

+31%

($7.6bn)

+16.3%

($516.7bn)

Digital Transformation

Enterprise IoT Platforms

Public Cloud Services

Worldwide digital transformation market 
is estimated to reach $1.392 billion in 
2027, representing a 22.5% CAGR.

Worldwide enterprise IoT 
platform spending reached $1.9 
billion in 2019 and is estimated 
to reach $7.6 billion in 2024, 
representing a 31% CAGR.

Worldwide public cloud 
services end-user spending 
reached $242.6 billion in 
2019 and is estimated to 
reach $516.7 billion in 2024, 
representing a 16.3% CAGR.

+10.9%

($94.8bn)

Customer Experience 

Management (CRM)

+7.2%

($16.7bn)

Content Services

+5.1%

($255bn)

IT Consulting Services

Worldwide customer 

Worldwide content services 

Worldwide IT consulting 

experience and relationship 

revenue in the enterprise 

end-user spending reached 

management (CRM) revenue 

application software market 

$199 billion in 2019 and is 

in the enterprise application 

reached $11.8 billion in 2019 

estimated to reach $255 

software market reached $56.5 

and is estimated to reach $16.7 

billion in 2024, representing 

billion in 2019 and is estimated 

billion in 2024, representing a 

a 5.1% CAGR.

to reach $94.8 billion in 2024, 

7.2% CAGR.

representing a 10.9% CAGR.

GARTNER 

GARTNER 

GARTNER 

GARTNER 

GARTNER 

“ Forecast: Enterprise IoT 
Platforms, Worldwide, 
2018-2024,” 

Peter Middleton, et al, 
18 March 2020

“ Forecast: Public Cloud 
Services, Worldwide, 
2018-2024, 2020 Update,” 

Colleen Graham, et al, 
13 July 2020

“ Forecast: Enterprise 

Application Software, 

“ Forecast: Enterprise 

Application Software, 

“ Forecast: IT Services, 

Worldwide, 2018-2024, 

Worldwide, 2018-2024, 

Worldwide, 2018-2024, 

2020 Update,” 

2020 Update,” 

Neha Gupta, et al,  

1 July 2020

2020 Update,” 

Neha Gupta, et al,  

1 July 2020

Dean Blackmore, et al,  

29 September 2020

10

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Strategic Report

Measured by CAGR 2020-2027

Measured by CAGR 2020-2024

Growing demand for...

22.5%

($1.392bn)

+31%

($7.6bn)

+16.3%

($516.7bn)

Digital Transformation

Enterprise IoT Platforms

Public Cloud Services

Worldwide digital transformation market 

Worldwide enterprise IoT 

Worldwide public cloud 

is estimated to reach $1.392 billion in 

platform spending reached $1.9 

services end-user spending 

2027, representing a 22.5% CAGR.

billion in 2019 and is estimated 

reached $242.6 billion in 

to reach $7.6 billion in 2024, 

2019 and is estimated to 

representing a 31% CAGR.

reach $516.7 billion in 2024, 

representing a 16.3% CAGR.

+10.9%

($94.8bn)

Customer Experience 
Management (CRM)

Worldwide customer 
experience and relationship 
management (CRM) revenue 
in the enterprise application 
software market reached $56.5 
billion in 2019 and is estimated 
to reach $94.8 billion in 2024, 
representing a 10.9% CAGR.

+7.2%

($16.7bn)

Content Services

+5.1%

($255bn)
IT Consulting Services

Worldwide content services 
revenue in the enterprise 
application software market 
reached $11.8 billion in 2019 
and is estimated to reach $16.7 
billion in 2024, representing a 
7.2% CAGR.

Worldwide IT consulting 
end-user spending reached 
$199 billion in 2019 and is 
estimated to reach $255 
billion in 2024, representing 
a 5.1% CAGR.

GARTNER 

GARTNER 

GARTNER 

GARTNER 

GARTNER 

“ Forecast: Enterprise IoT 

“ Forecast: Public Cloud 

Platforms, Worldwide, 

Services, Worldwide, 

2018-2024,” 

Peter Middleton, et al, 

18 March 2020

2018-2024, 2020 Update,” 

Colleen Graham, et al, 

13 July 2020

“ Forecast: Enterprise 
Application Software, 
Worldwide, 2018-2024, 
2020 Update,” 

“ Forecast: Enterprise 
Application Software, 
Worldwide, 2018-2024, 
2020 Update,” 

Neha Gupta, et al,  
1 July 2020

Neha Gupta, et al,  
1 July 2020

“ Forecast: IT Services, 
Worldwide, 2018-2024, 
2020 Update,” 

Dean Blackmore, et al,  
29 September 2020

The Gartner content described herein (the “Gartner Content”) represent(s) research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated 
subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. (“Gartner”), and are not representations of fact. Gartner Content speaks as of its original publication date 
(and not as of the date of this annual report), and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Content are subject to change without notice.

We exist to make the world work better.

11

 Back to contents

The Connective

We exist to make the world work better
Kin + Carta is a global digital transformation firm rebuilt for the 2020s. We make 
the journey to becoming a digital business tangible, sustainable, and profitable. 
Our clients benefit from our Connective: three distinct but tightly integrated digital 
transformation capabilities – Advise, Create, and Connect.

Our new integrated branding enables us to go to market as specialisms, as an end-to-end provider, and in strategic 
partnership with some of the world’s largest software companies. The sharpening of our focus on these three 
distinct capabilities allows us to deliver a more integrated offer combining consulting, deployment and ongoing 
managed services. Clients benefit from our merged ‘thinking and doing approach’, built around tangible and 
measurable business outcomes and delivering value at speed.

Pillars

Digitally – native 
management consultancy 
for our Chief Executive 
Officer buyer.

Modern Cloud engineering 
and emerging technology 
studio for our Chief 
Information Officer buyer.

Marketing technology 
implementation agency 
for our Chief Marketing 
Officer buyer.

Ventures

A digitally native management consulting firm. Our 
sector-focused consultants help the C-Suite better 
understand the evolution of their market and how 
their products and services need to evolve. For 
Advise, making the commercial case for change 
gives business leaders the confidence they need to 
invest for transformation and growth.

A next-generation modern software engineering 
studio. Our 800+ software engineers and designers 
deploy emerging technologies to create new 
products and platforms for our Chief Technology 
Officer and Chief Information Officer clients. 
For Create, identifying, building and nurturing an 
ever-changing set of up-to-the-minute capabilities 
is central to their mission. 

A data-driven marketing technology agency. Our 
digital marketing experts help our Chief Marketing 
Officer clients amplify their digital investments by 
implementing and optimising modern marketing 
technology and data platforms. For Connect, real-
time data-centric decision making lies at the heart 
of value proposition, leading to ongoing managed 
services relationships with clients.

These three capabilities 
were launched in 2020 
to combine our strengths 
and form our Connective 
proposition, a holistic offering 
enabling our clients to drive 
meaningful change in their 
businesses. Advise is the 
go-to-market identity of 
our new digitally-native 
management consultancy. 
Solstice and TAB aligned into 
a single powerful global brand, 
Create; our new acquisition, 
Spire Digital, is on track to be 
integrated into Create within 
12 months. AmazeRealise was 
restructured to form Connect. 

Our Ventures benefit from 
our shared services and 
other Group synergies, while 
deploying more independent 
growth strategies to exploit 
market-based opportunities. 
Hive, a discontinued operation, 
and Pragma, divested in August 
2020, were also operated as 
ventures during the year.

12

kinandcarta.com

 
 Back to contents

Strategic Report

Net revenue 
by capability 

Net revenue  
by region

Net revenue  
by sector 

2%

18%

15%

Key

Advise

Create

Connect

Ventures

5%

39%

65%

56%

Key

US

UK

18%

32%

13%

17%

9%

11%

Key

Financial services

Retail and distribution

Rest of World

Industrials and agriculture

Transportation

Healthcare

Non-strategic

Headquartered in London, Kin + Carta’s global team consists of c.1,400 engineers, strategists and creatives. 
Kin + Carta operates across the United States, United Kingdom, and Argentina serving the healthcare, financial 
services, B2B, consumer, agriculture and transportation sectors.

Customer types 

Kin + Carta’s organisational structure was designed to respond to the interdisciplinary and complex nature of 
enterprise buying decisions. Different decision making roles buy in different ways and against specialist criteria. 
Our pillar structure reflects this and is optimised to meet the needs of different buyers. As we increasingly sell 
end-to-end solutions that require integrated capabilities, our Pillars work seamlessly together under one Kin + Carta 
brand to accelerate speed to value for multiple stakeholders involved in the digital transformation process.

s
e
p
y
t

r
e
m
o
t
s
u
C

•  Chief Executive Officers

•  Chief Information Officers

•  Chief Digital Officers 

•  Chairs

•  Directors

We provide the oversight into all 
the initiatives and investments 
that they are undertaking into 
digital transformation. We help 
connect the long-term thinking 
in the boardroom with the 
short-term tactical operations. 

•  Chief Technology Officers

•  Chief Marketing Officers 

We help them achieve their 
goals of utilising digital 
marketing to grow awareness 
and their customer base.

We ensure that we are focused 
on building the right things – 
the right products for the right 
customers that simultaneously 
deliver business and customer 
value. We help to build 
capabilities in companies as we 
build products – we develop 
strategic knowledge and digital 
maturity in organisations. 

We exist to make the world work better.

13

 
 Back to contents

Our Business Model

The Carta
We have organised and enhanced 
our existing resources to formalise 
the ‘Carta’: a blueprint to develop our 
capabilities to optimise profitable growth 
and to create an exceptional employee 
experience. The Carta is founded on our 
Pillars, Ventures and platforms.

Our Pillars and Ventures, are our core organising 
principle that clusters, nurtures and evolves different 
capabilities in a way the traditional technology services 
market and talent base understands: management 
consultancy, software engineering studio, and digital 
marketing agency. 

 Read more about our  
Pillars and Ventures

14

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Strategic Report

Our four platforms provide a collection of shared services, technologies, capabilities and propositions that our 
Pillars and Ventures can implement to accelerate growth and expand employee career paths. 

Our platforms

Value creation

Proposition Platform
A cross-pillar construct that drives market-facing, 
benefits-led propositions involving fast changing 
technologies and domestic and nearshore delivery.

Growth Platform
Our global marketing, demand generation and 
partnership function, driving Kin + Carta’s market 
position and penetration among target client types 
and industries.

Operations Platform
An integrated approach to our shared service 
functions of finance, legal, HR, Connective Digital 
Services (IT), and risk management to streamline 
operations.

For clients: Applying emerging technology to solve today’s 
hardest challenges efficiently.

For shareholders: Increasing market differentiation and 
improving gross margins.

For our people: Continued investment in capability 
development.

For shareholders: A systematic approach to driving organic 
net revenue growth.

For all commercial partners: Increasing efficiency of business 
relations.

For shareholders: Reducing risk and increasing operating 
margins.

Culture and 
Responsibility Platform
Initiatives focused on creating an exceptional 
employee experience and positive impact for 
stakeholders, communities and wider society.

For our people: Increasing employee engagement and 
satisfaction.

For communities: Supporting responsible business initiatives.

For shareholders: Providing assurance that Kin + Carta is a 
sustainable investment opportunity.

Proposition Platform

Global networks driving cross-pillar propositions

Advise

Create

Connect

Ventures

Growth Platform

Global Lead Generation, Growth Opportunities, Global Marketing, 
Global Partnerships

Operations Platform

Global Finance, Legal, HR, Digital Services, Risk

Culture and Responsibility Platform Employee Experience, B Corp, IDEA

We exist to make the world work better.

15

 Back to contents

Our Business Model continued

Our growth strategy
The Carta, as well as a blueprint, is also a playbook to attract and integrate target 
acquisitions quickly and efficiently into Kin + Carta. The benefits of that integration 
– unlocking faster, more profitable growth – can in turn be invested in the ongoing 
evolution and development of the key elements of the Carta themselves. This is 
the Kin + Carta flywheel, which accelerates growth and amplifies the value the 
Carta creates for stakeholders, ultimately supporting the Connective’s long-term 
sustainable success.

01

03

02

01 Launch and grow 
a location

02 Implement 
the Carta

Unlock a new geographic 
market of target clients through 
acquisition or planting a flag

Bring the Proposition, Growth, 
Operations and Culture and 
Responsibility Platforms to 
organically grow talent, revenues 
and margins in the location

03 Invest in our Kin 
and our Carta

Utilise the returns from the 
location to invest in our people 
by enhancing the Carta, bringing 
new propositions to market and 
targeting new locations

16

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Strategic Report

Key

Current locations

Opportunities

Across North America and Europe, clients often look for 
suppliers in their local region, for reasons of awareness, 
referral, and cultural fit. As a result, new acquisitions 
harmonised with the Carta will open up access to new 
clients and growth opportunities.

Our refreshed Connective strategy drives focus and 
prioritisation on key ongoing initiatives around the 
innovation of our proposition, our demand machine, 
shared services and the employee proposition. It 
provides a rationale for our development of near-
shoring and a clear narrative for our acquisition targets. 
This in turn will build clarity and confidence for clients, 
employees and shareholders alike.

As we integrate Spire Digital into the 
broader Kin + Carta business, the Carta 
gives us a working model to think about our 
existing capabilities, our gaps and how we 
can deliver better work, more profitably to 
our existing client base and new prospects 
in the Mountain and West Coast regions.” 

Adam Hasemeyer
Chief Executive Officer, Spire Digital

We exist to make the world work better.

17

 Back to contents

Our Business Model continued

In summary: 
How our model continues to benefit from emerging digital transformation trends.

Agility is a given in the software development industry. However, deploying a 
genuinely agile strategy requires a recognition that client needs and expectations 
continually evolve.

Our business model explicitly addresses this through continual capability development, adding and integrating new 
service lines and identifying emerging client types.

Trend

Kin + Carta’s response

Fast-changing technologies
Cloud, IoT, AI, machine-learning and blockchain 
require ongoing acquisition, development and 
nurturing of specialised capabilities.

Our Pillars are explicitly capability-based: they will 
continue to be a core organising and talent development 
structure and can deliver effectively against the digital 
skills gap that exists in many Tier 1 organisations.

Financial scrutiny
Increasing scrutiny of return on investment on digital 
investments and rising operational expenditure 
associated with consolidation in the Cloud.

We have built and formalised Advise capabilities and 
will continue to embed them through the Proposition 
Platform. This is a forcing function to ensure qualified 
return on investment and commercial due diligence is a 
differentiated part of the offer.

Nearshore delivery
Increasing use of nearshore delivery capabilities 
to reduce development costs generically and 
specifically for recurring revenue from managed 
services.

We have an explicit plan to develop our existing 
resources in Buenos Aires and diversify and supplement 
them. This facilitates better cost-effectiveness in the 
initial sale and a natural evolution to affordable ongoing 
managed services.

Integration
Evolution of demand for integrated solutions: 
enterprise Cloud platforms, omnichannel customer 
experience, multi-source enterprise-wide data 
marketplaces.

Our Proposition Platform has been designed to drive 
cross-pillar service offerings that deliver an integrated 
design/build/manage offer that meets the emerging 
needs of mid-tier clients. Our single branding framework 
underlines the reality of a single Connective vision.

Bifurcation of buying clients
Two significant buyers: Enterprise businesses 
with significant strategic capability who have 
an internal digital skills gap; mid-tier clients for 
whom transformation is an imperative but are less 
equipped to navigate the supplier market and find 
Big Four engagements too expensive.

Our pillar-led capability focus delivers against the needs 
of both mid-tier and enterprise client types effectively. 
While core outbound marketing can focus on new 
Advise-led propositions designed for tightly defined 
mid-tier clients in our strategic sectors, our broader 
capabilities will continue to attract inbound needs for 
specific project-based skill sets.

18

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Strategic Report

We exist to make the world work better.

19

 Back to contents

Our Culture

Culture and Responsibility is one of the four core platforms within the Carta, reflecting 
the value we place on our people and their significance to our success. 

We strive to create a culture that our people can take pride in, to provide a stimulating environment for professional 
development, and for Kin + Carta to be a place where our people feel able to bring their authentic selves to work 
and have honest, productive conversations. With the Connective values at the centre of our culture and how we 
engage with our stakeholders, we are able to create best-in-practice products, platforms and experiences that have 
won worldwide recognition.

Our values:

Deeply connected

We don’t measure success by the number of offices we have. We measure it 
by how deeply interconnected we all are. Because only when our thinking is 
truly interconnected can we pull together for the greater good: the good of our 
business, our clients, and our communities.

Always courageous

Nothing happens when we sit still, and the safest choice is often the riskiest 
option. That’s why we question everything. Always seeking better ways to 
improve and grow. Because it’s our job to plot a new path forward.

Instinctively compassionate

We put our egos to one side and do what’s right, not what’s easy. We’re 
empathetic in all we do. We know when to talk and when to listen.

Deeply connected

Deep connections mattered more than ever this year 
due to COVID-19 and extended periods of remote 
working. With careful and creative thought, we have 
worked to maintain our connections with one another. 
We increased team meeting and business update 
frequency, sharing new business and delivery wins 
across the Connective, hosted Zoom book clubs, 
established remote running groups and organised 
fitness classes for our people.

Organising our first interactive digital summit, 
FWD20: The Age of Resilience, was a true test of our 
connectedness. The event had previously been organised 
as an in-person conference and with just 30 days to 
go we started our journey to create our first virtual 
summit. These summits typically take many months to 

prepare for, but we were looking for a catalyst to start 
more conversations with our stakeholders, to promote 
the great thought leadership that exists across the 
Connective, and to aid in our recovery to enable as many 
of our people to return to work from furlough as quickly 
as possible. We originally set a goal of attracting 500 
registrants by producing 10 to 20 sessions of meaningful 
content. We agreed the only way we could make it a 
success was to work together, as a Connective, across 
the globe. Through the focus and commitment of 25 of 
our people across three continents, and support from 
the Connective as a whole, we hosted over 50 sessions 
for almost 2,000 external registrants, offering them a 
wealth of expert advice in overcoming the challenges 
many industries are facing in the new era we have 
entered. FWD20 is continued evidence of the strength of 
connection, support and agility at Kin + Carta.

20

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Always courageous

Following the renewed outrage against racial injustice 
around the globe, in June 2020 our Chief Executive 
Officer, J Schwan, announced our commitment to 
develop, within 60 days, a strategic action plan to start 
dismantling systemic racism within our Company and 
our communities. The acknowledgement of the depth 
and breadth of the injustice and commitment to the 
considerable work required to drive meaningful change 
is a powerful demonstration of courage from the very 
top of Kin + Carta. 

  Read more about our Inclusion, Diversity, Equity 
and Awareness initiatives

On this journey of education, decision and action, 
we introduced the ‘Pass the Mic’ initiative. Pass the 
Mic provides a platform to our people from diverse 
backgrounds to share their enriching perspectives, 
goals, lived experiences and learnings with the 
Connective and our wider community. These deeply 
personal insights demonstrate that the world doesn’t 
work the same for everyone. For some it’s a world of 
routine yet often overlooked forces of bias, judgement 
and oppression. For others it’s a world of privilege, 
advantage, and opportunity. These narratives take great 
courage to share and reflect the first hand experiences 
of the ugly realities of western society. Our Pass the Mic 
narratives are available to view in the Insights section of 
our website (kinandcarta.com).

Instinctively 
compassionate

The importance of being compassionate in everything 
we do has heightened in recent months with many of 
our employees and their families impacted directly or 
indirectly by COVID-19. 

In response to the financial impacts of COVID-19, Kin + 
Carta facilitated the formation of the Kin Benevolence 
Fund (the ‘Fund’). The Fund is overseen by the 
Community Impact Fund, a 501c(b) U.S. registered 

charity, and supported by Community Bridge who act 
as the independent grant-making organisation for the 
Fund. The purpose of the Fund is to assist individuals 
(employees and their family members, employees of 
clients, vendors or strategic partners of Kin + Carta) and 
the broader communities in which Kin + Carta operates 
who provide supporting evidence of financial distress. 
The Fund was initially seeded by a donation from our 
Chief Executive Officer, thereafter donations have been 
made by many other employees across Kin + Carta. The 
Fund has raised over £200,000 and distributed over 
£100,000 to families impacted by the pandemic. 

21

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Our Culture continued

Our purpose:
We exist to make the world work 
better: better for our clients, for 
their customers and for our people

Aligning purpose, values, 
strategy and culture
To ensure our people understand our purpose and 
strategic priorities, and how our culture is integral to 
successfully fulfilling them, we introduced Connective-
wide ‘All Hands’ meetings in September 2019. Our All 
Hands meetings have agendas focused on the strategic 
direction of our business and how we conduct ourselves 
to achieve our objectives, aiming to highlight the 
importance of our people to making it happen. 

At our most recent All Hands, hosted in August 2020, 
we shared with our people: 

•  our new business strategy and proposition 
(see pages 14 to 19 for Our Business Model) 

•  exciting case studies of transformational and 

innovative projects we’ve delivered for our clients 
that reflect our courage in being industry leaders 
(see pages 32 to 43 for our case studies)

•  updates on our responsible business initiatives, 
including B Corp certification progress and an 
introduction to our IDEA commitment and action 
plan, which are key to embedding and maintaining 
each of our Connective values (see pages 56 to 79 
for our Responsible Business report)

Our Executive Directors and senior leadership team also 
provide Connective-wide video or written e-briefings 
on key topics at pertinent times to keep our people 
informed of significant strategic developments, how 
those developments support our purpose of making 
the world work better and how they reflect our values of 
connection, courage and compassion.

22

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Strategic Report

Additionally, we take great pride in receiving company 
awards that showcase our successes in areas such 
as workplace and culture and technical areas such as 
product and service development. 

Employee net promoter score 

2020: +24 
2019: +27

Monitoring culture 

We monitor culture to understand behaviours and 
sentiment throughout the Connective and provide 
an opportunity to address any misalignment with the 
intended culture. Our mechanisms for monitoring 
culture include: 

•  undertaking half yearly employee engagement 
surveys that generate employee net promoter 
scores (‘eNPS’), measure employee loyalty, 
engagement and how likely they are to recommend 
us as a great place to work. eNPS is one of our core 
key performance indicators, for more information 
see page 45

•  sending pulse surveys to our teams at frequent 

intervals to ensure we are receiving regular feedback 
and provide opportunities to share ideas of how we 
can improve the working environment

•  considering public feedback on social media and 

review platforms such as Glassdoor

2020 Awards and recognition

Awarded
Campaign Tech Awards 2020: 
Best Use of Tech in CRM alongside Spark44

Leadership recognised in
Crain’s Chicago Business – 
Most Notable Women in Technology

Awarded
Episerver Web Awards: 
Most Innovative Digital Solution

Awarded
PRCA Dare Awards: 
Digital and Social Media Campaign of the Year

Judges choice winner
Timmy Awards: Best Tech Culture

Ranked 67 on
Built In Chicago’s 2020 Best Places to Work

Recognised as
VMware’s System Integration Partner of the Year

Recognised among
Training Magazine’s Top 125 Training Programs

Recognised in
Forrester’s Now Tech: 
Digital Transformation Services

We exist to make the world work better.

23

 Back to contents

Chief Executive Officer’s 
Review

J Schwan
Chief Executive Officer

Our response to the COVID-19 crisis demonstrated 
our people’s resilience, agility, and empathy. Our 
teams pulled together to manage the business under 
exceptional circumstances whilst continuing to delight 
our clients by delivering cutting edge solutions. Our 
ability to serve our clients efficiently whilst working 
remotely served us well. Employees and senior 
management voluntarily reduced salaries, while also 
establishing an Employee Benevolence Fund that 
raised over £200,000 to help families impacted by the 
pandemic. We leveraged government relief programmes 
in the UK and the US, which combined with the other 
actions enabled us to retain our key staff and conserve 
our core capabilities. Our strong financial oversight, led 
by Chris Kutsor in his first full year as Chief Financial 
Officer, even allowed us to improve our net debt 
position, lowering our net debt by 20% from the start of 
the pandemic. 

Our full-year net revenue from continuing operations 
grew 1% to £138 million. As reported in our half-year 
results announcement, our first half performance 
met expectations for moderate growth. With healthy 
bookings and strong pipelines at the start of our 
second half, we were poised for a return to double-digit 
growth. The pandemic directly impacted our second 
half performance as some of our clients responded 
instinctively by stopping or reducing projects and our 
pipeline of new business opportunities stalled. The full 
effects of the pandemic caused our revenue to decline 
more steeply in the latter part of our second half (May-
July). This reduced level of revenue has continued 
into the beginning of our new financial year which 
commenced 1 August 2020. The continuing effects of 
the pandemic will cause net revenue in the first half of 
our new financial year to be lower than the second half 
of last year. 

Despite reduced revenue levels, our second half 
profitability improved compared to our first half through 
assertive cost reductions and we expect to hold this 
level of profitability into the first half of our new financial 
year ending in 2021. Both revenue and pipeline are 
recovering. Although it takes time to restart large client 
projects and to convert pipeline into billing revenue, 
we are seeing an acceleration in new client wins and 
considerable strengthening of the pipeline. Whilst the 
impact of the pandemic has been significant, it has not 
affected our long-term growth ambitions.

Progress amid a 
pandemic 
Given the pandemic’s outbreak in the 
second half of our financial year, it would 
be tempting to frame our performance 
only in terms of its impact and our 
response. However, the overarching 
story for Kin + Carta in FY20 is one of 
progress culminating in the creation 
of our integrated platform to better 
drive growth and profitability over the 
coming years. Our transformation from a 
portfolio of businesses into an integrated 
technology consultancy platform for the 
future is now complete. 

24 kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Our leadership team has risen to 
the challenge with decisive and 
coordinated actions to mitigate 
short-term risks to the business. 
At the same time, we chose to 
accelerate our restructuring and 
position ourselves for recovery and 
growth. We have already seen even 
our hardest hit clients’ budgets 
begin to return, some larger than 
before. The pandemic has served 
as a stark reminder that becoming a 
digital business is no longer a luxury, 
but an imperative. 

During the year, we retained focus 
on our Strategic Plan which included 
the following milestones: 

•  The final integration of the 

business into Kin + Carta’s three 
core brands of Advise, Create 
and Connect. This rebranding 
of our service offerings into a 
single platform has provided 
clear focus in our go-to-market 
positioning and is gaining 
traction with clients. 

•  The reorganisation of the 

operations of our business to 
serve two regions – the Americas 
and Europe, allowing us to align 
incentive models accordingly. This 
regional model is an important 
final step in our transformation 
and will facilitate scale.

•  A strategic review and 

restructuring of the legacy 
brands that make up our 
Ventures businesses, including 
the divestment of our non-
strategic business Pragma in 
August 2020 and the expected 
divestment of Hive soon. We 
are continuing to review the 
remaining Ventures businesses 
for either divestment or 
integration. 

•  Further investment in our 

partnership channel with a 
specific focus on Google and 
Microsoft. This channel has 
grown substantially and now 
accounts for over £30 million 
of the Company’s net revenue, 
an increase of 20% over the 
previous year with the addition 
of 24 new clients. Both Google 
and Microsoft have accredited 
Kin + Carta as one of their top 
tier global partners for Cloud 
transformation. 

Our acquisition of Spire Digital in 
November 2019 has been a success. 
In addition to utilising the Kin + 
Carta platforms for incremental 
growth and operational efficiency, 
Spire Digital also proved resilient 
through the pandemic. Spire 
Digital’s senior team is finalising 
their full integration into Kin + Carta 
Americas and they are positioned 
to lead our westward expansion 
throughout the US. 

In 2019, multiple industry reports 
estimated the digital transformation 
(“DX”) market we serve to be 
valued at USD 284 billion and was 
expected to expand at a compound 
annual growth rate (CAGR) of 18% 
by 2023.1 The events of 2020 have 
accelerated these estimates to a 
CAGR of 22.5% from 2020 to 2027.2 

We are well positioned to capture 
this growth with the integrated 
consultancy platform and regional 
operating model we have created, 
the digital advisory and engineering 
capabilities we have proven in 
the market and the partnerships 
we have formed with the largest 
and fastest growing technology 
infrastructure providers in the world. 

The pandemic has served 
as a stark reminder that 
becoming a digital business 
is no longer a luxury, but an 
imperative.”

Operational update: 
transformation 
complete
Two years ago, when we started 
the transformation of the Group 
from the legacy of St Ives into the 
new Kin + Carta, we categorised 
our capabilities into the pillars 
of Strategy, Innovation and 
Communications which comprised 
all of the legacy agencies. We 
have since separated our non-DX 
focused agencies, Edit and Incite, 
into our Ventures arm, where they 
have been under strategic review. 
Hive has been classified as a 
discontinued operation since it is in 
an active sale process and several 
bids from credible buyers have 
been received. 

We now have our client-facing 
capabilities integrated into the 
three pillars of Kin + Carta Advise, 
Kin + Carta Create and  
Kin + Carta Connect, which 
represent our service offerings 
to clients in a way that is easy for 
clients to understand and engage 
with. This integration was a key 
final step in forming the integrated 
consultancy under which we  
now operate.

1.  MarketsandMarkets (2019). Digital Transformation Market by Technology (Cloud Computing, Big Data & Analytics, Mobility/Social Media, 

Cybersecurity, Artificial Intelligence), Deployment type, Business Function, Vertical (Retail, Education), and Region – Global Forecast to 2023.
https://www.marketsandmarkets.com/Market-Reports/digital-transformation-market-43010479.html.

2.  Grand View Research (2020), Digital Transformation Market Size, Share & Trends Analysis Report By Type (Solution, Service), By Deployment 

(Hosted, On-premise), By Enterprise Size, By End Use, By Region, And Segment Forecasts, 2020 – 2027.  
https://www.grandviewresearch.com/industry-analysis/digital-transformation-market

25

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Chief Executive Officer’s 
Review continued

Kin + Carta Advise 
(2% of net revenue)
Our Kin + Carta Advise brand is 
the go-to-market identity of our 
new digitally native management 
consultancy which was launched at 
the end of the first half by carving 
out and repurposing select parts 
of the former Strategy pillar. Advise 
provides capabilities in investment 
diligence, strategic planning, 
business innovation and operational 
automation. Advise is focused on 
spearheading new cross-pillar deals, 
several of which were delivered 
this year such as Brunswick and 
Magellan Midstream Partners in the 
US and Rab and JLA in the UK. 

Our former Strategy pillar was made 
up of our core Kin + Carta Advise 
brand as well as Hive, Pragma, 
and Incite. Our market research 
consultancy, Incite, remains part 
of our Ventures arm while Pragma 
was recently divested and our 
healthcare communications 
business, Hive, is in an active 
divestment process. 

Our priorities for Advise will be 
focused on establishing the 
capability in the US and growing 
the new proposition from the newly 
formed UK presence in Europe.

Kin + Carta Create 
(65% of net revenue) 
Kin + Carta Create, formerly known 
as our Innovation pillar, was already 
building a formidable reputation 
for delivering clients new digital 
services and software development. 
Create was impacted by the 
pandemic in the second half, with 
net revenue falling organically by 
5% for the year, but grew by 8% 
with the inclusion of the recently 
acquired Spire Digital revenue. The 
growth potential of this pillar has 
not changed, and we believe it will 
only accelerate as the need for our 
services increases with the need for 
businesses to operate digitally and 
virtually. 

Create now accounts for 65% of 
the Group’s net revenue, up from 
60% a year ago. Create net revenue 
grew 8% from a year ago. Create 
revenue has grown at double-digit 
growth rates throughout our multi-
year transformation; and although 
it was temporarily disrupted by the 
impacts of COVID-19, we expect the 
double-digit growth rate to resume 
in the new fiscal year. 

Our investment in our Google 
partnership has proved extremely 
rewarding. Google helped us 
win 14 new clients this year by 
implementing its industry-leading 
AI and Cloud technologies. During 
the pandemic, Google has looked to 
us as its strategic partner for tech 
transformation and contactless 
customer solutions. For example, 
we are now driving contact centre 
AI implementations to help 
alleviate demand on customer 
call centres. Our joint partnership 
has led to several new strategic 
client relationships which will help 
accelerate our growth in the future. 

26

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Management priorities for this 
pillar include maintaining organic 
growth driven by the continued 
evolution of cutting-edge client 
offerings underpinned by our 
strong partnerships with Microsoft, 
Google and others and at the same 
time seeking additional inorganic 
growth via bolt-on acquisitions and 
geographic expansion. 

Kin + Carta Connect 
(15% of net revenue) 
Kin + Carta Connect, which was a 
part of our former Communications 
pillar, now operates in both our 
European and Americas markets, 
helping our Chief Marketing Officer 
(“CMO”) clients to implement 
and manage e-commerce, 
digital experience, and marketing 
automation platforms. We have 
strategically partnered with 
software leaders Episerver, Sitecore 
and Microsoft to bring these 

solutions to our blue chip client 
base. Connect’s first year in the 
Americas has been a success, 
securing five new clients, including 
Tractor Supply Co., Coyote Logistics, 
and Corteva Agriscience. Of all of 
Kin + Carta’s individual business 
units, Connect’s revenues were 
the most resilient throughout 
the pandemic, bolstered in part 
by managed services recurring 
revenue. 

Our former Communications pillar 
was also made up of our Venture 
business, Edit, which has been 
restructured and right-sized to 
focus on their core capability of 
transformational CRM and intelligent 
customer data.

Kin + Carta Connect is focused 
on building out its US offering to 
existing and new clients, while 
adding implementation and 
managed services growth in the 
UK in partnership with Episerver, 
Sitecore and Microsoft.

During the pandemic, 
Google has looked to us 
as its strategic partner 
for tech transformation 
and contactless customer 
solutions.”

Our regions
As a part of the completion of 
our transformation, we are now 
managing our Advise, Create and 
Connect platform by two regional 
leadership teams. This enables 
our key locations to leverage our 
Pillars and for profitable growth, 
bringing the full force of our digital 
transformation capabilities to each 
and every client whilst facilitating 
expansion into new geographies. This 
fundamental shift in our operating 
model, including leadership team 
restructuring, employee capability 
and incentive realignment will 
underpin our future growth. 

27

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Chief Executive Officer’s 
Review continued

Our US transformation was led by 
newly appointed Americas Group 
Chief Executive, Kelly Manthey 
(formerly Solstice CEO). Kelly is 
supported by her territory leaders 
in Chicago, New York, and Denver. 
This organisation has also assigned 
Americas leaders for Advise, Create, 
and Connect. This management 
team is working together to 
cross-sell Kin + Carta’s capabilities 
across all of our Americas locations 
with a structure that also allows for 
the eventual expansion into new 
territories. 

The Americas region net revenue 
was up 18% including Spire Digital, 
but flat year-on-year organically 
due to the impact of the pandemic 
in the second half. We are 
beginning to see the benefits of 
this restructure through cross-sell 
capabilities driving new growth 
opportunities.

In the UK, we have appointed David 
Tuck, former Managing Director 
of TAB, as our Europe Group 
Chief Executive, managing our 
London, Edinburgh and Amsterdam 
locations. David has built his 
leadership team in a similar model 
as the Americas to unlock cross-
selling opportunities across the 
platform. European revenue for our 
three pillars decreased by 15% due 
to the impacts of the restructures 
and pandemic, but as previously 
mentioned, we are seeing this trend 
reverse now that the businesses 
are right-sized, focused and 
well-positioned to capitalise on the 
new digital imperative in the market.

Strategic progress: 
platform ready for 
expansion
During our transformation, we 
focused on our five strategic 
priorities of Growth, Proposition, 
People, Operations, and Expansion. 
With the completion of our 

transformation, we have evolved 
these priorities into what we now 
call “The Carta Platform”. The 
Carta Platform is a collection 
of centralised shared services, 
technologies and capabilities that 
will drive our growth more efficiently 
while streamlining the integration of 
new acquisitions into our business.

During the year, in creating The 
Carta Platform, we made the 
following improvements to our 
centralised operating capabilities. 

• 

In launching the Advise, Create 
and Connect platform, we 
appointed our new Global 
Chief Strategy Officer, Matthew 
Froggatt, and Global Chief 
Technology Officer, Stephen 
Wilson to manage and evolve our 
proposition to the DX market. 

•  We have further invested in our 
Growth strategic priority and 
capabilities, expanding global 
marketing, lead generation, 
partnership and sales operations 
functions. 

•  We centralised our Operations 
capabilities to provide global 
back-office services with 
its priority to accelerate 
efficiencies and improved profit 
margins across the business.

•  Our Culture and Responsibility 
focus is organised around our 
B Corp ambitions which are 
outlined below. 

This Carta Platform approach is the 
model that will facilitate efficient 
and effective expansion into new 
territories over time. It has already 
allowed Spire Digital to ease its 
transition into our business and 
accelerate its growth. Future 
acquisitions will also be able to 
leverage this Platform.

This powerful combination of 
our three pillar platform, the 
regional management structure 
and centralising our operating 

capabilities will allow us to more 
readily build scale, helping to 
fuel Kin + Carta’s goal of being a 
billion-dollar net revenue company 
by our fiscal year 2027.

Future acquisitions will be focused 
on either enhancing the Platform 
capability or expanding the Platform 
reach. Future tuck-ins we are 
currently pursuing are focused on 
enterprise data transformation, 
robotic process automation, and 
next-gen emerging engineering 
capabilities. We are also pursuing 
nearshore, low cost engineering 
delivery capabilities for Europe to 
complement our low-cost delivery 
capabilities in Buenos Aires as well 
as geographic expansion in the 
western and southern United States 
and Canada. 

Social responsibility: 
committed to 
making the world 
work better 
Social responsibility continues to be 
an integral part of how we operate 
Kin + Carta, playing an important 
role for our people, our clients and 
our other business partners. Our 
focus in FY20 was on two areas: 
progressing with B Corp certification 
(an internationally recognised, 
independent responsible business 
framework) across all our regions 
and specialisms, and developing a 
new strategic plan for our Inclusion, 
Diversity, Equity and Awareness 
(IDEA) programme. 

We are pleased to report significant 
progress in both of these areas, 
with the B Corp process on track 
to hit our target of certification 
of all regions and specialisms by 
the end of FY21. During FY20, we 
introduced a new Group-wide Code 
of Ethics, expanded our community 
involvement programmes, set new 
net zero carbon and zero waste to 

28

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Outlook:  
Recovery on Track 
and Accelerating
The pandemic has emphasised 
that it is no longer optional for 
businesses to become digital, 
it is imperative, and we are 
well positioned to capture the 
opportunity with our transformation 
to a pure play DX consultancy now 
complete. 

We are progressing towards a 
recovery with our current pipeline 
now valued at the highest level in 
over 12 months. There is a short 
time lag converting the pipeline to 
revenue and we expect our first half 
net revenue to be slightly below our 
second half FY20, with profitability 
in line with second half levels.

We have made significant 
investment in creating the powerful 
combination of our three-pillar 
platform, a regional management 
structure and centralised operating 
capabilities which combined, will 
allow us to build scale more readily. 
I remain confident in the future 
opportunity for Kin + Carta and 
believe the Company is in better 
shape than ever to deliver on it. 
I am optimistic of a return to growth 
in the second half of the current 
financial year, whilst cautious on 
the continued macro-uncertainty 
caused by the pandemic.

J Schwan
Chief Executive Officer

5 November 2020

landfill targets, and developed a set 
of non-financial KPIs to track and 
progress in the coming years. 

Within IDEA, following the renewed 
outrage against racial injustice 
around the globe, Kin + Carta 
committed to developing a new 
framework, strategy and programme 
of action. The implementation of 
this programme started in August 
2020 and it includes commitments 
on the diversity of our teams and 
our suppliers, the incorporation of 
IDEA into our employee experience 
policies and our client services, 
reviewing pay equity, and using 
our influence to increase diverse 
representation in the technology 
industry. We believe in using our 
platform and resources to break 
down structural inequality and 
will work in playing our part to 
achieve this. Please see the Social 
Responsibility section of our 
website for more detail on each of 
these initiatives (kinandcarta.com).

  Read more about our 
Responsible Business 
initiatives

29

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Our Strategic Priorities

During our transformation, we focused on our five strategic priorities of Growth, 
Proposition, People, Operations and Expansion. With the completion of our 
transformation, we have evolved these priorities into what we now call the ‘Carta’. 
The Carta is a collection of centralised shared services, technologies and capabilities 
that will drive our growth more efficiently while streamlining the integration of new 
acquisitions into our business.

This Carta approach is the model that will facilitate efficient and effective expansion into new territories over 
time. It has already allowed Spire Digital to ease its transition into our business and accelerate its growth. Future 
acquisitions will also be able to leverage this platform. During the year, in creating the Carta, we made the following 
improvements to our centralised operating capabilities, as outlined below. 

  Read more about the Carta and our growth strategy in Our Business Model on pages 14 to 19

Strategic 
priorities

Proposition 
Platform

Growth  
Platform

Operations 
Platform

Culture and Responsibility  

Expansion 

Platform

Description A cross-pillar construct that 

2020 
progress

drives market-facing, benefits-
led propositions involving 
fast changing technologies 
and domestic and nearshore 
delivery.

In launching the Advise, Create 
and Connect platform, we 
appointed our new Global 
Chief Strategy Officer, Matthew 
Froggatt, and Global Chief 
Technology Officer, Stephen 
Wilson, to manage and evolve 
our proposition to the DX 
market. 

Our global marketing, demand 
generation and partnership 
functions, driving Kin + 
Carta’s market position and 
penetration among target client 
types and industries.

An integrated approach to 
our shared service functions 
of finance, legal, HR, digital 
services (IT), and risk 
management to streamline 
operations.

We have further invested in our 
Growth strategic priority and 
capabilities, expanding global 
marketing, lead generation, 
partnership and sales 
operations functions. 

We centralised our Operations 
capabilities to provide global 
back-office services with 
its priority to accelerate 
efficiencies and improved profit 
margins across the business.

 2021 focus We will create, test and roll out 
an expanded set of cross-pillar 
digital transformation offerings 
including a unique managed 
services offer and integrated 
partnership propositions.

Our Pillars and Ventures have 
defined growth initiatives, 
including investments in our 
partner channels and targeting 
sales and marketing activities 
on prioritised propositions, 
to progress towards our 
Connective growth ambition.

We will build and roll out an 
integrated strategic vision 
and plan for the Operations 
Platform.

Link to KPIs

1

  2   3

Link to risks 4   5   6  

30

kinandcarta.com

1

1

  2   3  

  3   4

2   3   5

  4   5  

9

11

Action Plan.

4  

7   8  

1

  5  

2   3   4   10

Initiatives focused on creating an exceptional employee experience 

Initiatives supporting inorganic growth and 

and positive impact for stakeholders, communities and wider society.

the subsequent integration of acquisitions: 

driving sales in new regions, acquiring 

new capabilities and unlocking nearshore 

delivery.

The focus of our Culture and Responsibility Platform was on two 

We completed the acquisition of Spire 

areas: progressing with B Corp certification across all our regions 

Digital in November 2019. Spire Digital’s 

and specialisms, and developing a new strategic plan for our 

employees and their clients have proven 

Inclusion, Diversity, Equity and Awareness (IDEA) programme. We 

resilient, and Spire Digital has continued 

made significant progress in both of these areas, with the B Corp 

to grow throughout the pandemic by 

process on track to hit our target of certification of all regions 

leveraging the investments we have made 

and specialisms by the end of 2021. Within IDEA, following the 

in our global growth and partnership 

renewed outrage against racial injustice around the globe, Kin + 

platforms. Spire Digital’s senior leadership 

Carta committed to developing a new framework, strategy and 

team is leading their integration into Kin + 

programme of action. The implementation of our IDEA strategic 

Carta Americas and they are positioned to 

plan commenced in August 2020.

own our westward expansion into the US.

  Read more about our B Corp and IDEA initiatives in our  

Responsible Business report on pages 68 and 69

We will develop, roll out and institutionalise our IDEA Strategic 

Future acquisitions will be focused on 

either enhancing the Carta capability or 

expanding the Carta reach.

 
 
 
 Back to contents

KPIs

Risks

 1 Net revenue growth

1

  COVID-19 and pandemic shocks

7  Our people

2 Adjusted operating profit margin

2  Economy and volatility

3 Cross-pillar deals

3  Growth

8   Brand and culture  

perception

9  Finance

 4   Employee net promoter score 

4  Scalability

10  Pension scheme

(‘eNPS’)

5 Geographic expansion

5   Assimilation

11   Data security and GDPR

6  Clients

  Read more about our KPIs on 
pages 44 and 45

  Read more about our Principal Risks and  
Uncertainties on pages 80 to 87

led propositions involving 

functions, driving Kin + 

of finance, legal, HR, digital 

fast changing technologies 

Carta’s market position and 

services (IT), and risk 

and domestic and nearshore 

penetration among target client 

management to streamline 

delivery.

types and industries.

operations.

2020 

progress

In launching the Advise, Create 

We have further invested in our 

We centralised our Operations 

and Connect platform, we 

appointed our new Global 

Growth strategic priority and 

capabilities to provide global 

capabilities, expanding global 

back-office services with 

Chief Strategy Officer, Matthew 

marketing, lead generation, 

its priority to accelerate 

Froggatt, and Global Chief 

partnership and sales 

efficiencies and improved profit 

Technology Officer, Stephen 

operations functions. 

margins across the business.

Wilson, to manage and evolve 

our proposition to the DX 

market. 

Strategic 

priorities

Proposition 

Platform

Growth  

Platform

Operations 

Platform

Culture and Responsibility  
Platform

Expansion 

Description A cross-pillar construct that 

Our global marketing, demand 

An integrated approach to 

drives market-facing, benefits-

generation and partnership 

our shared service functions 

Initiatives focused on creating an exceptional employee experience 
and positive impact for stakeholders, communities and wider society.

Initiatives supporting inorganic growth and 
the subsequent integration of acquisitions: 
driving sales in new regions, acquiring 
new capabilities and unlocking nearshore 
delivery.

The focus of our Culture and Responsibility Platform was on two 
areas: progressing with B Corp certification across all our regions 
and specialisms, and developing a new strategic plan for our 
Inclusion, Diversity, Equity and Awareness (IDEA) programme. We 
made significant progress in both of these areas, with the B Corp 
process on track to hit our target of certification of all regions 
and specialisms by the end of 2021. Within IDEA, following the 
renewed outrage against racial injustice around the globe, Kin + 
Carta committed to developing a new framework, strategy and 
programme of action. The implementation of our IDEA strategic 
plan commenced in August 2020.

We completed the acquisition of Spire 
Digital in November 2019. Spire Digital’s 
employees and their clients have proven 
resilient, and Spire Digital has continued 
to grow throughout the pandemic by 
leveraging the investments we have made 
in our global growth and partnership 
platforms. Spire Digital’s senior leadership 
team is leading their integration into Kin + 
Carta Americas and they are positioned to 
own our westward expansion into the US.

  Read more about our B Corp and IDEA initiatives in our  
Responsible Business report on pages 68 and 69

 2021 focus We will create, test and roll out 

Our Pillars and Ventures have 

We will build and roll out an 

an expanded set of cross-pillar 

defined growth initiatives, 

integrated strategic vision 

digital transformation offerings 

including investments in our 

and plan for the Operations 

We will develop, roll out and institutionalise our IDEA Strategic 
Action Plan.

Future acquisitions will be focused on 
either enhancing the Carta capability or 
expanding the Carta reach.

including a unique managed 

partner channels and targeting 

Platform.

services offer and integrated 

sales and marketing activities 

partnership propositions.

on prioritised propositions, 

to progress towards our 

Connective growth ambition.

Link to KPIs

1

  2   3

Link to risks 4   5   6  

1

1

  2   3  

  3   4

2   3   5

  4   5  

9

11

4  

7   8  

1

  5  

2   3   4   10

31

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. 
 
 
 Back to contents

The Connective Expansion 

Kin + Carta works hard to create modern digital products that aid our clients 
in moving swiftly into the future. This often involves combining several existing 
specialisations and the integrity and values of the companies we work with. We 
strive to ensure we are adding digital services that meet the client’s and their 
customers’ needs all at once.

Because we work hard to maintain trust with our client, they in turn keep the trust of 
their customers. When trust filters through in this manner, it leads to more referrals 
and expansion for our customers. Digital is no longer an option but a requirement, 
whether in a pandemic or after.

summit, Advise facilitated multiple remote strategy 
workshops, created a view on the new pricing strategy 
via rounds of targeted customer research, and 
synthesised disparate desires into a cohesive narrative.

Our engagement with Magellan has not only allowed 
the business to uncover, explore and develop new 
ways of marketing services, but also encouraged them 
to radically transform their approach to software 
development and the way their business functions 
while keeping part of their foundational infrastructure 
intact. In this sense, digital transformation did not mean 
starting over for Magellan: it meant evolving their base 
and transitioning to a framework based on continuous 
improvement.

Case study

Evolution and improvement 
instead of ground-up

Full stack modernisation
Magellan Midstream is a pipeline company in the 
United States energy industry. Headquartered in Tulsa, 
Oklahoma, they provide transportation and storage 
services of crude oil and refined products for oil fields, 
refineries and convenience stores, as well as exportation 
to other countries.

Magellan reached out to Kin + Carta Spire Digital 
with the challenge of modernising their 20-year-old 
monolithic, desktop-based application called Atlas, as 
well as upskilling their teams in Agile ways of working to 
transform their software development process. Their 
commitment was set on improving their customers’ 
experience while engaging with their services by creating 
an accessible and transparent modern user interface.

In the enterprise modernisation journey, the team at 
Magellan was revisiting their business model in search 
of customer needs. At this stage, Kin + Carta Advise was 
selected as a strategic partner to help craft Magellan’s 
narrative to improve the user experience and provide 
input on a new pricing model in a heavily regulated 
industry. In anticipation of a large customer 

32 kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Strategic Report

Case study

Advancing marketing 
automation for 1,200 
financial advisors

Digital venture
Commonwealth Financial Network is the largest privately 
held registered investment advisor-independent broker 
in the United States. As they identified an opportunity 
to better serve their advisors through the optimisation 
of their current marketing efforts, they approached Kin 
+ Carta Spire Digital to help architect and implement a 
marketing automation platform that could be utilised by 
all of its 1,200 financial advisors to communicate with 
clients and grow their businesses.

User research was the first step towards success; 
we worked to get to know Commonwealth’s financial 
advisors and to acquire insights into how they market 
their personalised businesses. With these findings, 
we set out to help drive more value from an advisor’s 
marketing, help advisors stay top of mind with 
clients and prospects, and strengthen advisor-client 
relationships while increasing loyalty and, thus, referrals. 
We supported these goals with the development of 

marketing automation tools. Realising that personalised 
communication can strengthen and develop 
relationships, we created welcome and meeting emails, 
a dynamic advisor newsletter with content specific to 
the recipient, and a suite of events marketing materials, 
which led to above industry average open/read rate.

This successful project has led us to partner with 
Commonwealth on other innovative solutions. We are 
developing a marketing hub to help advisors simplify 
their marketing efforts as well as responding to their 
outsourced marketing requests through our marketing 
services team. The marketing hub platform connects 
advisors and staff members to various marketing 
implementation tools and helps educate users along 
the way.

The marketing hub project combines multiple 
capabilities across project teams within the Kin + Carta 
Connective. The Connect team is providing the overall 
executional strategy and design framework, while the 
Create team is implementing the custom build and 
integration with other Commonwealth systems, as well 
as helping lay a new Microsoft Azure foundation for this 
project and other Commonwealth digital initiatives.

We exist to make the world work better.

33

 Back to contents

Case study

Loop’s deep commerce expertise and strategic 
consulting matched with Connect’s trajectory in digital 
marketing was the propeller behind Southwire’s digital 
experience transformation. We leveraged internal 
and external data to advance the working practices 
and operating model of Southwire by establishing a 
roadmap aimed at expanding the company’s digital 
footprint with enhancements in globalisation, brand 
standardisation and the B2B customer portal. Re-
platforming and redesigning the new Southwire.com 
website was the first step in the agenda, as we continue 
to work on developing the Southwire brand, expanding 
their ONE Southwire connected digital estate to Canada, 
and making their Commerce platform transactional to 
consolidate a loop of continuous growth.

Reimagining Southwire’s 
connected digital estate

Full stack modernisation
Southwire is one of the leading manufacturers of wire 
and cable used in the transmission and distribution of 
electricity. Headquartered in Carrollton, Georgia, in the 
United States; they deliver power to millions of people 
around the world. Nearly one in two new homes built 
in the United States contains their wire, and Southwire 
provides more than half of the cable used to transmit 
and distribute electricity throughout the nation.

As Southwire grew following a series of acquisitions 
in their Tools, Components, and Assembled Solution 
business, they partnered with Loop Integration and Kin 
+ Carta Connect to execute a brand assessment and 
design a digital roadmap that would enable them to 
leverage the current and future acquired brands and 
their products. Their top priorities involved streamlining 
their enterprise commerce solution, remaining 
competitive in the digital landscape, and improving their 
customer experience.

34

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Strategic Report

Our Google Partnership

Kin + Carta has been a Google partner since 2017, leading businesses through digital 
transformation with world-class technology, increased velocity and a seamless 
client experience. Today we are proud to be a Google Cloud Premier Partner, as our 
teams have been continuously able to maintain the highest standards of knowledge, 
support and ingenuity in working with Google Cloud products.

With over 12 joint clients and more than 50 certified Google Cloud Platform 
engineers, we’ve developed an integrated and collaborative approach to serving 
clients by helping them put long-term enterprise plans into practice and unlock 
exponential value through custom solutions.

35

We exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Case study

In partnership with Google, one of our most recent 
projects focuses on developing the digital infrastructure 
that enables Michigan’s leading utility company, 
Consumers Energy, to run a large-scale demand 
response programme. As many as 100,000 Google 
Nest thermostats are being provided free of charge to 
residents who opt-in to the programme, which aims 
to reduce energy usage, particularly at peak times, 
and increase the resiliency of the grid. By allowing the 
utility to remotely adjust thermostat settings when 
demand is forecast to exceed capacity, participating 
households can save up to 15% on their monthly bill 
and reduce their carbon footprint. The programme, in 
turn, effectively facilitates the utility’s pursuit of its own 
clean energy goals, which include eliminating coal and 
achieving net-zero carbon emissions by 2040.

Combining customer 
satisfaction with 
environmental keys

Digital ventures, full stack modernisation
More than 85 utilities around the globe, serving well 
over 100 million households and businesses, depend on 
Uplight digital solutions to accelerate the clean energy 
ecosystem. Uplight has the ambitious goal of reducing 
CO2 emissions by more than 100 million metric tons and 
saving consumers more than $10 billion on their energy 
bills in the next five years.

Our team is Uplight’s go-to digital product development 
partner, working hand in hand to modernise the 
elements of customer energy action management, 
including recommendation engines, demand response 
management platforms, smart home and energy 
efficiency marketplaces, and much more. In addition, 
Kin + Carta Spire Digital and Kin + Carta Create have 
become Google Cloud’s go-to partner in architecting 
and implementing Uplight’s GCP migration. 

36

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Case study

Improving the voice ordering 
experience for a fast food giant

Digital twin
One of the most technologically advanced global fast 
food companies was looking to help its 7,000+ US 
franchise locations optimise the way customers submit 
orders over the telephone. They knew a traditional 
interactive voice response solution would not deliver 
the ‘natural language’ customer experience their 
customers demanded for often complex ordering 
interactions.

Kin + Carta partnered with Google to evolve a 
Dialogflow-based conversational experience and 
improve upon the industry-first innovation that would 
drive the client’s desired outcome, conversion rate. We 

identified the four pain points identified as blockers for 
the success of the ordering experience by evaluating 
the present Dialogflow implementation, creating 
hypotheses on root of cause and testing them against 
the recognised metrics of success. The minimum 
viable product (MVP) leveraged Google Cloud’s 
Speech-to-Text (STT) Phone Call enhanced model.

The outcome is a new solution that allows customers to 
place orders for multiple products in a single utterance. 
As a result of the new Dialogflow implementation and 
proficient conversational design, the word error rate 
was reduced from over 39% to 13%; increasing accuracy, 
expediting ordering and providing phone customers a 
more seamless voice ordering experience.

37

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

The Power of Nearshore 
Delivery

Nearshore delivery has become an integral part of our business model as it allows us 
to reduce development costs for our clients. Our teams in Chicago, London, New York 
and Denver have collaborated with our teams in Buenos Aires on several projects for 
better cost-effectiveness in the initial sale, a natural evolution to affordable ongoing 
managed services, and a specialised skillset assigned to each specific project.

season in the US, and the app was just released in 
Buenos Aires for their planting season. 

Last year, we highlighted the Pioneer Seeds app and the 
Yield Estimation feature, which utilises machine learning 
at the edge to allow users to take a picture of an ear 
of corn and receive a yield estimate. The app now has 
over 40,000 unique users, and the nearshore team is 
continuing to collaborate with the team in Chicago to 
build market-shaping technology to increase adoption 
and engagement. In June 2020, the team released the 
ThreatID feature, which allows users to take a picture 
of their crop and receive a pest, disease, or deficiency 
identification. Over 2,000 users have received over 9,300 
successful threat identifications, and the app saw a 44% 
increase in usage the week the feature was released.

Case study

Shaping innovation for  
the agriscience industry  
with Corteva
Digital ventures
Corteva, a global agriscience leader, has teamed up with 
Kin + Carta for over four years to build several products 
to disrupt and shape the agriscience industry by 
evolving its base through advanced innovation efforts.

Early in the season, agronomists often perform time-
intensive stand assessments for their growers by 
physically walking and counting plants that have 
emerged from the ground. In collaboration with 
Corteva’s R&D and IT teams, Kin + Carta’s teams 
in Chicago and Buenos Aires developed an iPad 
application, Corteva Flight, that allows agronomists to 
draw a flight path and send it to a drone. The drone 
takes pictures and the app processes those pictures 
to determine the stand count (i.e. how many plants 
emerged from the ground) and spacing, reducing the 
time to do a stand assessment by 76%. The images set 
a new standard for the speed and agility with which 
growers can make real-time agronomic decisions. 
Over 12,000 flights were completed during the planting 

38

kinandcarta.com

 
Strategic Report

The service blueprint has given Security Benefit the 
knowledge and experience about how to bring a 
digital product to life and how to design a frictionless 
experience for their future customers. It has not only 
ignited a mindset shift for a 120-year-old company, but 
it will also keep their business relevant and protected in 
the rapidly shifting financial services landscape.

 Back to contents

Case study

Equipping Security Benefit 
to service their next 
generation of customers

Digital venture
Security Benefit is a 120-year-old retirement investment 
manufacturer who provides annuities and financial 
products that service non-profit and teachers’ 
retirement accounts through their network of agents. 
As their customer base is primarily composed of 60+ 
year-old clients, they were encouraged by Eldridge 
Group, the private equity company who owns them, to 
embrace a digital transformation journey in order to 
capture their next generation of customers. With this 
in mind, they were interested in developing a direct to 
consumer universal life insurance product that could be 
fully accessed digitally.

As the company is headquartered in Kansas, remote 
collaboration between Security Benefit and Kin + Carta 
was the imperative from the get-go. In order to achieve 
the desired velocity and meet the budget requirements 
for the project, the delivery team in Buenos Aires was 
brought onboard to collaborate with the team in Chicago.

A thorough competitive analysis, combined with user 
research that focused on different stakeholders, allowed 
us to develop a service blueprint that outlined every 
digital touchpoint along the universal life insurance 
journey from the customer’s perspective, as well as to 
map the touchpoints back to the different technology 
systems, people and processes that could make that 
experience happen.

Case study

Streamlining the employee 
experience for COUNTRY 
Financial®

Digital twin
2020 marks the five-year anniversary of Kin + Carta 
working together with COUNTRY Financial, an insurance 
and financial services group based in Illinois with a client 
base that spans the Midwest, Northwest and Southeast 
United States. Having travelled a long way since our 
first engagement which focused on their mobile 
strategy, we collaborated with them on delivering a 
modern application for their sales force, as their current 
interface was labour-intensive, not streamlined and built 
on a legacy infrastructure.

The MVP was built and launched into production by a 
team based in Chicago and Buenos Aires. Over time 
and in accordance with COUNTRY Financial’s feature 
requirements and cost savings we transitioned to an all 

Buenos Aires team except for the Delivery Lead which 
sustained the relationship with the client in Chicago. 
The team in Buenos Aires was also successfully able 
to accelerate the time frame by playing all the roles 
essential to the project.

The result was a rebranded leads and activities 
application founded on modern web technology 
that streamlined the insurance and financial services 
agents’ daily experience. The product has increased 
accessibility through desktop and mobile devices, 
allowing agents to use on the go. It has also improved 
clarity of data and speed to value as agents are able to 
work in an automated and more streamlined interface.

The app improved overall experience for COUNTRY 
Financial agents with the intent to increase the number 
of households the company provides services for. It 
has set a standard to attract new talent in a highly 
competitive industry that can now offer its agents a 
highly dynamic and enjoyable work experience.

We exist to make the world work better.

39

 
 Back to contents

COVID-19 Catalysts

Healthcare and retail are some of the industries that faced the strongest pressure 
to embark on a journey to digitally transform as the contactless economy becomes 
the new mandate. Whether we were already working on projects that in turn required 
earlier release dates or were tasked on a new, immediate need, we were able to pivot 
to meet that demand, enabling our clients to provide self-service digital experiences 
that respond to the modern customer journey maps the pandemic has made 
mandatory.

40

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Case study

Conserving integrity 
whilst expanding

Digital twin
Co-op is one of the world’s largest consumer 
co-operatives, with more than 2,500 local, convenience 
and medium-sized stores in the UK. As the COVID-19 
pandemic hit the UK, operations and customer 
communications for essential businesses like 
Co-op were put to the test. The company faced an 
unprecedented increase in demand on operations 
which made all forecasted trading plans and targets 
redundant, leading to significant consumer confusion 
and insecurity, the need for additional health and safety 
practicalities to safeguard customers and employees, as 
well as the shift to remote working for central roles.

Kin + Carta proposed a rapid response strategy to 
support Co-op and their customers. In just weeks 
we addressed the immediate business actions to 
maintain critical workstreams, and create an updated, 
consumer-centric reactive plan with a structured 
response for each possible eventuality that could shake 
the nation and the business.

Co-op was able to support communities with a focus 
on stock, personal protective equipment, colleague and 
customer wellbeing and raising funds for those in need 
while conserving its brand values and integrity. Planned 
reactiveness allowed Kin + Carta to deliver at pace and 
with provided flexibility, which allowed Co-op to be 
nimble in their communication throughout the pandemic 
but with a clear direction. Kin + Carta demonstrated a 
balance of true understanding of Co-op’s operational 
pressure with the demands of their valued customers, 
increasing speed to value for the company at the time in 
which stakes were at their highest.

41

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Meeting demand 
ahead of schedule

Digital twin
The primary Medicare and Medicaid provider for 
downstate New York reached out to Kin + Carta in an 
effort to develop a self-service experience that would 
service the health needs of their 1.2 million members. 
The custom-built application was planned to include 
features such as providing access to an insurance plan, 
finding a doctor, changing your primary care provider, 
looking up your benefits and accessing Teladoc, among 
others. The initial roadmap had the release of the 
application scheduled for July 2020.

As the COVID-19 pandemic hit in March, providing a 
digital self-service experience became the utmost 
priority for the insurer. In order to provide their 
members the resources and attention that they needed 
immediately, both the client and Kin + Carta were 
challenged to move their timeline forward and release 
the application in April. As the pandemic did not affect 
the product roadmap, which had already been designed 
to provide a 100% self-service experience, the focus 
was set on accelerating time to release.

After a shift to an iterative feature release plan, the 
application was launched to market in just three 
weeks, which rapidly allowed members to access 
necessary healthcare resources, like Teladoc, at the 
peak demand. The pandemic expedited the client’s 
shift to an omni-channel, contactless business as Kin 
+ Carta continues to support them on reimagining 
their approach to healthcare insurance through digital 
transformation.

Case study

42

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Case study

Redefining the used car 
industry with Cazoo’s new 
digital proposition 

Full stack modernisation
Over the past year, Kin + Carta have been working with 
Cazoo, Britain’s fastest unicorn, to redefine the way 
consumers buy used cars. With the used-car market 
lacking transparency, convenience and customer 
satisfaction, Cazoo saw an opportunity to make buying 
a used car as easy as buying any other product online 
today.

Cazoo launched towards the end of 2019, and ran 
operationally for just a few months before the UK 
lockdown announcement in March. Fortunately, the 
work the Kin + Carta and Cazoo teams have done 
over the past year translated extremely well in helping 
Cazoo navigate the COVID-19 crisis. For example, the 
decision was made to run on an entirely serverless 
architecture, which enabled Cazoo to scale quickly 
and with significant flexibility. In addition, integrating 
with the relevant third parties ensured that everything 
from finance payments to insurance already took place 
online and cars were delivered directly to customers’ 
houses. With the exception of a short pause in delivery 
to ensure new COVID-19 regulations were met, their 
technology platforms and business model was set up to 
evolve and thrive amidst the pandemic.

As the COVID-19 pandemic hit, providing a digital-first 
experience became the top priority overnight for most 
businesses. In this scenario, Cazoo was able to raise an 
additional £100 million in funding, at a time when most 
venture capitalists around the world were holding their 
breath. We continue our strong partnership with Cazoo 
to help them adapt to the changing environment whilst 
ensuring continued success.

43

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Key Performance Indicators

01

2020

2019

Adjusted Net 
revenue growth1

Adjusted operating 
profit margin1

02

03 Cross-pillar deals1

-7.4%

1.4%

2020

2019

10.0%

14.4%

2020

2019

47

40

Definition:
Percentage of Adjusted operating 
profit over Adjusted net revenue.

Definition:
Number of cross-pillar deals 
across the Connective. 

Adjusted operating profit margin 
is the measure used by the 
executive team to evaluate 
Pillars’ performances and allocate 
resources. 

Performance 
commentary:
2020: 10.0.% 

2019: 14.4% 

The reduction in Adjusted operating 
profit margin for the year reflects 
the impact of COVID-19 on the 
Group, resulting in a significant 
reduction of Adjusted net revenue 
for the last four months of the 
year, as well as the effects of 
investments made in Proposition, 
Growth and Operations Platforms 
on operating expenses.

Link to strategic 
priorities:

The cross-pillar proposition 
is a fundamental element of 
Kin + Carta’s growth plan, with a 
strategic priority to create, test 
and roll out an expanded set of 
cross-pillar digital transformation 
offerings, including a unique 
managed services offering 
and ‘co-branded’ partnership 
propositions. 

Performance 
commentary:
2020: 47 cross-pillar deals were 
signed in 2020.

2019: 40 cross-pillar deals were 
signed in 2019.

We are now managing our Advise, 
Create and Connect Pillars by 
two regional leadership teams. 
This enables our key locations 
to leverage our Pillars and for 
profitable growth to each and 
every client whilst facilitating 
expansion into new geographies.

Link to strategic 
priorities:

Definition:
Organic Adjusted net revenue 
growth indicates the increase of 
Adjusted net revenue compared 
to the previous period achieved 
using internal resources (excluding 
any acquisition during the current 
period and at currency constant 
rate of exchange).

Constant currency Adjusted net 
revenue growth identifies the 
revenue growth trend. Organic 
constant currency Adjusted 
net revenue growth excludes 
Spire Digital revenue providing 
Kin + Carta standalone results 
excluding the acquisition made 
during the current period. Organic 
Adjusted net revenue is presented 
at a constant currency rate of 
exchange in order to neutralise 
any fluctuations generated by FX 
movement during the year. 

Performance 
commentary:
2020: Adjusted net revenue decline 
on a like-for-like basis at constant 
currency was -7.4% 

2019: Adjusted net revenue growth 
on a like-for-like basis at constant 
currency was 1.4% 

The Adjusted net revenue decline 
was mainly due to COVID-19 across 
all the Pillars, together with the 
completion of the restructure of the 
Kin + Carta Connect pillar and the 
Edit venture.

Link to strategic 
priorities:

1. 

Continuing operations only. Continuing operations excludes the results of The Health Hive (US) LLC, The Health Hive Group Limited and 
subsidiaries, and Pragma Consulting Limited (note 8).

44

kinandcarta.com

Employee net 

promoter score 

04

(‘eNPS’)

2020

2019

+24

+27

Geographic 

expansion

05

Definition:

eNPS based on employees’ 

likelihood to recommend 

Kin + Carta as an employer.

Definition:

Strategic expansion into new 

regions domestically and 

internationally.

We believe employee engagement 

Clients often look to buy services 

is an indirect measurement of 

both employee happiness and 

from suppliers in their local 

region, for reasons of awareness, 

business performance. Measuring 

referral and culture. As a result, 

engagement allows us to ensure 

new acquisitions combined 

that as the firm scales globally and 

with the Carta – our blueprint 

new businesses are introduced 

to build, enhance and organise 

into the Connective, we have a 

differing capabilities – opens up 

consistent way to track the overall 

access to new clients and growth 

wellbeing and collective feeling of 

opportunities.

our employees. 

Performance 

commentary:

2020: +24

2019: +27

Our eNPS score has remained 

stable during a period of significant 

change and we are encouraged 

by this demonstration of our 

ability to keep our people engaged 

during challenging times. Through 

engaging with our workforce, we 

have identified drivers for eNPS 

growth, which include better 

connecting our purpose to the 

work undertaken by our people 

and providing employees with 

more clarity regarding structure, 

responsibilities, expectation and 

accountabilities. 

Link to strategic 

priorities:

Our aim for 2020 was to establish 

our acquisition strategy and 

integration framework and to 

identify acquisition opportunities 

in western and southern regions of 

the US.

Performance 

commentary:

2020: We developed our Carta, 

which is described in Our Business 

Model on pages 14 to 19, achieving 

our 2020 target of establishing our 

acquisition strategy and integration 

framework. In addition, during the 

year we acquired Spire Digital, 

delivering a strategic foothold in 

the western United States with a 

best-in-class software design and 

engineering capability that adds to 

our fast growing Create pillar.

2019: We launched a new Create 

office in Edinburgh, a new Connect 

office in Chicago and new Advise 

offices in New York and London. 

Link to strategic 

priorities:

01

2020

2019

Adjusted Net 

revenue growth1

Adjusted operating 

02

profit margin1

03 Cross-pillar deals1

-7.4%

1.4%

2020

2019

10.0%

14.4%

2020

2019

47

40

Definition:

Definition:

Definition:

Organic Adjusted net revenue 

Percentage of Adjusted operating 

Number of cross-pillar deals 

growth indicates the increase of 

profit over Adjusted net revenue.

across the Connective. 

Adjusted operating profit margin 

The cross-pillar proposition 

is the measure used by the 

executive team to evaluate 

is a fundamental element of 

Kin + Carta’s growth plan, with a 

Pillars’ performances and allocate 

strategic priority to create, test 

resources. 

Performance 

commentary:

2020: 10.0.% 

2019: 14.4% 

The reduction in Adjusted operating 

profit margin for the year reflects 

the impact of COVID-19 on the 

Group, resulting in a significant 

reduction of Adjusted net revenue 

for the last four months of the 

year, as well as the effects of 

on operating expenses.

Link to strategic 

priorities:

and roll out an expanded set of 

cross-pillar digital transformation 

offerings, including a unique 

managed services offering 

and ‘co-branded’ partnership 

propositions. 

Performance 

commentary:

2020: 47 cross-pillar deals were 

signed in 2020.

2019: 40 cross-pillar deals were 

signed in 2019.

two regional leadership teams. 

This enables our key locations 

to leverage our Pillars and for 

profitable growth to each and 

every client whilst facilitating 

expansion into new geographies.

Link to strategic 

priorities:

investments made in Proposition, 

We are now managing our Advise, 

Growth and Operations Platforms 

Create and Connect Pillars by 

Adjusted net revenue compared 

to the previous period achieved 

using internal resources (excluding 

any acquisition during the current 

period and at currency constant 

rate of exchange).

Constant currency Adjusted net 

revenue growth identifies the 

revenue growth trend. Organic 

constant currency Adjusted 

net revenue growth excludes 

Spire Digital revenue providing 

Kin + Carta standalone results 

excluding the acquisition made 

during the current period. Organic 

Adjusted net revenue is presented 

at a constant currency rate of 

exchange in order to neutralise 

any fluctuations generated by FX 

movement during the year. 

Performance 

commentary:

2020: Adjusted net revenue decline 

on a like-for-like basis at constant 

currency was -7.4% 

2019: Adjusted net revenue growth 

on a like-for-like basis at constant 

currency was 1.4% 

The Adjusted net revenue decline 

was mainly due to COVID-19 across 

all the Pillars, together with the 

completion of the restructure of the 

Kin + Carta Connect pillar and the 

Edit venture.

Link to strategic 

priorities:

 Back to contents

Employee net 
promoter score 
(‘eNPS’)

Geographic 
expansion

05

+24

+27

04

2020

2019

Definition:
eNPS based on employees’ 
likelihood to recommend 
Kin + Carta as an employer.

We believe employee engagement 
is an indirect measurement of 
both employee happiness and 
business performance. Measuring 
engagement allows us to ensure 
that as the firm scales globally and 
new businesses are introduced 
into the Connective, we have a 
consistent way to track the overall 
wellbeing and collective feeling of 
our employees. 

Performance 
commentary:
2020: +24

2019: +27

Our eNPS score has remained 
stable during a period of significant 
change and we are encouraged 
by this demonstration of our 
ability to keep our people engaged 
during challenging times. Through 
engaging with our workforce, we 
have identified drivers for eNPS 
growth, which include better 
connecting our purpose to the 
work undertaken by our people 
and providing employees with 
more clarity regarding structure, 
responsibilities, expectation and 
accountabilities. 

Link to strategic 
priorities:

Definition:
Strategic expansion into new 
regions domestically and 
internationally.

Clients often look to buy services 
from suppliers in their local 
region, for reasons of awareness, 
referral and culture. As a result, 
new acquisitions combined 
with the Carta – our blueprint 
to build, enhance and organise 
differing capabilities – opens up 
access to new clients and growth 
opportunities.

Our aim for 2020 was to establish 
our acquisition strategy and 
integration framework and to 
identify acquisition opportunities 
in western and southern regions of 
the US.

Performance 
commentary:
2020: We developed our Carta, 
which is described in Our Business 
Model on pages 14 to 19, achieving 
our 2020 target of establishing our 
acquisition strategy and integration 
framework. In addition, during the 
year we acquired Spire Digital, 
delivering a strategic foothold in 
the western United States with a 
best-in-class software design and 
engineering capability that adds to 
our fast growing Create pillar.

2019: We launched a new Create 
office in Edinburgh, a new Connect 
office in Chicago and new Advise 
offices in New York and London. 

Link to strategic 
priorities:

Our 2021 focus
Following our transformation 
from a portfolio of businesses 
into an integrated technology 
consulting platform in 2020, 
we will introduce new key 
performance indicators in 2021, 
which are aligned to our strategic 
priorities. These key performance 
indicators include measures 
of our partnership channel, 
managed service offering, 
nearshore centres and inclusion, 
diversity, equity and awareness 
initiatives.

Strategic Priorities

  Proposition Platform

  Growth Platform

  Operations Platform

   Culture and 
Responsibility Platform

  Expansion

  Read more about Our 
Strategic Priorities on pages 
30 and 31

45

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Financial Review

Chris Kutsor
Chief Financial Officer

These challenging effects of COVID-19 continued in 
the new 2021 fiscal year as anticipated, so whilst we 
are seeing our pipeline and revenue begin to recover, it 
takes time to restart large client projects and convert 
new pipeline into billing revenue. Thus, organic net 
revenue in the first half of our new 2021 fiscal year is 
expected to be down double digits compared to the 
prior year, but growing sequentially in Q1 compared to 
Q4 of fiscal year 2020.

Despite the pandemic’s impact, we improved our net debt 
position during our second half and over the year. Net 
debt declined from £38.4 million to £31.6 million, including 
the acquisition of Spire Digital in November 2019. 

These results have been achieved against a background 
of the continued reshaping of our business which has 
culminated in our launch of our Advise, Create and 
Connect proposition, refocusing our management 
teams on our two main regions of the Americas and 
Europe and realigning a number of our operational 
functions to deliver efficiencies across the Company. 
These initiatives were not without cost, but I am 
confident that the future performance of our Company 
will benefit significantly from these investments.

We have demonstrated our ability to operate with agility 
and execute in the most difficult of times. I am impressed 
with the manner in which our teams across the business 
have reacted with such flexibility and resilience. Recent 
events have not diminished our future ambitions.

Overview 
COVID-19 has been a reminder that we 
are operating in a robust, growing and 
business critical market. Despite an 
encouraging first half, COVID-19 and 
the associated lockdowns significantly 
impacted the second half of our fiscal 
year. These impacts included large 
client projects being stopped, reduced 
or put on hold and near-term pipeline 
opportunities significantly reduced. We 
aggressively reduced costs and focused 
on stabilising the business whilst the 
effects of the pandemic played out. 
Whilst it took a few months for the full 
effects to emerge, organic revenue 
declined by approximately 20% in the 
latter part of our second half, although 
this was better than we initially expected. 

46

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Key financials

Adjusted Operating Profit Continuing Operations (£m)

Adjusted Operating Profit Discontinued Operations (£m)

Total (£m)

Continuing Operations

Revenue (£m)4

Adjusted net revenue (£m)2,4

Adjusted operating Profit (£m)4

Adjusted profit before tax (£m)4

Adjusted basic earnings per share (p)3,4

Statutory (loss)/profit before tax (£m)

Statutory basic (loss)/earnings per share (p)

Full year dividend (p)

Year
to 31 July
2020

362 Days
to 31 July
2019

19.6

0.3

19.9

13.8

1.1

14.9

%

Change Like-for-like

-8.0%

-7.4%

-45.8%

-57.5%

–%

–%

–%

–%

-1.1%

0.7%

-29.6%

-39.2%

-42.1%

–%

–%

–%

%
Change

Year
to 31 July
2020

362 Days
to 31 July
2019

158.4

137.8

13.8

10.5

5.2

(33.8)

(19.3)

–

160.1

136.8

19.6

17.3

9.0

2.1

0.9

1.95

Net debt (£m)

31.6

38.4

(6.8)

1. 

Like-for-like is defined as the results from continuing operations at constant currency and excluding acquisitions when comparing the current 
period to the prior period.

2.  Net revenue is defined as gross revenue excluding all direct costs and third party expenses passed to clients. Adjusted net revenue excludes net 

revenue from Incite Singapore, following the decision to close the operation in the year.

3. 

Further details are provided within Alternative Performance Measures section.

4.  Adjusted results exclude Adjusting Items to enhance understanding of the ongoing financial performance of the Group. Adjusting Items comprise 
redundancies, restructuring costs; gain or loss on disposal of properties; impairment or amortisation charges related to goodwill, tangible and 
intangible assets; contingent consideration required to be treated as remuneration; movements in deferred consideration and costs related to 
the Company’s Defined Benefits Pension Scheme (note 7).

Continuing and Discontinued Operations 
Following a strategic review we announced in March 2020, the Group made a disposal of a non-core business just 
after the end of the year, and is in the process of divesting another. On 31 August 2020, the Group completed the 
sale of its airport and retail property consulting business, Pragma. Our healthcare communications consultancy, 
Hive, was reclassified as a discontinued operation in 2020 since the business is currently being marketed for sale. 
Both businesses are classified as held for sale at 31 July 2020. 

All other businesses are classified as continuing operations throughout the financial statements. 

Adjusted Net revenue (£m)

Continuing Operations

Discontinued Operations

Total

Year 
to 31 July
2020

362 Days
to 31 July
2019

137.8

8.3

146.1

136.8

11.2

148.0

47

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Financial Review continued

Adjusted Operating Profit (£m)

Continuing Operations

Discontinued Operations

Total

The Group’s results for continuing operations are set out below: 

Revenue (£m)

Adjusted net revenue (£m)2

Adjusted operating profit (£m)

Statutory (loss)/profit before interest and tax (£m)

Statutory (loss)/profit before tax (£m)

Basic (loss)/profit per share (p)

Year
to 31 July
2020

362 Days
to 31 July
2019

13.8

1.1

14.9

19.6

0.3

19.9

Year
to 31 July
2020

Like-for-like
to 31 July
20201

362 Days
to 31 July
2019

158.4

137.8

13.8

(30.7)

(33.8)

(19.3)

147.3

126.7

10.7

(33.8)

(36.9)

N/A

160.1

137.1

19.6

4.6

2.1

0.9

1. 

Like-for-like is defined as the results from continuing operations at constant currency and excluding acquisitions when comparing the current 
period to the prior period.

2.  Adjusted net revenue excludes net revenue from Incite Singapore, following the decision to close the operation in the year.

48

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

The Group’s statutory loss before 
tax of £33.8 million (2019: profit of 
£2.1 million) includes Adjusting Items 
of £44.4 million (2019: £15.2 million). 
Adjusting Items related to current 
and prior year acquisitions, 
include Edit goodwill impairment 
charges of £17.5 million associated 
with restructuring, impairment 
of trademarks of £1.3 million 
following the rebranding exercise, 
the amortisation of acquired 
intangibles of £10.6 million, and 
contingent consideration treated as 
remuneration of £6.2 million. 

Other Adjusting Items include costs 
of £1.7 million, mostly administrative, 
related to the St Ives Defined 
Benefits Scheme (the “Scheme”), 
£3.8 million of restructuring charges 
incurred in the course of changing 
the Group’s proposition into Advise, 
Create and Connect capabilities, 
and property costs of £1.3 million 
associated with empty leased 
properties. 

The Group prepares Adjusted 
results which, in management’s view, 
reflect how the business is managed 
and show the performance in a 
manner consistent with the previous 
year. Adjusted results exclude 
items such as costs related to 
restructuring activities, acquisitions 
made in current and prior periods, 
impairment charges and the 
DB Pension Scheme charges. 
Further details are provided in the 
Alternative Performance Measures 
section on pages 52 to 55.

Adjusted Net 
Revenue and 
Adjusted Operating 
Profit
Adjusted Net revenue from 
continuing operations in 2020 was 
£137.8 million (2019: £136.8 million) 
and £126.7 million on a like-for-like 
basis which excludes the impact 

of the Spire Digital acquisition 
in November 2019 (£10.3 million) 
and favourable currency effects 
of £0.8 million. Net Revenue from 
our fastest growing Create pillar 
now makes up 65% of Group net 
revenue, and our Platform DX Pillars 
of Advise, Create and Connect now 
comprise 82% of Group net revenue. 
Our Ventures arm, which remains 
under strategic review, makes up 
the remaining 18%. Net revenue 
from customers located in the US 
increased from £64.6 million to 
£77.0 million, predominantly due to 
the US Spire Digital acquisition, and 
now represents 56% of Group net 
revenue compared to 47% in the 
prior year. 

Adjusted operating profit from 
continuing operations was £13.8 
million (2019: £19.6 million). On 
a like-for-like basis, Adjusted 
operating profit was £10.7 million, 
and 10% of Adjusted net revenue 
compared to 14% in the prior year. 
The decrease compared to 2019 
is due to higher investment levels 
in our growth and proposition 
platforms as well as lower trading 
levels in the second half due to 
COVID-19.

Central costs were £6.4 million 
(2019: £5.7 million). The Group has 
separately identified these central 
costs that cannot be directly 
attributed to the individual trading 
entities of the Group. Central 
administration costs represent 5.0% 
of Group net revenue and comprise 
the costs of running a public 
company and certain Group and 
shared operational functions. 

Acquisitions
On 26 November 2019, the Group 
acquired 100% of the issued 
stock of Spire Digital, a digital 
transformation consulting and 
software engineering services 
business. The total cash outflow 
in the year was £17.3 million which 

comprised the initial consideration 
of £11.0 million and the first tranche 
of deferred consideration of £6.3 
million which was determined by 
the EBITDA achieved by Spire Digital 
for the calendar year 2019. The 
initial consideration was funded 
by a share placement which raised 
£13.1 million net of costs. 

The second tranche of deferred 
consideration is payable in February 
2021 and is based on the level of 
EBITDA achieved by Spire Digital for 
the calendar year 2020. The amount 
payable in February is capped at 
£3.7 million, with up to 50% settled 
in ordinary shares of Kin and Carta 
plc, at the Group’s discretion. The 
final tranche is payable in February 
2023 and is capped at £5.7 million 
of which up to 50% may be settled 
in Kin and Carta plc shares. 

Cash outflows in the period for 
businesses acquired in prior periods 
were £2.0 million in relation to the 
final tranche of TAB’s deferred 
consideration. 

Balance Sheet 
The net assets of the Group have 
decreased from £88.0 million to 
£59.7 million, primarily due to the 
net loss after tax of £32.3 million, 
a net actuarial loss of £5.6 million 
related to the St Ives Defined 
Benefits Pension Scheme and 
dividend payments of £2.0 million 
related to the prior year, partially 
offset by an issue of new equity 
that raised £13.1 million net of costs. 
Total assets have decreased from 
£194.5 million to £179.3 million and 
total liabilities have increased from 
£106.5 million to £119.6 million. 
Non-current assets consist largely 
of goodwill and intangible assets of 
£90.0 million (2019: £111.2 million). 

49

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Financial Review continued

IFRS 16
The adoption of IFRS 16, effective 
from 1 August 2019, has resulted 
in the Group recognising a 
right-of-use asset and related 
liability in connection with most 
former property operating leases. 
The new standard has been applied 
using the “modified retrospective” 
transition approach.

The impact on the financial results 
as at 31 July 2020 is an increase 
in assets by £14.0 million and an 
increase in liabilities by £19.8 million. 

The reported Adjusted EBITDA from 
continuing operations has increased 
by £4.1 million as a result of IFRS 
16, with offsetting adjustments 
in depreciation (£3.1m expense 
increase) and finance costs 
(£1.1 million expense increase) 
resulting in an overall reduction in 
profit before tax of £0.1 million. 

Pensions
The Group closed the Scheme to 
new members in 2002 and ceased 
future accruals within the Scheme 
in 2008. The Group accounts 
for post-retirement benefits in 
accordance with IAS 19 Employee 
Benefits. The Consolidated Balance 
Sheet reflects the net surplus on 
the Scheme at 31 July 2020 based 
on the market value of the assets 
at that date and the valuation of 
liabilities using a discount rate 
based on AA non-gilt bond yields.

On an IAS 19 basis, the net surplus 
on the Scheme at 31 July 2020 
was £1.1 million (2019: surplus of 
£6.7 million) before the related 
deferred tax liability. The value 
of the plan assets increased to 
£396.6 million (2019: £385.9 million) 
due to the strength of investment 
returns and the significant degree 
of hedging of interest and inflation 
risk on scheme liabilities. Plan 

liabilities increased to £395.5 million 
(2019: £379.2 million) due primarily 
to the decrease in the discount rate 
used for valuation. Approximately 
65% of the plan assets are invested 
in return-seeking assets providing a 
higher level of return over the longer 
period. Derivative instruments are in 
place to protect against significant 
falls in asset values and changes in 
interest rates.

The Scheme’s triennial technical 
valuation determines the cash 
deficit repair contributions payable 
by the Group and the valuation 
as of April 2019 was completed 
in September 2020, resulting in a 
technical deficit of £28.4 million 
as of that date, reduced from 
£42.8 million at April 2016, with the 
technical funding level increased to 
94%. The Group paid deficit repair 
contributions of £1.7 million in FY20, 
and will pay fixed contributions of  
£1 million in FY21 and £2 million 
in FY22, as well as 15% and 7.5% 
of free cash flow, adjusted for 
certain pension items, in excess 
of those amounts in FY21 and 
FY22 respectively. Contributions 
payable in 2023 and beyond will 
be determined at the end of FY22 
and the deficit is projected to be 
eliminated by 2027.

The charge for the Group’s 
defined contribution schemes was 
£1.8 million (2019: £2.3 million) in 
the period.

Tax
The total tax credit for continuing 
operations was £2.2 million (2019: 
£0.8 million charge). A number 
of Adjusting Items do not have 
an associated tax credit. Further 
details are provided in the 
Alternative Performance Measures 
section on pages 52 to 55.

The Group’s effective tax rate on 
the Adjusted profit before tax was 
19.0% (2019: 20.4%) compared to 
the standard rate of UK corporation 
tax of 19% (2019: 19%), US federal 
corporation tax rate of 21% (2019: 
21%) and US state level income tax 
at rates varying from 0% to 8%. The 
Adjusted tax charge was £2.0 million 
(2019: £3.5 million). We expect the 
Group’s FY21 effective tax rate to 
be 21%.

Corporate income tax of £1.6 million 
(2019: £0.3 million) was paid in the 
current period.

Dividend
Given the macroeconomic shocks 
and related business uncertainties 
related to the COVID-19 pandemic, 
the Group suspended the interim 
and final dividend for the year 
ended 31 July 2020. The total 
dividend for the year is nil per share 
(2019: 1.95p).

Cash Flow
Cash generated from operations 
before interest and tax was 
£22.8 million (2019: £9.0 million). 
The increase compared to the 
prior year was primarily due to 
a reduction in working capital 
in the current period and the 
impact of 1FRS 16, with £4.8m of 
lease payments in 2020 shown as 
financing cash flows. In the prior 
period, comparable cash flows 
were included within operating 
cash flows. Investing cash flows 
included £19.3 million outflows 
for acquisitions made in the 
current and prior periods (2019: 
£19.9 million). Net financing cash 
inflows include £13.2 million of net 
proceeds from a share placement 
(2019: £nil) undertaken for the Spire 
Digital acquisition and dividends of 
£2.0 million were paid compared to 
£3.0 million in 2019. 

50

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Net Debt 
During the period, as a 
precautionary measure, the Group 
obtained agreement from its lender 
banks to increase the ceiling on 
its quarterly leverage covenant 
to a level of up to 5.0 times 
EBITDA (previous 2.5 times) for 
four quarters commencing with 
the quarter ended 31 July 2020. 
This position provides significant 
headroom to the Group’s base 
case forecasts and underpins the 
Group’s confidence in its ability to 
trade through a further downturn if 
required. The Group’s leverage ratio 
for bank covenant purposes was 
1.47 times at 31 July 2020. 

The Company’s revolving credit 
facility remains unchanged at 
£85 million and is committed 
until November 2022. Net debt 
decreased during the year from 
£38.4 million to £31.6 million 
primarily due to operating cash 
flow generation and a reduction in 
working capital, partially offset by 
acquisition-related net outflows and 
dividend payments. At 31 July 2020, 
Kin + Carta had drawn £49.3 million 
on its revolving credit facility, 
leaving an unutilised commitment 
of £35.7 million. The Group had 
cash and cash equivalents of 
£24.4 million at that date. 

In addition, the Group received 
£6.7 million in unsecured loans 
under the Paycheck Protection 
Program (“PPP”) provided by the 
US government. The loans remained 
outstanding at 31 July 2020 and, 
having applied the funds to payroll 
costs in line with the program rules, 
the Group expects c.£4.5 million 
to be forgiven, as permitted under 
the PPP. It expects to receive 
confirmation of forgiveness from the 
US government in the course of the 
new financial year and the balance 
of the loans of c.£2.2 million, with an 

interest rate of 1% per annum, will 
be repaid in May 2022. The US PPP 
funds were utilised, as intended, to 
protect jobs and retain staff that 
otherwise would not have been 
possible due to the effects of the 
pandemic. These retained jobs were 
invested into securing ongoing and 
new client projects with discounted 
pricing which will impact FY21 
underlying results in the first half 
of the year. This investment of PPP 
funds into discounted client work 
has resulted in winning multiple 
large, long-term client contracts 
which will benefit our FY21 and 
longer term as well.

The Group has also utilised the UK 
Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme, 
receiving payroll subsidies of 
£0.7m which have been credited 
against Adjusted cost of sales, 
Adjusted selling costs and Adjusted 
administrative costs. The UK 
Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme 
funds have also helped to save jobs 
of UK staff with furloughed staff 
returning to work after the end of the 
financial year with new client wins.

At 31 July 2020, the ratio of net  
debt to Adjusted EBITDA was 1.8 
times (2019: 1.7 times) on a pre  
IFRS 16 basis. The ratio of net 
debt to Adjusted EBITDA for bank 
covenant purposes was 1.47 times 
(2019: 1.7 times). The banks exclude 
the £6.7 million of PPP loans from 
the debt calculation.

Going Concern 
A significant portion of The Group’s 
funding is provided by a revolving 
credit facility agreement of £85m 
which expires in November 2022. 
There was significant headroom 
on the lender banks’ leverage 
and interest cover covenants 
throughout FY20. 

In order to assess the Group’s 
ability to continue to trade as a 
going concern and to be viable over 
the medium term, detailed business 
and cash flow forecasts covering 
a three year period from 1 August 
2020 have been prepared by the 
Directors based on ‘bottom up’ 
inputs from the individual business 
units. The resulting projected debt 
levels, debt leverage and interest 
cover ratios have been compared 
to the current covenant limits 
prevailing under the revolving credit 
facility in order to ensure that the 
Group has sufficient liquidity and 
will be able to operate within the 
covenants so as to continue as a 
going concern for a period of at 
least 12 months from the date of 
these financial statements.

The base case model prepared 
by the Directors is based on 
management’s best estimates of 
future trading at the time of the 
assessment. In addition to the base 
case forecast, a number of stress 
scenarios have also been modelled 
to assess the Group’s ability to 
cope with potential downsides 
without breaching covenant ratios 
or debt volume limits. These have 
been combined to create a severe 
but plausible downside scenario for 
the purpose of the going concern 
assessment.

The Group projects that it will 
continue to operate within covenant 
limits and has sufficient liquidity in 
both the base case forecast and in 
the severe but plausible downside 
scenario. 

Chris Kutsor
Chief Financial Officer 

5 November 2020

51

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Alternative Performance 
Measures (‘APMs’)

2.  Amortisation of acquired intangibles and 

impairments – the amortisation and impairments 
of assets acquired through business combinations 
are excluded from Adjusted results. These costs 
are acquisition related and are not part of the 
ongoing trading performance of the business. The 
amortisation of computer software is included within 
the Adjusted results as it is part of the ongoing 
trading performance.

3.  Acquisition costs consisting of contingent 
consideration required to be treated as 
remuneration, and increases in deferred 
consideration – our acquisitions, where deferred 
consideration arises, are structured such that 
the consideration is contingent on continued 
employment within the Group. Under IFRS 3 this 
is treated as an expense and therefore part of the 
statutory result. Where the purchase price has been 
determined and there is a subsequent increase 
or decrease arising from the payment of deferred 
consideration under IFRS 3 this is required to be 
expensed. We do not consider this to be part of the 
underlying trading performance.

4.  Administrative expenses related to St Ives Defined 

Benefits Pension Scheme – the Scheme was closed 
to new members in 2002 and ceased future accrual 
in 2008. There are now three employees who are 
members of the Scheme and still employed by 
the Group. The costs of the Scheme including 
administration costs, levies, past service costs 
related to Guaranteed Minimum Pension (‘GMP’) 
and the pension finance charge/(credit) are not 
considered to be part of the ongoing performance 
of the Group and they are excluded from the 
performance measures. As such they are treated as 
Adjusting Items.

The Annual Report includes both 
statutory and Adjusted results. In the 
management’s view, the Adjusted results 
reflect the ongoing performance of the 
business, how the business is managed 
on a day-to-day basis and allow for a 
consistent and meaningful comparison. 

The APMs and KPIs are aligned to our 
strategy and are used to measure the 
performance of our business and are the 
basis for remuneration.

The Adjusted results exclude the 
items listed below, as their inclusion 
could distort the understanding of 
the performance for the year and the 
comparison with prior years.

Key adjustments for Adjusted 
operating profit, profit before 
tax and EPS
Adjusted operating profit is calculated by adding back 
costs relating to restructuring activities, impairment 
charges, acquisition costs, movements in deferred 
consideration and St Ives Defined Benefits Pension 
Scheme. The tax effects of these adjustments are 
reflected in the Adjusted tax charge. The adjustments 
are detailed below:

1.  Restructuring costs – these items are excluded in 

order to reflect the performance of the business in a 
consistent manner and how the performance of the 
business is managed on a day-to-day basis. They 
are not considered to be part of the core activities 
of the business. They have arisen as a result of 
initiatives to reduce the cost base and improve 
the efficiency and collaboration across the Group. 
The initiatives reflect a significant change in the 
organisational structure of a business area and are 
assessed on an individual basis and excluded from 
the Adjusted results.

52

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

The analysis of Adjusting Items from continuing operations is set out below:

Adjusting items description

Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Expenses related to restructuring items

Impairment of goodwill and other assets

Contingent consideration required to be treated as remuneration

Acquisition costs

Administrative expenses related to St Ives Defined Benefits Pension Scheme

Total Adjusting Items added back to the statutory operating profit

Bank amortisation fees

Net pension finance income

Total Adjusting Items added back to the statutory profit before tax

Tax related to Adjusting Items

Total Adjusting Items added back to the statutory profit after tax

The key APMs frequently used by the Group for continuing operations are:

Year to 31 July
2020
£‘000

362 days to 31 July 
2019
£‘000

46

10,563

6,555

18,850

6,186

669

1,675

44,544

–

(161)

44,383

(4,168)

40,215

(1,771)

6,674

2,071

–

2,375

–

5,707

15,056

189

(30)

15,215

(2,772)

12,443

Adjusted net revenue: The measure is defined as revenue less project-related costs as shown on the consolidated 
income statement. Project-related costs comprise primarily of third-party pass-through expenses and direct costs 
attributable to a project.

Adjusted revenue

Project-related costs

Adjusted net revenue

Year to 31 July
2020
£‘000

362 days to 31 July 
2019
£‘000

158,239

(20,460)

137,779

159,344

(22,523)

136,821

Like-for-like Adjusted net revenue at constant currency: The measure is defined as the Adjusted net organic 
revenue from continuing operations when comparing the current period to the prior period at constant currency 
rate of exchange.

Adjusted net revenue

Impact of acquisition in current period

Effect of constant currency

Like-for-like Adjusted net revenue

Like-for-like Adjusted net revenue decline %

Year to 31 July
2020
£‘000

362 days to 31 July 
2019
£‘000

137,779

(10,340)

(754)

126,685

-7.4%

136,821

–

136,821

Adjusted operating profit: This measure is defined as the operating profit or loss less Adjusting Items. 

Statutory operating (loss)/profit

Add back total Adjusting Items excluding pension finance charge and tax

Adjusted operating profit

Year to 31 July
2020
£‘000

362 days to 31 July 
2019
£‘000

(30,716)

44,544

13,829

4,593

15,056

19,649

53

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Alternative Performance 
Measures (‘APMs’) continued

Like-for-like Adjusted operating profit at constant currency: The measure is defined as the Adjusted organic 
operating profit from continuing operations when comparing the current period to the prior period at constant 
currency rate of exchange.

Adjusted operating profit

Impact of acquisition in current period

Effect of constant currency

Like-for-like Adjusted operating profit

Like-for-like Adjusted operating profit %

Year to 31 July
2020
£‘000

362 days to 31 July 
2019
£‘000

13,829

(3,028)

(141)

10,660

-45.8%

19,649

–

–

19,649

Adjusted profit before tax: This measure is defined as the Group net profit or loss before tax less Adjusting Items.

Statutory (loss)/profit before tax

Add back total Adjusting Items excluding tax

Adjusted profit before tax

Year to 31 July
2020
£‘000

362 days to 31 July 
2019
£‘000

(33,848)

44,383

10,535

2,105

15,215

17,320

Adjusted profit after tax: This measure is defined as the Group profit or loss after tax before Adjusting Items:

Statutory (loss)/profit after tax

Add back total Adjusting Items

Adjusted profit after tax

Year to 31 July
2020
£‘000

362 days to 31 July 
2019
£‘000

(31,681)

40,215

8,534

1,347

12,443

13,790

Adjusted basic earnings per share from continuing operations: This measure is defined as basic earnings per 
share after Adjusting Items.

Adjusted profit after tax

Weighted number of shares (‘000)

Adjusted basic earnings per share (pence)

Year to 31 July
2020
£‘000

362 days to 31 July 
2019
£‘000

8,534

163,871

5.21

13,790

153,307

9.00

Adjusted operating margin: This measure is defined as the percentage of Adjusted operating profit over net revenue.

Adjusted net revenue

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating margin

54

kinandcarta.com

Year to 31 July
2020
£‘000

362 days to 31 July 
2019
£‘000

137,779

13,828

10.0%

136,821

19,649

14.4%

 Back to contents

Adjusted EBITDA: This measure is calculated using the preceding 12 months results and is defined as the Adjusted 
operating profit or loss before depreciation, amortisation, finance expense and taxation, as adjusted for the effect of 
acquisitions, disposals and IFRS 16. The covenant adjustment includes an adjustment to present on a ‘frozen GAAP’ 
pre-IFRS 16 basis, the inclusion of pro forma EBITDA related to the pre-acquisition period from 1 August 2019 to 
26 November 2019 for Spire Digital, and the inclusion of EBITDA from discontinued operations. 

The Adjusted EBITDA for 2020 has been determined on the basis of continuing and discontinued operations solely 
for the purpose of calculating the ratio of net debt to Adjusted EBITDA.

Adjusted operating profit

Add: Depreciation and amortisation

Less: Amortisation of intangibles classified as Adjusting Items

Covenant adjustment

Adjusted EBITDA for covenant purposes

Year to 31 July
2020
£‘000

362 days to 31 July 
2019
£‘000

13,828

16,206

(10,563)

(2,185)

17,286

19,649

9,279

(6,674)

428

22,682

Net debt: This measure is calculated as the total of loans and other borrowings excluding finance leases, less cash 
and cash equivalents.

Loans – non-current liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents

Net Debt

2020
£‘000

56,007

(24,408)

31,599

2019
£‘000

60,416

(22,017)

38,399

For the measurement of the bank covenants, cash, cash equivalents and borrowings denominated in currencies 
other than Pound Sterling are translated at an average rate rather than at the period end spot rate used in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. Borrowings drawn under the US Paycheck Protection Program are excluded from the 
calculation. The reconciliation is as follows:

Net Debt

Foreign exchange difference between spot rate and average rate

Deduct Paycheck Protection Program loan

Net Debt for covenant purposes

2020
£‘000

31,599

487

(6,721)

25,365

2019
£‘000

38,399

(272)

–

38,127

Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA: This measure is calculated by dividing Net Debt by Adjusted EBITDA on a pre-IFRS 16 
basis. The Adjusted EBITDA is based on the total of continuing and discontinued operations. 

Adjusted EBITDA

Net Debt

Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA

Year to 31 July
2020
£‘000

362 days to 31 July 
2019
£‘000

17,286

31,599

1.83

22,682

38,127

1.68

Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA for bank covenant purposes: This measure is calculated by dividing Net Debt by 
Adjusted EBITDA. The Adjusted EBITDA is based on the total of continuing and discontinued operations. 

Adjusted EBITDA

Net Debt for covenant purposes

Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA for covenant purposes

Year to 31 July
2020
£‘000

362 days to 31 July 
2019
£‘000

17,286

25,365

1.47

22,682

38,127

1.68

55

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Responsible Business 

Bringing our 
purpose to life
At Kin + Carta, we exist to make the world 
work better for all of our stakeholders, 
whether that be our clients, our people, 
our communities, our suppliers, our 
strategic partners, or our shareholders. 
Our commitment to working in a socially 
responsible way is underpinned by our 
Culture and Responsibility Platform. 
We are driven to ensure that corporate 
social responsibility (which we refer to 
as ‘responsible business’) is reflected 
in our business practices, products, 
services, and policies so we can make a 
positive impact on the environment in 
which we live and work for each of the 
Connective’s stakeholders.

In this report, we outline how Kin + Carta’s additional 
focus on responsible business in 2020 has enhanced 
the good practices that were already embedded in our 
culture and conduct. We describe our progress toward 
measuring our responsible business performance, 
identifying new Culture and Responsibility Platform key 
performance indicators to be introduced from 2021.

For many of us, our purpose is very much 
aligned to being able to provide a better life 
for our children: more education, better 
career choices, more financial freedom. 
But if we hand them a world where the 
air is harder to breathe, or where equal 
opportunity doesn’t exist, what’s the point 
of those other things? We must make it our 
individual and corporate responsibility 
to hand our children a world that is in a 
better state than when it was handed to us. 
Otherwise, nothing else matters.”

J Schwan
Chief Executive Officer, Kin + Carta

56

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Strategic Report

Our Triple Bottom 
Line Initiative: 
giving consideration 
to people, planet 
and profit 
Our aims and focuses
In the first full year of implementing our triple bottom 
line initiative we have made significant progress towards 
our goals. With direction from our Board, our Head 
of Responsible Business (appointed in 2019) has led 
the focus and execution of our responsible business 
initiatives, engaging with people across the Connective 
to collectively support our ambition to make a positive 
impact on the environment in which we live and work.

Our key responsible business goal remains the 
certification of each of our regions and Ventures 
through B Corporation (‘B Corp’): an internationally 
recognised, independent certification that we are using 
as a tool and framework to guide our efforts. We are on 
track to achieve this by the end of 2021. Following the 
changes to the Connective model during the year, we 
are now pursuing certification on a regional basis. Kin 
+ Carta Americas (comprising our Advise, Create and 
Connect Pillars in the US, as well as our Buenos Aires 
delivery centre) is well progressed and we are on track 
for it to receive our first B Corp certification by the end 
of November 2020. 

2020 Progress
During 2020, we have been using the B Corp framework 
to identify and make changes across the Connective 
in the key responsible business areas of governance, 
our people, our communities, the environment and the 
positive impact (or otherwise) of our work with clients. 
This has resulted in significant progress, including:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the development of a new, comprehensive inclusion, 
diversity, equity and awareness (IDEA) strategy, 
following the completion of the Connective’s first 
survey on diversity and inclusion during the year

the announcement of the mean gender pay gap for 
the Connective as a whole and for each region

the development and introduction of additional 
responsible business policies, including a new Code 
of Ethics, a Supplier Code of Conduct, and an Ethical 
and Sustainable Procurement Policy, each designed 
to provide clarity and governance on how we 
conduct our business responsibly

the amendment of the constitutional documents of 
four of our operating companies to codify our triple 
bottom line principles 

the establishment of new net zero carbon 
and zero waste to landfill goals, along with the 
commencement of regional planning to achieve 
these targets by the end of 2022

the identification of new Culture and Responsibility 
Platform key performance indicators and targets, to 
be measured from 2021 onwards

As a result of these key initiatives, and many other 
supporting ones, described in this report, we are proud 
of the significant responsible business progress made 
and actions undertaken during the year. We look forward 
to building on this progress in the coming years to 
achieve our ultimate triple bottom line goal and make 
the world work better for all.

We exist to make the world work better.

57

 Back to contents

Responsible Business continued

Measuring our 
responsible business 
performance
Our current Culture and Responsibility 
Platform key performance indicator is our 
employee net promoter score (‘eNPS’). 
Our 2020 eNPS performance is outlined 
in our key performance indicators on 
pages 44 and 45.

In 2020, we established measurement processes 
and identified our baseline performance for several 
of our new Culture and Responsibility Platform key 
performance indicators. For example, we undertook our 
first Connective-wide gender pay gap analysis during 
the year. Through this analysis, we identified that male 
employees were paid on average 14% more than females 
throughout the Connective. Currently subject to more 
detailed analysis, this pay gap may be driven by having 
fewer women in senior roles, having more women in 
traditionally lower paid roles (such as office management 
and marketing), and having more men in higher paid roles 
(such as technology engineering). Having identified our 
current mean gender pay gap, we are now establishing 
a target for 2021 to reduce our gender pay gap and are 
identifying the actions required to achieve this. Our 
longer-term goal is to reach parity in gender pay. 

As we progress in our journey to become a triple bottom 
line business, we have identified additional Culture and 
Responsibility Platform key performance indicators to 
be introduced in 2021. They are aligned to our core focus 
areas and include:

•  Community: equivalent percentage of net profit 

raised for charity

•  Customer: total revenue from positive impact 

projects

•  Economy: net number of jobs added in the last 12 

months

•  Environment: percentage of carbon emissions offset

•  Our people: mean gender pay gap, percentage of 
employees promoted per annum and percentage 
of team who identify as Asian, Black, Latinx or other 
non-white

58

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Case study

Strategic Report

Responsible Business 
in Action

A mission to build inclusivity into everything Unilever does.

At Kin + Carta we talk about making the world work 
better, and when we work with Unilever we can really 
make a difference across the planet.

This year we have been helping Unilever in their mission 
to build Inclusive Design into everything they do. That 
means ensuring their digital platforms are open to all 
including the one in five people with disabilities who 
feel excluded from experiences the rest of us take for 
granted. This wasn’t just about doing something to 
make their business more successful, it was also the 
right thing to do.

When trying to change a culture as large as Unilever’s 
you need to begin with the human beings who 
work there and their end consumers. We gathered 
invaluable insight from stakeholders, suppliers and 
users to understand what Inclusive Design looks like 
and why it goes beyond simply meeting accessibility 
guidelines. Our user study zoned in on six particular 
groups (Audio, Motor, Speech, Cognitive, Visual and the 

Under-represented), understanding lived experiences 
along with their interactions both in a physical or digital 
Unilever environment. We saw people struggling with 
something as simple as ordering a bottle of shampoo or 
how they may use that physical product. We heard from 
people who felt excluded by the wrong choice of words 
or use of imagery, it confirmed that exclusion often 
results from micro design or technical choices, instead 
of thinking about the macro end-to-end customer 
experience, personal user journeys and the technologies 
that individuals use. This study enabled us to begin 
solution mapping to existing or new experiences, 
understanding the intersects and opportunity for 
improvement. 

This is only the start of the journey. We’ll be working with 
Unliever for the foreseeable future to make Inclusive 
Design a reality across the business long-term. And that 
means a better reality for millions around the globe.

We exist to make the world work better.

59

 Back to contents

Responsible Business continued

Section 172 statement

Our Directors must perform their duties under the 
Companies Act. A key purpose of this report is to 
demonstrate the manner in which these duties have 
been discharged, with particular focus on the duty to 
promote the success of the Company for the benefit of 
its members as a whole, taking into account the range 
of factors and stakeholders identified in section 172 of 
the Companies Act, which will have an impact on the 
long-term success of the Company. 

Our approach
At Kin + Carta, we exist to make the world work better: 
Better for our clients, for their customers and for 
our people. We are driven to be deeply connected, 
recognising that it is only when our thinking is truly 
interconnected that we can pull together for the greater 
good: the good of our business, our clients, and our 
communities. 

We are instinctively compassionate and recognise the 
importance of being empathetic in all we do, knowing 
when to talk and when to listen. These Connective 
values reflect the importance our Board places on 
considering our stakeholders in key business decisions 
and how they are fundamental to our ability to drive 
value creation over the longer term, allowing us to be 
courageous and seek better ways to improve and grow. 

In the following Supporting our stakeholders section, 
we provide an overview of how we live our Connective 
values for each of our key stakeholder groups: our 
clients, our people, our community, our suppliers, 
our strategic partners and our shareholders. We 
set out the interests of each stakeholder group, our 
tailored approach to engaging with them and how this 
engagement has shaped Board decision making and 
discussions, along with an overview of how we have 
promoted responsible business with each stakeholder. 

60

kinandcarta.com

 
 Back to contents

Strategic Report

Supporting our stakeholders
Our clients

Importance of our clients 
and their interests
For our business to prosper and have a long-term, 
sustainable future it is essential that we provide 
products and services that meet the needs of our 
clients and the market. Our clients have a keen interest 
in a tangible, profitable, and sustainable journey to 
becoming a digital business; Kin + Carta exists to 
help them Make it Happen. Our clients have regard 
to numerous factors when considering a business 
relationship with Kin + Carta, including receiving: a 
holistic service offering supported by deep technical 
knowledge, developing long-term partnerships, building 
their brand and performance, credibility and trust, 
ethics (including anti-bribery and corruption, human 
rights and modern slavery) and terms and conditions 
(including payment terms).

Engagement
Through listening to our clients, we can better 
understand their needs and provide the products 
and services they want. To achieve this, our people 
maintain close dialogues with our clients at all levels of 
the organisation, from their Chief Executive Officer to 
procurement teams. Through monthly Specialism board 
meetings, J Schwan, our Chief Executive Officer, and 
Chris Kutsor, our Chief Financial Officer, receive reports 
on matters related to key clients including operational 
updates, the health of the relationship, and related 
opportunities and threats. J also interacts directly with 
clients where appropriate to support and highlight 
our commitment to them. Clients are interested to 
hear about our own transformation journey and find 
comfort in speaking to J about the challenges and 
opportunities of embarking on a big change programme. 
J’s monthly briefings to the Board summarise key client 
developments, keeping the Board abreast of significant 
relationship matters and broader trends. 

How has this engagement impacted 
Board decision making or discussions 
at Board level?
Through our market knowledge and dialogues with 
our past, present and prospective clients, we have 
identified our clients’ strategic needs, understanding 
that there are three types of consulting they are 
normally faced to stitch together themselves: 
management consulting, digital product engineering 
and data-driven digital marketing. In recognition of this, 
the Board reconsidered the organisation of Kin + Carta, 
and during the year launched our three integrated Pillars 
that offer services which have been historically siloed 
or shoehorned together: Advise, Create and Connect 
(read more about our Pillars on pages 12 and 13 and how 
our cross-pillar projects have supported our clients on 
pages 32 to 34).

We also recognise that we must provide the highest 
level of advice, service and expertise to solve problems 
for our clients. Our Board therefore gives consideration 
to talent and the training and development of our 
people allocating budget to these needs. 

Promoting responsible business 
with our clients 
During the year, we started to measure and reflect on how 
we can increase our positive impact, making the world 
work better through the products and services we provide 
for our clients. Our key achievements in 2020 include:

•  agreeing the definition of a positive impact project 

as “a product or service delivered to improve 
sustainability, increase market access, promote 
positive or reduce negative social, environmental 
and/or financial impacts on the lives of beneficiaries, 
through a technological capability, product, or 
infrastructure where it did not previously exist”

•  evaluating current and previous client projects as 

positive impact or not

•  establishing a working group to explore how we can 

increase positive impact revenues

We exist to make the world work better.

61

 Back to contents

Responsible Business continued

Connective were deemed to be medium or low 
risk. In order to mitigate any residual risks, the 
communication of and adherence to the Anti-
Corruption and Bribery policy has been reinforced 
to management. A review of the Connective’s 
approach to Anti-Corruption and Bribery is currently 
in progress to ensure that processes and controls 
continue to meet the best-in-practice standards. 

Supporting our clients through 
the impact of COVID-19
Our people continue to play a key role in supporting 
our clients through the impact of COVID-19, serving 
with agility, diligence, skill and compassion. We have 
run collaborative workshops and ongoing reviews with 
our clients to accelerate or re-prioritise existing project 
pipelines to ensure flexibility as new challenges and 
risks emerge. We have explored future scenarios and 
predicted post-pandemic consumer behaviours to 
contribute to our strategic thinking and support our 
clients’ future directions and differentiation. Where 
appropriate, we have accommodated deferred billing 
arrangements to support our clients’ cash flow needs. 

Our teams have also accelerated speed to value for 
our clients, as described in our case study ‘COVID-19 
Catalysts: Meeting demand ahead of schedule’ on 
page 42.

We look forward to building on this in 2021, with a key 
ambition to leverage best practices in accessibility and 
inclusive design to improve our products and services 
for all customers. We paved the way for this through 
our discussions at our recent FWD20 summit, hosting 
sessions on Accessibility and Inclusive Design, and 
Designing with Empathy. We have also embarked on an 
exciting project with Unilever, described on page 59..

In addition to our positive impact initiatives, a core 
element of our promotion of responsible business with 
our clients is maintaining well-established practices, 
supported by our policies: 

•  During the year, we adopted our Code of Ethics, 

which sets out the ethical values and compliance 
framework for the execution of our organisational 
purposes. The Connective is to adhere to the 
code in all business endeavours and community 
support initiatives to ensure it operates legally, 
ethically and in accordance with the approved 
Connective operational policies. The code includes 
commitments to safeguard the interests of our 
stakeholders, including our clients. To provide 
assurance that our people act in accordance with 
the principles of our Code of Ethics, it is issued 
Connective-wide and we reinforce the Connective 
values that support the code through ‘setting 
the tone from the top’ with our Board and senior 
leadership team’s actions and communications.

•  Our Connective Anti-Corruption and Bribery 

Policy sets out best practice in areas such as the 
prohibition of facilitation payments and political 
donations. Our Internal Audit function provides 
assurance on the implementation of the policy 
through an annual review whereby the Finance 
Directors of our specialisms respond to an internal 
controls questionnaire, which includes questions 
on engagements with politically exposed persons 
and client jurisdictions. All businesses within the 

62

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Case study

Strategic Report

FWD20: 
The Age of Resilience

FWD20: The Age of Resilience was Kin + Carta’s immersive virtual summit designed 
to share ideas, make connections and discuss the tangible application of emerging 
technology to solve today’s hardest challenges. 

Sessions were hosted by a range of speakers, including 
J Schwan, John Kerr, and representatives from 17 of our 
industry-leading clients, such as Pfizer, Natwest and 

Fifth Third Bank. Past, present and prospective clients 
accounted for approximately 30% of the summit’s 
attendees.

We exist to make the world work better.

63

 Back to contents

Responsible Business continued

Our people
Importance of our people and their 
interests
At Kin + Carta, we provide expert advice and an 
integration of service offerings across corporate 
strategy, technology, innovation and customer 
engagement as well as innovative technological and 
communication solutions to our clients. Our people 
are fundamental in offering our clients a wealth of 
knowledge, creativity and expertise. 

We value our people and recognise our success is 
generated by the talent and experts in our teams. As a 
result, we prioritise recruiting, retaining, and progressing 
the best people across the Connective. The changes to 
the Connective model during the year have seen a rise 
in our people working across our different specialisms, 
creating new development opportunities and enhancing 
their skills and experience by collaborating with 
colleagues across our many locations. 

Employee experience
Across the Connective, we make a significant 
investment in creating an environment for our people 
that demonstrates our core values: connection, 
compassion and courage. These values enable our 
people to strive in their work and build strong client 
relationships, whilst also creating an environment that 
fosters enjoyment and the support of our communities. 

Through the B Corp assessment process, we completed 
an employee experience review in 2019. We continue 
to consider and develop all relevant aspects of the 
Connective’s relationship with its employees, including: 
compensation, benefits, diversity and inclusion, training 
and career development, health and wellness, safety, 
communication, working flexibly, satisfaction and 
engagement, and culture. We continue to review and 
implement changes to support the development of 
plans for each specialism, and for the Connective as a 
whole, to improve aspects in each of these areas where 
necessary or desired, with a view to achieving industry-
leading status.

64

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

In recent months, the impact of COVID-19 and working 
remotely has changed how we deliver a positive 
employee experience. Our Employee Experience teams 
have focused and collaborated to identify ways to best 
support our people, with two key priorities during the 
pandemic being health and wellbeing and continuing to 
ensure our teams feel connected with colleagues.

Our investment in our people is in line with our long-
term goal to become an internationally recognised best 
place to work. We continue our commitment to running 
employee experience initiatives. Core areas include:

•  Mental health and wellbeing: we have a continued 
commitment to providing support to, and driving 
awareness initiatives and resources for, employees 
within the Connective on mental health and 
wellbeing. We continue to work with our benefit 
partners to ensure our wellbeing and mental health 
support services for staff are available through 
various channels, including the employee assistance 
programme, online counselling and short training 
sessions, organised exercise classes and mindfulness 
sessions as well as hosting a range of talks and 
webinars with external experts promoting positive 
mental health, offering wellbeing tips and resources.

• 

Inclusion, Diversity, Equity and Awareness (IDEA): a 
core focus this year has been on how Kin + Carta 
can build a culture where everyone is empowered 
to bring their authentic self to work and how we can 
consciously unbundle systematic constraints that 
exist within our society and the Connective. This led 
to the formation of the Connective’s IDEA Strategic 
Action Plan and supportive governance and 
operational framework (you can read more on the 
Connective’s IDEA initiatives on pages 68 and 69).

•  Global Citizenship Programme: our Global 

Citizenship Programme enables the movement of 
our people across the Connective. The changes 
to the Connective model during the year have 
supported cross-pillar and regional collaboration. The 
programme creates new development opportunities 
for our people, enhancing skills and experience 
by facilitating connection and partnerships with 
colleagues across our many locations. 

Supporting our people through 
the impact of COVID-19
In recent months, our main focus has been ensuring our 
people are supported through the COVID-19 crisis. Kin 
+ Carta recognises the impact the pandemic continues 
to have on individuals adapting to working remotely and 
the potential wider impact on family life. We support 
flexibility to enable our teams to remain working and 
minimise the pressure of balancing care or home 
schooling commitments. Examples of our increased 
employee support during this time include:

•  Employee Experience teams ran open Zoom meeting 
drop in sessions for those who needed support or a 
friendly chat, recognising that this was an isolating 
time for some.

•  Employee Experience teams worked with external 

providers to enhance the mental health and wellbeing 
services offered and organised a variety of wellbeing 
seminars and remote exercise classes.

• 

Increased team meeting frequency to ensure our 
people remained connected and ran an initiative 
‘Check in on Two’, encouraging our people to reach 
out to colleagues and clients regularly, ensuring 
someone always had a person to connect with and 
have a friendly chat throughout the working week.

•  Executive Directors encouraged people to take 
breaks from the working day and emphasised 
maintaining health and wellbeing. Despite our teams 
having worked harder than ever over recent months, 
our Executive Directors actively encouraged people 
to ensure a work life balance remained. 

•  Our people across the Connective, including our 
Board, volunteered to take temporary decreases 
to their salaries, with the decrease varying by pay 
scale, personal choice and circumstances. This 
enabled the Connective to manage costs efficiently 
in response to the impact of COVID-19, with the 
effect of saving roles and reducing the number of 
required redundancies (read more about temporary 
Board salary and fee decreases in our Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 120 to 152).

65

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Responsible Business continued

Employee engagement
In alignment with our Culture and Responsibility Platform, 
our Board is driven to create an industry-leading employee 
experience by being known and internationally recognised 
as a best place to work with a focus on the growth 
potential of our talent. Accordingly, it has various channels 
through which it can listen to our people. People matters 
are on the agenda of each monthly Specialism board 
meeting, attended by J Schwan (Chief Executive Officer) 
and Chris Kutsor (Chief Financial Officer), with discussion 
items including eNPS scores, Glassdoor reviews, themes 
from monthly pulse surveys, learning and development 
programmes and employee turnover. J then summarises 
key themes, developments and wider-employee 
experience initiatives within his monthly report to the 

Board, keeping it abreast of significant relationship matters 
and providing a regular insight into the culture of the 
Connective. Further, to provide a focused Board-level 
forum on employee experience initiatives and feedback 
from the half-yearly employee engagement and 
diversity and inclusion surveys, the Board has formed a 
Workforce Advisory Panel. The panel members include 
Nigel Pocklington (Independent Non-Executive Director), 
J, Daniel Fattal (Company Secretary), the Hub’s Head 
of Employee Experience, and the Head of Responsible 
Business. Nigel briefs the Board on the panel’s key findings 
and highlights any areas for discussion. These engagement 
channels facilitate our Board’s robust discussion of, and 
decision making on, matters related to our people.

66

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

How has engagement impacted 
Board decision making or discussions 
at Board level?
Our Board recognises that it is only through 
understanding our people and their lived experiences 
that we can develop further as an organisation and as 
the best possible place to work. Through consideration 
of the Connective’s employee experience initiatives 
and key themes from engagement with our people, our 
Board has made significant decisions, including: 

•  After considering competitive incentive proposals 
for the wider workforce, the Board approved the 
rules of a new all-employee share plan for US 
employees, The Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

•  Following discussions on how Kin + Carta can build a 
culture where everyone is empowered to bring their 
authentic self to work and how it can consciously 
unbundle systematic constraints that exist within our 
society and the Connective, the Board considered 
and approved the IDEA Framework. The IDEA 
Framework outlines the IDEA Vision and Guiding 
Ambitions of the Connective, setting out how they 
align with its codes, policies and IDEA Strategic Action 
Plan. Our IDEA Strategic Action Plan has been formed 
with the involvement of over 60 people across each 
of our regions and is described on page 69.

67

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Responsible Business continued

Inclusion, diversity, equity 
and awareness
We believe businesses have an obligation to their 
communities, the people they employ, and the 
customers they serve to use their platforms to drive 
progress and lead. Following the renewed outrage 
against racial injustice around the globe in 2020, we 
developed a new IDEA Vision, Guiding Ambitions, 
Strategic Action Plan and supporting governance 
framework. We are committed to making an impact in 
this area and using our platform and resources to break 
down structural inequality. 

We have introduced IDEA initiatives that will assist us in 
achieving our ambitions, including:

•  unconscious bias training

• 

• 

reverse-mentors for senior leadership

the ongoing reporting of diversity and inclusion 
metrics across the Connective

•  Connective-wide gender pay gap reporting and 

analysis

Our IDEA Vision
“At Kin + Carta, we exist to make the world work 
better for everyone through our commitment to 
inclusion, diversity, equity and awareness. As part 
of our goal to become a true triple bottom line and 
socially responsible business, we pledge to seek 
out diverse perspectives, celebrate differences, 
and build a culture where everyone is empowered 
to bring their authentic self to work. We believe in 
using our platform and resources to break down 
structural inequality. We vow to be a force for good 
both within the Connective and throughout our local 
communities.”

Our IDEA Guiding Ambitions
We will know we have succeeded in achieving our 
vision when: 

•  Our teams represent the communities we work 

•  making our newly developed policies, and references 

within

to the external resources that have shaped our 
IDEA initiative freely available on our website. By 
offering this toolkit to other smaller consultancies 
and agencies that may not have the resources to 
develop these assets independently, we aim to 
broaden the reach of our IDEA impact

  Read about our policies that support our people 
in our Human Rights disclosures on page 77

•  People are paid equitably for equal work 

•  Employees feel as if they can bring their 

authentic selves to work 

• 

IDEA is a sustainable and ingrained part of how 
we do business 

•  We are IDEA leaders in the technology 

community 

68

kinandcarta.com

Our IDEA Strategic Action Plan

Our IDEA Strategic Action Plan identifies the actions 

through which we will achieve our IDEA Vision. It 

was created through workshops with our core IDEA 

governance groups, including the IDEA Steering 

Committee and IDEA Global Alignment Workgroup, 

and employees from all locations. It was endorsed 

by the Board in August 2020 following their strategic 

input and constructive challenge on implementation 

proposals. The IDEA Strategic Action Plan will be 

implemented regionally by local IDEA committees 

and departments to ensure locational differences are 

considered and addressed. 

The implementation of our IDEA Strategic Action Plan 

commenced in August 2020 and includes actions to:

•  activate IDEA in recruiting and retention, for 

example through implementing neutral language 

in all job postings and including gender and racial 

diversity (where legally possible) within the group 

of interviewers for all candidates 

• 

integrate IDEA into day-to-day business, for 

example through developing and promoting 

affinity groups 

•  ensure people are paid equitably for their work, 

for example through determining the level of pay 

transparency that is desirable at Kin + Carta 

•  update our supplier selection process, for 

example through developing a registry of 

suggested suppliers, utilising resources such as 

the B Corp directory to help guide us 

•  partner with organisations that have an impact, 

for example through setting budgets at the local 

level for philanthropic and community efforts

 Back to contents

Strategic Report

The demography of our employees 
as at 31 July 2020

Employees: 1,225

Full-time/part-time 
employees

483

64

1,161

Full-time employees

Part-time employees

742

Female

Male

Senior management: 10

Senior management’s 
direct reports: 50

20

30

Female

Male

2

2

8

Female

Male

Board: 7

5

Female

Male

For these purposes:

•  employee refers to an individual engaged under a 

contract of service and therefore does not include 
our contingent workforce

•  senior management refers to the members of 
the Founder’s Circle (other than Kin and Carta 
plc Directors and the Company Secretary), in 
accordance with the Code

69

Our IDEA Vision

“At Kin + Carta, we exist to make the world work 

better for everyone through our commitment to 

inclusion, diversity, equity and awareness. As part 

of our goal to become a true triple bottom line and 

socially responsible business, we pledge to seek 

out diverse perspectives, celebrate differences, 

and build a culture where everyone is empowered 

to bring their authentic self to work. We believe in 

using our platform and resources to break down 

structural inequality. We vow to be a force for good 

both within the Connective and throughout our local 

communities.”

Our IDEA Guiding Ambitions

We will know we have succeeded in achieving our 

vision when: 

within

•  Our teams represent the communities we work 

•  People are paid equitably for equal work 

•  Employees feel as if they can bring their 

authentic selves to work 

• 

IDEA is a sustainable and ingrained part of how 

•  We are IDEA leaders in the technology 

we do business 

community 

Our IDEA Strategic Action Plan
Our IDEA Strategic Action Plan identifies the actions 
through which we will achieve our IDEA Vision. It 
was created through workshops with our core IDEA 
governance groups, including the IDEA Steering 
Committee and IDEA Global Alignment Workgroup, 
and employees from all locations. It was endorsed 
by the Board in August 2020 following their strategic 
input and constructive challenge on implementation 
proposals. The IDEA Strategic Action Plan will be 
implemented regionally by local IDEA committees 
and departments to ensure locational differences are 
considered and addressed. 

The implementation of our IDEA Strategic Action Plan 
commenced in August 2020 and includes actions to:

•  activate IDEA in recruiting and retention, for 

example through implementing neutral language 
in all job postings and including gender and racial 
diversity (where legally possible) within the group 
of interviewers for all candidates 

• 

integrate IDEA into day-to-day business, for 
example through developing and promoting 
affinity groups 

•  ensure people are paid equitably for their work, 

for example through determining the level of pay 
transparency that is desirable at Kin + Carta 

•  update our supplier selection process, for 
example through developing a registry of 
suggested suppliers, utilising resources such as 
the B Corp directory to help guide us 

•  partner with organisations that have an impact, 
for example through setting budgets at the local 
level for philanthropic and community efforts

We exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Responsible Business continued

Many of our specialisms engage in charitable projects in 
their local communities, and beyond in some instances, 
through individual fundraising, volunteering efforts, 
pro bono projects, or company donations. These 
contributions have covered a broad range of deserving 
causes, and the provision of time has ranged from 
practical volunteering activities to strategic advice for 
charities.

Our communities
Importance of our communities 
and their interests
Communities are the ecosystems within which our 
current and prospective people and their families, our 
clients, suppliers, strategic partners and shareholders 
live and work. We are collectively interested in 
sustainability, equality, fair practices and human rights 
to make the world work better.

Engagement
By engaging with local and national society through the 
donation of time, advice and money to charities and 
other non-profit organisations, we strive to engage with 
and benefit the many communities in each of Kin + 
Carta’s locations and beyond. 

70

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

How has this engagement impacted 
Board decision making or discussions 
at Board level?
In recognition that our business has the potential to 
make a powerful positive impact on our communities, 
our Board supported the creation of the Head of 
Responsible Business role in 2019. Our Head of 
Responsible Business receives strategic direction from 
the Board and is mandated by it to lead the focus 
and execution of Kin + Carta’s responsible business 
and triple bottom line initiatives. Our Board receives 
regular updates on the progress and outcomes of 
these initiatives, allowing it to continue to strengthen 
and integrate responsible business matters into Kin 
+ Carta’s strategy so we can achieve our purpose of 
making the world work better.

Acting responsibly for our 
communities
We have various initiatives to support charities, 
including: 

•  donating time and money to charities serving 

communities in which the Connective operates and 
beyond 

•  supporting charitable fundraising events 

•  matching the total contribution made by the 

Chairman from forgoing a proportion of his fees

•  operating a give-as-you-earn scheme, introduced 
in 2020, through which our people in England and 
Scotland can donate to charity direct from payroll 
tax efficiently

We have identified areas of development to allow 
Kin + Carta to further support its communities. 
These include: 

• 

increasing our focus on recording the amount 
of time donated to charities to enable better 
identification of our impact and optimise the results 
for the causes we support

•  establishing charity or philanthropy committees 
throughout the Connective to facilitate effective 
community involvement

Currently some elements of the Connective are more 
advanced than others in these areas. 

We understand the importance of good governance 
when engaging with our community. Our Code of Ethics 
reinforces this with commitments to safeguard the 
interests of our stakeholders, including our community 
(read more about our Code of Ethics on page 62). We 
recognise that as Kin + Carta increases its community 
engagement, supportive processes are necessary to 
provide assurance that we support bona fide causes 
and avoid conflicts of interest. Therefore, a key ambition 
for 2021 is to adopt a Charitable Giving Policy, which 
sets out the framework through which we donate time, 
fundraising efforts, knowledge, skills and money to 
charitable organisations, supplemented by a charity due 
diligence process. 

Supporting our communities through 
the impact of COVID-19
We have sought to support the varied needs of our 
communities to help them respond to and recover from 
the impact of COVID-19. We are particularly proud of Kin 
+ Carta’s contribution to the ZOE COVID-19 Symptom 
Study app, one of the UK’s most widely used COVID-19 
symptom study apps. Volunteering the valuable 
skillset and expertise of our people, we provided pro 
bono consulting and technology services to aid the 
development of the app, built by ZOE in collaboration 
Kings College London and the NHS. The app has 
4 million users. 

71

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Responsible Business continued

Case study

Pay it FWD: 
Helping Charities in 
Our Community

Pay it FWD is a day when our Kin + Carta Americas employees volunteer at 
organisations and charities in local communities, giving our time to them for any 
tasks they need to achieve.

In September 2019, 165 of our people from our Americas 
offices spent a combined 655 hours volunteering 
their time at 14 organisations. Volunteers gave time to 
organisations in New York City, Chicago, and Buenos 
Aires, which included:

•  Buenos Aires: Fundación Sí 

•  New York: Tompkins Square Middle School

•  Chicago: PAWS, The Anti-Cruelty Society, The 

Chicago Lighthouse, Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s 
Hospital, Cystic Fibrosis Foundation, Horizons for 
Youth, Lakeview Food Pantry, Open Books, Plant 
Chicago, Alliance for the Great Lakes, St. Catherine-
St. Lucy School, Volunteers of America, and 
Tompkins Square

72

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Our suppliers
Importance of our suppliers 
and their interests
Our suppliers provide goods, services and expertise to 
the Connective that support our infrastructure, internal 
capabilities, agility and, in turn, our growth. Our suppliers 
have regard to several factors when considering a 
business relationship with Kin + Carta, including: the 
success of our business, developing long-term, fair 
business relationships, credibility and trust, ethics 
(including anti-bribery and corruption, human rights and 
modern slavery), our responsible sourcing requirements 
and terms and conditions (including payment terms).

Engagement 
We are committed to building strong working 
relationships with our suppliers, ensuring that together 
we are aligned on quality, ethics, delivery, innovation, 
risk and compliance. We actively engage with our 
suppliers through various means to achieve this, 
including: maintaining ongoing dialogue, scheduling 
regular check-ins, performing retrospective reviews, and 
undertaking Supplier Code of Conduct assessments. 

Due to the diverse nature of our supply base, ranging 
from start-ups to multinational corporations, we engage 
with each supplier on an individual basis. Payment 
terms granted to suppliers are negotiated according 
to the amount at risk and the financial strength of 
the supplier, which we adhere to, provided that they 
perform in accordance with the agreed terms. 

How has this engagement impacted 
Board decision making or discussions 
at Board level?
A key part of our responsible business approach, which 
is directed by our Board, is maintaining strong working 
relationships with our suppliers. Our Board has regard, 
via management oversight, to the need to maintain 
alignment with our suppliers on quality, ethics, delivery, 
innovation, risk and compliance. During the year, our 
Executive Directors approved our Supplier Code of 
Conduct, which sets the high mandatory standards 
and behaviours we require from our suppliers. They 
also approved our Ethical and Sustainable Procurement 
Policy, which promotes the purchase of goods and 
services that minimise negative or enhance positive 
impacts on the environment and society whilst meeting 
our business requirements.

Promoting responsible business 
with our suppliers
Our Supplier Code of Conduct is intended to ensure 
that all our suppliers comply with our mandatory 
requirements related to their treatment of employees, 
health, safety and environment, conduct of business 
and ethical standards of behaviour. It requires, inter 
alia, their adherence to comply with all applicable local 
and international laws and regulations, and makes 
explicit reference to the Modern Slavery Act 2015 
(‘MSA’). To encourage improvements in practices 
wherever possible, it also sets out supportive desirable 
behaviours, such as supplier commitments to paying 
the living wage, measurements by suppliers of their 
carbon footprint and greenhouse gas emissions and 
their commitments to reduce or offset emissions. 
Through our Supplier Code of Conduct assessment, we 
receive assurances from our suppliers that they comply 
with the code and measure where they go beyond the 
minimum requirements. 

Additionally, our suppliers are required to adhere to our 
Anti-Corruption and Bribery Policy, which sets out best 
practice in areas such as the prohibition of facilitation 
payments and political donations (read more about 
our Anti-Corruption and Bribery Policy and associated 
assurances on page 62). 

To encourage the consideration of the social and 
environmental impact of the goods and services that we 
buy, in conjunction with costs, we have recently adopted 
an Ethical and Sustainable Procurement Policy. The policy 
seeks to achieve benefits for both the people in our 
supply chain by minimising any risk of social exploitation, 
and for the environment by reducing resource usage and 
considering optimum performance efficiency wherever 
possible. To ensure that regard is given to the policy 
guidance during purchasing decisions, we are currently 
communicating the policy to each of the teams central 
to our procurement and are embedding the processes 
required to ensure adherence.

Supporting our suppliers through 
the impact of COVID-19
COVID-19 has presented significant challenges to all 
businesses, and small and medium-sized enterprises in 
particular can be less resilient to macro-environmental 
factors. Where possible, and whilst balancing the 
needs of our other stakeholders, we have responded 
compassionately and flexibly to our suppliers’ needs. 
Where our servicing requirements have significantly 
decreased, we have retained some small suppliers at a 
lower cost-rate instead of cancelling their engagements.

73

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Responsible Business continued

Our strategic partners
Importance of our strategic partners 
and their interests
We partner with the world’s leading technology 
providers, Google, Microsoft, VMware and their 
ecosystem partners including Episerver and Sitecore, 
to assist in supporting our shared enterprise clients. 
These partnerships build our capabilities and enhance 
the value of our proposition for our clients. Our deep 
partnerships extend across Cloud providers, data 
analytics tools, e-commerce platforms, and AI and 
machine learning tools.

Our relationships with our strategic partners are built 
on trust and industry-defining technology. Our strategic 
partners are interested in the depth of our industry 
knowledge, technical expertise and credentials, range of 
our capabilities and the excellence of our service.

Engagement
Through collaborating and engaging with our strategic 
partners, we can better understand their needs 
and provide, or where required deepen and expand, 
our expertise and capabilities. To achieve this, our 
Global Partner Development Managers maintain close 
dialogues with our strategic partners and jointly focus 
on maintaining a balance across the four mechanisms 
of channel activation: bringing opportunities from our 
clients to partners, partners bringing opportunities to 
us, going to market jointly to find clients together, and 
working with joint partners to expand our reach and 
relationships.

We engage in partner certification programmes to 
demonstrate our competency and technical ability in 
our strategic partners’ products and services. We are 
proud to have obtained Microsoft Gold Cloud Platform 
Competency, which is a testament to our team’s 
technical capabilities and dedication to the success of 
their partnerships. 

74

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Through monthly meetings with the Kin + Carta 
Partnerships management team, J Schwan, our Chief 
Executive Officer, and Chris Kutsor, our Chief Financial 
Officer, receive reports on matters related to our 
strategic partners including operational updates on 
partnership projects, the health of the relationships, and 
related opportunities and threats. J’s monthly briefings 
to the Board summarise key partner developments, 
keeping the Board abreast of significant relationship 
matters and broader trends. 

How has this engagement impacted 
Board decision making or discussions 
at Board level?
Our Board understands that through strategic 
partnerships we can empower our clients together, with 
the strength of those relationships positioning Kin + Carta 
to accelerate its pace of growth in the future. In the prior 
year, our Board approved the investment to build the 
new partnerships channel. This year, it has monitored the 
pipeline growth generated by the investment, considered 
the status of key strategic partner relationships and 
projects and, taking these matters into account, 
supported the scaling of the channel. Our Board has 
given consideration to talent and the training and 
development needs of our people to allow them to fully 
collaborate with our strategic partners; this resulted in 
our Board allocating budget to these needs, including 
partner certification programmes.

Promoting responsible business 
with our strategic partners
We recognise the positive impact Kin + Carta can make 
when partnering with the world’s leading technology 
providers. We are collaborating on a number of inclusion, 
diversity, equity and awareness initiatives, including 
Google’s #IamRemarkable week, which empowers women 
and other underrepresented groups to celebrate their 
achievements in the workplace and beyond, and running 
the Professional Development Inclusive Leadership 
programme.

Strong governance is also central to undertaking 
responsible business with our strategic partners. 
During the year, we adopted our Code of Ethics. The 
Connective is to adhere to the code in all business 
endeavours, including strategic partnerships, to ensure 
it operates legally, ethically and in accordance with 
the approved Connective operational policies. The 
code includes commitments to safeguard the interests 
of our stakeholders, including our strategic partners 
(read more about our Code of Ethics and associated 
assurances on page 62).

Working with our strategic partners 
through the impact of COVID-19: 
empowering our clients together
We are proud to have partnered with Episerver to 
help frontline industries make a rapid shift to digital 
platforms and manage the significant challenges brought 
by COVID-19. Online learning, new ways to donate, 
patient portals and travel information that changes 
by the hour are just some of the ways organisations 
working in sectors such as healthcare, education, public 
services and charity have had to change rapidly. The 
partnership utilised Rapid Response, based on the 
Episerver Foundation platform, to offer clients the core 
features of content management and search and secure 
Cloud infrastructure. This allows organisations to rapidly 
optimise the user experience and continue their focus on 
helping society as a whole. 

COVID-19 has also driven a need to improve call centre 
efficiency to meet an increase in demand. We are one 
of just a few official worldwide integration partners for 
Google’s Rapid Response Virtual Agent, which enables 
the launch of a customised virtual agent in less than two 
weeks. This helps organisations improve their operational 
efficiency by focusing on leveraging AI solutions to 
augment parts of their businesses, helping to reduce 
costs and improve customer satisfaction.

75

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Responsible Business continued

Our shareholders
Importance of our shareholders and 
their interests
Our shareholders are investors in and owners of our 
business, providing the capital we need to invest 
in and grow the Connective. Our shareholders are 
interested in the financial and sustainable performance 
of Kin + Carta and its growth prospects. They consider 
how our governance arrangements support our pursuit 
of our strategic objectives and how the implementation 
of our strategy impacts people and the planet in 
addition to profit.

Engagement
To explain the Connective’s proposition, progress, and 
performance to our shareholders, and listen to their 
perspectives on these matters, we engage with our 
shareholders through various mechanisms, principally: 

•  meetings and calls with Directors (including John 
Kerr, Chairman of the Board and Nomination 
Committee, and Nigel Pocklington, Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee)

• 

investor presentations

•  annual report

•  AGM, which the Chairman, Executive Directors, and 
Chairs of each Board committee attend to facilitate 
engagement with a broad range of shareholders

•  Stock Exchange announcements

At its Board meetings, investor relations updates are 
provided to allow a clear, common understanding of 
the views of our shareholders. Our Board also monitors 
movements on the share register to maintain an 
understanding of our investors’ profiles.

How has this engagement impacted 
Board decision making or discussions 
at Board level?
Our proposition and strategic priorities have been 
shaped with Kin + Carta’s long-term success in mind 
and for the benefit of our investors as a whole. During 
the year, our Board established and communicated a 
clear market proposition, which launched the Advise, 
Create and Connect brands. In support of Kin + Carta’s 
‘Expansion’ strategic priority, the Board considered 

proposals that sought to open up access to new clients 
and sustainable growth opportunities. This resulted in 
the approval of the acquisition of Spire Digital, which 
has continued to perform successfully. In addition 
to utilising the Kin + Carta platforms for incremental 
growth and operational efficiency, Spire Digital also 
proved resilient through the pandemic.

Acting responsibly for our 
shareholders
The Board is collectively responsible for leading 
Kin + Carta, promoting its long-term success, generating 
value for shareholders and contributing to wider society. 
As such, it is the principal decision making body for all 
significant matters affecting the Connective and it has 
implemented a governance framework, summarised on 
pages 100 to 102, to establish clear expectations and 
common understandings of the roles, responsibility and 
authority of the Board, its committees and individual 
members. In decision making, the Board assesses 
shareholder and stakeholder interests from the 
perspective of the long-term sustainable success of 
the Company. This requires it to manage any conflicts 
between short-term interests and the long-term 
impacts of its decisions, at all times having regard to the 
Company’s purpose to make the world work better: better 
for our clients, for their customers and for our people. 

Supporting our shareholders through 
the impact of COVID-19
Our Board recognises the need for ongoing 
communication with shareholders, particularly in 
times of significant uncertainty. It keeps shareholders 
informed of the impact of COVID-19 on Kin + Carta 
through Stock Exchange announcements, relaying our 
focus on cash conservation and maintaining maximum 
financial flexibility. It introduced liquidity conservation 
measures, including voluntary temporary reductions 
to salaries and the suspension of dividend payments, 
which our Board considered to be in the long-term best 
interests of the business and all its stakeholders.

76

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Human rights

At Kin + Carta, we are committed to equality, fair 
practices and human rights to make the world work 
better. As a responsible business, we must operate 
legally, ethically and with integrity to deliver high-
quality equitable and sustainable service to all our 
stakeholders. We have several policies to help us 
achieve this.

Slavery and human trafficking is a violation of 
fundamental human rights. At Kin + Carta, we have a 
zero tolerance approach to any form of modern slavery. 
Our policies and Connective values reinforce our 
expectation that any concerns be highlighted using the 
appropriate reporting channels, and management are 
to act accordingly. During the year, we began a review 
of our existing suppliers through the new Supplier Code 
of Conduct assessment to confirm that they comply 
with all applicable human rights and equity laws, and 
laws prohibiting modern slavery, and that they adhere 
to our Modern Slavery Policy (read more about our 
Supplier Code of Conduct on page 73). Our Modern 
Slavery Policy is available to view on our website 
kinandcarta.com. 

We protect our people’s rights to fair and equitable 
treatment at work through our anti-harassment 
and anti-discrimination policies, which ensure the 
Connective provides an equitable working environment. 
To go further and create a foundation of equity and 
inclusion that deliberately unbundles systematic 
constraints that exist within our society, we have 
developed an IDEA Framework that includes our IDEA 
Vision, Guiding Ambitions, Strategic Action Plan and 
supporting governance structure. We are committed 
to breaking down these structural inequalities and 
consider ourselves responsible for holding each other 
accountable, clients and partners included (read 
more about our IDEA initiative on pages 68 and 69). 
This commitment is reinforced by our Code of Ethics 
(described below and in more detail on page 62), which 
identifies characteristics beyond those recognised 
as protected under the laws of the countries in which 
we have employees. We consider the additional 
characteristics significant for achieving a holistic 
approach to IDEA. 

Additional policies and practices that protect the rights 
of our people include our Flexible Working Policy and 
commitment to fair and equitable pay. In recognition 
of the right to private and family life, Kin + Carta has 

a Flexible Working Policy, driven by the understanding 
that we should all have the opportunity to take 
ownership of our own work life balance to support 
personal needs and aspirations. Everyone is entitled to 
benefit from working flexibly as long as they are meeting 
expectations with regards to performance and operate 
within the parameters of the policy. Line managers 
monitor an employee’s flexible hours to ensure that, 
inter alia, it continues to fit both the individual’s needs 
and the needs of the team. Everyone has the right 
to a standard of living adequate for their health and 
wellbeing and we are committed to fair and equitable 
pay. For our UK-based businesses, this includes 
compliance with the National Living Wage.

These policies are supported by our Code of Ethics, 
which sets Kin + Carta’s ethical values and compliance 
framework for the execution of our organisational 
purposes. The Connective is to adhere to the code 
in all business endeavours to ensure it operates 
legally, ethically and in accordance with the approved 
Connective operational policies (read more about our 
Code of Ethics on page 62). Additionally, our Speak Up 
policy is readily available to all employees to ensure 
they can confidentially raise any concerns about 
suspected misconduct in confidence without fear of 
retaliation. 

77

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Responsible Business continued

Health, safety and 
environmental (‘HS+E’) 
management

Undoubtedly the biggest health and safety challenge of 
the financial year was, and continues to be, responding 
to the COVID-19 pandemic. To protect our people, the 
Board imposed temporary office closures and business 
travel restrictions, which resulted in complete home 
working for the Connective. We recognise both the 
advantages and challenges of homeworking for our 
people and will support them as we continue to work in 
this way.

Under the direction of J Schwan (our Chief Executive 
Officer), task groups have been established to manage 
the phased reopening of offices and implement 
risk assessments to provide for social distancing, 
hygiene and cleaning controls. These COVID-19 risk 
assessments will be actively reviewed to reflect changes 
in local and national government guidance. 

The Connective’s HS+E governance and diligence 
is managed through our HS+E Management System 
which is based on the plan, do, check, act model. This 
management system comprises:

•  HS+E framework policy and supplementary policies 
on the protection of people and the environment

•  HS+E register of our compliance obligations

•  environmental aspects, impact risks and 

opportunities assessment

•  health and safety risk assessments

•  setting of HS+E objectives and targets

•  operational controls such as building inspections, 

testing and maintenance

•  emergency planning arrangements for fire and first aid

•  quarterly reports to the Board on HS+E performance 

• 

internal policy and procedure auditing and 
evaluation of compliance with our HS+E obligations

Health and safety management
No work related accidents were reported during the 
year, achieving our Accident Incident Rate (AIR) target 
of less than 3. This achievement is likely in part due to 
our business operations being office (and temporarily 
home) based. However, proactive workplace inspections 
have assisted offices in identifying health and safety 
hazards and acting on them.

Our Accident Severity Rate (‘ASR’) was 23, this figure 
includes absences resulting from work related stress 
and was significantly below our target rate of less than 
500. This achievement was assisted by the proactive 
work completed by our Employee Experience and 
Office Management teams on programmes to reduce 
any feelings of isolation and anxiety brought by the 
change to home working during COVID-19. Programmes 
included:

•  buddy systems 

•  classes on mindfulness, meditation and yoga

• 

training on mental health awareness

•  wellbeing packages

Accident Incident Rate1 
2020: 

0

Target Rate: less than 3

Accident Severity Rate2 
2020: 

23

Target Rate: less than 500

1. 

Accident Incident Rate (‘AIR’) – All classes of work-related injury 
accident, including agency workers but excluding contractors 
and other third parties. Headcount includes agency workers but 
excludes contractors and other third parties. AIR is calculated as 
total accidents × 100,000/total worked hours.

2.  Accident Severity Rate (‘ASR’) – Total lost hours due to any work 
related injury accident counted from the next scheduled shift or 
working day. Hours are as recorded using a standard working day. 
Total worked hours includes hours worked by agency workers but 
excludes contractors and other third parties. ASR is calculated as 
total lost hours × 100,000/total worked hours.

78

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Strategic Report

Environmental management
Our commitment to minimising the environmental 
impact of the Connective’s operations continues with 
the work towards achieving B Corp accreditation and 
the HS+E Management System will continue to evolve 
to reflect the Connective’s organisational changes. 
No environmental incidents were reported during the 
year. In addition to the aforementioned objectives 
and targets, there will be a focus on improving energy 
efficiency in offices and sustainable procurement 
during our financial year ending in 2021. 

Energy and carbon reporting
The Connective’s carbon emissions for 2020 have been 
calculated using the 2019 UK DEFRA greenhouse gas 
emission factors (as specified by the UK Environment 
Agency). These emissions calculations have been used 
to determine the tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent 
(tCO2e) produced. Calculating the tCO2e allows different 
greenhouse gases to be compared on a like-for-like basis 
relative to one unit of CO2.

Our carbon reporting is aligned with the Greenhouse 
Gas (GHG) Protocol methodology. This protocol 
establishes comprehensive global standardised 
frameworks to measure and manage emissions from 
private sector operations, value chains and mitigation 
actions. The framework has been in use since 2001, 
and forms a recognised structured format, to calculate 
a carbon footprint. Electricity, natural gas and direct 
diesel emissions are included and no mandatory 
emissions have been excluded from the data.

Carbon emissions (tCO2e)

Scope 1 – 
combustion 
of fuel

Scope 2 – 
electricity

Total 
emissions

2020

2019

78 (14%)

490 (86%)

58 (11%)

477 (88%)

567

535

Carbon Intensity Ratio 
The Connective’s intensity ratio has been calculated as: 
tCO2e produced per million pounds of turnover. 

2019

2020

3.11

3.38

Energy Consumption Split (UK and overseas)

UK and 
offshore

Global 
(excluding UK 
and offshore)

% 
UK

107.67

Scope 1 Emissions 
(tCO2e)
Scope 2 Emissions 
(tCO2e)
Total Emissions 
(tCO2e)
Energy 
Consumption (kWh) 1,577,749.95

352.56

244.89

1.14

99

244.62

50

245.76

59

1,085,785.70

59

Reducing carbon emissions
It is anticipated that property energy consumption 
will reduce in the forthcoming financial year as a result 
of the planned consolidation of office space. This 
consolidation will be used as an opportunity to evaluate 
energy saving improvements in the remaining offices.

Where the Connective has direct control of energy 
procurement, it is working to ensure that tariffs are 
accredited renewable or carbon offset products.

As referenced on page 58, our new Culture and 
Responsibility key performance indicators, which are 
being introduced in 2021, include ‘percentage of carbon 
emissions offset’.

79

We exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties

Our approach to risk management

Being proactive in identifying the 
main trends and factors affecting 
the long-term success and future 
viability of Kin + Carta, including market 
opportunities and risks and controls, is 
central to the realisation of our strategic 
priorities and the promotion of our 
long-term sustainable success.

The Connective has policies and procedures in place 
to ensure that risks, and emerging threats that may 
potentially impact it in the longer term, are properly 
identified, evaluated and managed at the appropriate 
level within the organisation. Our risk management 
framework, which is overseen by the Board and 
reviewed by the Audit Committee, is described on 
pages 108 and 109 and includes both bottom-up and 
top-down processes. Risks pertinent to the specialisms 
are considered by the Executive Directors during 
quarterly presentations by each operating business. 
The presentations are a key ‘bottom-up’ mechanism 
through which emerging risks, which may present 
longer-term challenges, are identified and existing 
principal risks are discussed. The presentations 

include an update on the forecast, current market 
conditions, strategic direction and an annual ‘strengths, 
weaknesses, opportunities and threats’ (SWOT) analysis. 
The top-down principal and emerging risks review 
involves the Board considering specific risk matters 
at each Board meeting and any significant matters 
arising from the businesses’ quarterly reviews being 
highlighted to the Board. The Board also undertakes 
formal half-yearly reviews and discussions on emerging 
and existing risks, as well as trends, opportunities and 
challenges facing the Connective. The risk register 
includes risks that are specific to Kin + Carta as the 
ultimate holding company, such as corporate financing, 
in addition to risks escalated from the specialisms, 
which could have a material effect on the Connective. 

This approach to risk management ensures that we 
manage not only near-term risk but also have risk 
management strategies in place to allow the Connective 
to flourish over the long term. The longer-term viability 
of the Company has been assessed by the Board over a 
three-year period during the year. Details of this review 
are on page 154.

80

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Strategic Report

Risk oversight

Risk assurance

Risk ownership and control

Board
The Board has overall 
responsibility for risk 
management and it sets the 
risk appetite it considers 
appropriate and acceptable to 
achieve our strategic priorities. 
It is responsible for carrying 
out a robust assessment of the 
principal and emerging risks 
facing the Connective, including 
those threatening our ability to 
support our business model, 
achieve our strategic objectives, 
and maintain solvency and 
liquidity. The Board ensures that, 
to the extent possible, there 
are mitigation plans in place to 
manage those risks in accordance 
with the agreed risk appetite. 

Risk management function
The Head of Risk Management 
role was established towards the 
end of our 2020 financial year 
to create a strong, independent 
function, having responsibility for 
providing expertise, challenge, 
advice and escalation with regard 
to noteworthy risk issues and 
developments. Our Head of Risk 
Management is to meet with 
our global business leaders to 
identify, analyse and challenge 
risk developments, strengthening 
the mitigation of financial and 
operational risk across the 
Connective. 

This role was created in 
recognition of the substantial 
change to our prior business 
operations, processes and 
controls, with the position 
considered to be additive to our 
risk management framework, 
allowing Internal Audit’s work to 
be more focused and supported.

Audit Committee
On behalf of the Board, the 
Audit Committee reviews the 
effectiveness of the Connective’s 
internal control and risk 
management systems.

Internal audit
Our Internal Audit function 
gives assurance over our 
risk management, control 
and governance processes 
and systems.

Executive team
Our Executive Directors and senior 
leadership team identify risks and 
are responsible for day-to-day 
operational supervision, which 
includes the identification, 
mitigation and management of risk.

Data Protection and Connective 
Digital Services
Our Connective Digital Services 
team was formed during the year 
to work alongside our IT Council 
(IT leaders from each specialism) 
to define and execute a renewed, 
comprehensive IT strategy 
inclusive of our digital systems, 
tools and information processes 
that support our Connective and 
regional strategy. The objective 
is to unify our approach and 
mitigate information security 
and data-loss risk. Although 
recently introduced, there has 
already been a significant increase 
in cross-Connective working 
and engagement between the 
Connective Digital Services, 
Information Security and Data 
Protection teams. These teams 
work closely with our clients and 
suppliers to address the changing 
macro-environment and ensure 
we are adapting to our clients’ and 
their industries’ requirements.

We exist to make the world work better.

81

 Back to contents

Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties continued

Principal risks heat map
The probability and impact of each of our principal risks 
is presented below. We describe these risks and the 
controls, processes and procedures we have in place to 
monitor and mitigate these risks in the table of principal 
risks on pages 83 to 87.

t
c
a
p
m

I

y
t
i
l
i

b
a
b
o
r
P

1

5

6

8

11

2

3

7

9

4

10

Impact

Risks
1

  COVID-19 and 
pandemic shocks

7  Our people

2   Economy and  

volatility

8   Brand and culture 

perception

3  Growth

9  Finance

4   Scalability

 10  Pension scheme

5  Assimilation

6  Clients

 11   Data security 
and GDPR 

Risk appetite is the degree of risk we consider 
appropriate and acceptable to achieve our strategic 
priorities. As part of its annual risk assessment, the 
Board has considered and reviewed the nature and 
extent of its risk appetite. The outcome of this exercise 
informs decision making across the Connective, 
providing direction and boundaries that help to set the 
level of mitigation needed. Following consideration by 
the Board, the Connective’s risk appetite across the 
principal risks was not altered materially during the 
year. Risk appetite is subject to ongoing review by the 
Board, and takes into account changes to the economic 
environment, strategic progress and the performance of 
the specialisms.

The Board seeks to minimise liquidity risks and 
risks associated with the welfare of our people; it 
consequently has a particularly low risk appetite 
in these areas. For liquidity risk, we have detailed 
procedures for monitoring headroom in the bank 
facility and the associated leverage and interest cover 
covenants. To mitigate people risks, the Connective 
model facilitates the opportunity for our people to 
work in different areas within the organisation and to 
gain from wider experiences and collaborations. Our 
strengthening relationships with Partners also provide 
opportunities for our people to collaborate with highly 
skilled peers and the option to participate in strategic 
partner certification programmes. In other aspects, 
such as growth initiatives, the Board has a greater risk 
appetite and sets the level of mitigation accordingly. 
Mitigation of risks associated with growth initiatives has 
included strengthening the Board and senior leadership 
team, with several significant senior leadership 
appointments made during the period, including in the 
creation of new roles for Chief Executive of Americas, 
Chief Executive of Europe, Global Chief Technology 
Officer and Global Chief Strategy Officer. Thus, the 
Board accepts a managed risk profile, while attempting 
to mitigate risks effectively, as we seek to deliver our 
strategic goals.

82

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

One new risk, relating to COVID-19 and pandemic shocks, has been added to the register during the year (see 
risk 1 in the table below). The Board is also mindful of the potential impact of the pace of change as the business 
implements its new operating model and has considered this in its review of the principal risks. Additionally, the 
Board has increased its focus on socially responsible business matters in recent years, recognising that how we 
implement the agreed strategy has the potential to intensify the probability and impact of many of Kin + Carta’s 
principal risks, including those related to clients, our people and brand and culture perception. It considers 
responsible business matters to be an emerging risk due to increasing engagement, policy changes and legislation 
in this area. It has a particularly low risk appetite for matters related to socially responsible business, considering it a 
responsibility of Kin + Carta to reduce inequality in society and mitigate against climate change and environmental 
damage. Accordingly, consideration of the positive impact or otherwise of our operations on our stakeholders is key 
and the Culture and Responsibility Platform within the Carta is a fundamental mitigation of this emerging risk. The 
Board has also considered positive impact matters in its review and mitigations of the principal risks. 

The table below details the Connective’s principal risks and the key mitigating activities in place to address them. 
The changes in the risk ratings from the Board’s assessment in the prior period have been highlighted. 

Table of principal risks

1

 COVID-19 and pandemic shocks  NR

Risk description

Mitigating activities

Our agile, digital ways of working enable Kin + Carta to adapt quickly to change.

Cost management programmes in place across the Connective.

Utilising government schemes such as the UK Coronavirus Job Retention 
Scheme and US Paycheck Protection Program. 

Maintain regular dialogue with employees and wellbeing initiatives.

New business targets in industries that have not been negatively 
impacted by COVID-19.

COVID-19 has dramatically impacted the global 
economy, our clients and the ways people live and 
work around the world. In addition to the immediate 
economic shocks, we expect these changes to 
lead to long-term shifts in consumer and employee 
expectations, and ultimately impact industries across 
society. Kin + Carta was able to quickly adapt and 
has been operating remotely during the pandemic, 
including pitching, winning and delivering solutions 
for our clients. 

Nonetheless, the pandemic has introduced risk 
in the form of: (i) clients deferring, scaling back or 
cancelling projects (see risk 6); (ii) a changed working 
environment for our people which increases the risk 
of individuals feeling more isolated whilst working 
remotely and potentially heightens data security risk 
as processes are adapted (see risk 11); (iii) a substantial 
economic decline (see risk 2); and (iv) needing to 
adapt appropriately to behavioural changes and 
evolving consumer demand (see risk 6).

As well as posing risks, there are longer-term 
opportunities for a business like Kin + Carta since 
businesses are, in the longer term, likely to invest 
more in digital capability.

Key to change in risk level: 

 Higher 

 No Change 

 Lower  NR  New risk

83

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties continued

2  Economy and volatility 
Risk description

Challenging economic and political conditions may 
inhibit growth and create uncertainty. This could lead 
to volatility in earnings.

Uncertainty in the economy, largely associated with 
COVID-19 and Brexit, could result in client projects 
being cancelled or deferred at short notice and 
new business opportunities contracting. While the 
Connective has long-term contracts with clients, 
the level of spend is predominantly at the client’s 
discretion rather than being derived from guaranteed 
sales volumes.

To a lesser extent, a worsening of the economic 
and political situation in Argentina could, in the 
short term, impact our cost base since Kin + Carta’s 
nearshore resources that support the Connective are 
based there.

Mitigating activities

Diversification into markets that are capable of delivering profit growth with 
an increasing number of diverse companies.

Diversification of client geography, including through growth in new US 
markets and other overseas locations.

Investment in a wider range of services offered to clients, collaborating with 
strategic partners where appropriate.

An ongoing review of the Connective’s cost base and options to provide 
additional nearshore capability within Europe.

Secure more long-term client relationships and contracts with a greater 
emphasis on recurring revenue.

A regular review of performance of all businesses against their budgets, 
monthly forecasting and implementing remedial action, where needed.

3  Growth 
Risk description

Mitigating activities

Growth is core to the Kin + Carta long-term strategy. 
This includes organic growth driven by strategic 
initiatives and inorganic growth driven by strategic 
acquisitions. Growth initiatives may be underinvested 
or not pursued in the right sectors or territories and 
may therefore fail to deliver growth. 

Further investment in new business functions, including Partnerships.

Establishing and embedding our market proposition, which launched the 
Advise, Create and Connect brands. 

Detailed budgets and three-year plans submitted to the Board for review.

Stringent selection criteria for pursuing acquisitions that fit within the 
Connective’s strategy and culture.

4  Scalability 
Risk description

Mitigating activities

Achieving scalability is important in order to pursue 
a high growth strategy in a profitable way. While 
included as a risk, achieving greater scalability is also 
an opportunity for the Connective. 

Digital Transformation businesses may not have 
sufficient scale within their sectors to secure 
substantial customer contracts. Without sufficient 
scale, our businesses may find it more challenging to 
secure larger client contracts.

Collaboration across the business operationally such as working on joint 
pitches and delivering work efficiently across the Group.

Organic growth of businesses through investment.

Consolidating business units and centralising specific functions (such 
as Connective Digital Services, Finance and Legal) to provide an efficient 
operating platform and thus a scalable offering.

Investment in high growth Digital Transformation businesses and greater 
focus on securing longer-term contracts with emphasis on recurring 
revenue.

Key to change in risk level: 

 Higher 

 No Change 

 Lower  NR  New risk

84

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

5  Assimilation 
Risk description

Mitigating activities

We recently launched a new regional operating 
model uniting Advise, Create and Connect under 
a singular management team in the Americas and 
Europe regions. This, coupled with our acquisition of 
Spire Digital, requires greater collaboration across 
our Pillars and operations. The Connective continues 
to identify areas for assimilation and integration to 
create a solid platform for growth.

Short-term impacts from transitioning to this model 
could manifest in the form of temporary operating 
challenges as business cultures and ways of working 
are merged.

Appointment of a Chief Executive of Americas, Chief Executive of Europe, 
Global Chief Technology Officer and Global Chief Strategy Officer.

Our responsible business initiatives encourage greater collaboration across 
our Pillars with a common goal, while our employee experience programmes 
foster an aligned culture with shared values across the Connective.

A defined and structured plan for the integration of new acquisitions.

Identifying and facilitating resource requirements to manage the changes.

Office consolidation to accommodate and support our Pillars in the same 
location while enhancing the working environment.

6  Clients 
Risk description

Mitigating activities

The Connective has a number of key clients in each 
of its specialisms. Competitive pressure may result in 
the loss of a key client. 

Our regional operating model and platform approach is already helping drive 
client wins where we are delivering a wider range of solutions that supports 
longer-term engagements.

Should the Connective lose a number of its key 
customers, this could have a material impact on its 
finances. For the year ended 31 July 2020, no single 
customer accounted for more than 9% of revenue. 

We encourage our clients to think strategically about their future direction 
and differentiation and how, together, we can make the world work better for 
their customers. This approach also distinguishes the Connective’s offering 
from its competitors.

Achieve or exceed service level agreements with clients. 

Broaden our capabilities, providing new innovating solutions in support of 
our clients’ evolving technology needs. 

Avoid over reliance on any single client. 

Implement bespoke propositions for securing the renewal of key client 
contracts, providing Connective support where appropriate. 

Further investment in new business functions, including Partnerships.

85

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties continued

7  Our people 
Risk description

The risk of not being able to attract and retain 
people is heightened due to the highly competitive 
enviroment for talent. Attracting and retaining talent 
is a key priority for the Connective as it continues 
to invest in new and innovative service orientated 
offerings. 

A misalignment between our current and prospective 
employees’ values and our business model may result 
in difficulties to attract, develop and retain people 
with the necessary talent. This would impact the 
ability of the specialisms, and Connective as a whole, 
to deliver the services sought by our clients and 
support the growth of the business. 

Mitigating activities

Emphasis on becoming a B Corp certified business, which is part of our 
corporate strategic initiative to become a globally recognised best place to 
work. This initiative is at the heart of our business.

Support our people with training and development needs along with career 
development opportunities. 

Develop a collaborative culture across the Connective’s Pillars.

Provide competitive, equitable compensation including share-based 
incentive schemes, and other targeted benefits. 

Succession planning for senior management.

8  Brand and culture perception 
Risk description

Mitigating activities

In February 2020, the Advise, Create and Connect 
brands were launched in line with our market 
proposition. It is vital that the brand architecture 
is cohesive and easily understood by current and 
prospective clients.

Likewise, our culture must attract and retain our 
employees whilst fostering an environment for people 
to do their best work.

If the brand and culture do not resonate with the 
Connective’s stakeholders, business opportunities 
may be missed. 

Developed a new purpose supported by the Connective’s values and 
strategy.

Strong leadership alignment throughout the Connective to demonstrate that 
Kin + Carta’s purpose is to make the world work better for its stakeholders, 
including its people. Kin + Carta has a strong culture of servant leadership.

Culture and Responsibility Platform that spans across the Connective, 
covering employee experience, B Corp and IDEA initiatives, which are 
embedded into Kin + Carta’s culture through grass roots participation across 
the Connective.

Involving the operating businesses with the rebranding and its launch 
through undertaking a thorough consultation process.

9  Finance 
Risk description

The Company’s ability to trade may be compromised 
by a lack of cash funds. Being able to finance working 
capital and carry out operations is fundamental to 
the Connective.

Mitigating activities

Conduct half-yearly ‘going concern’ reviews and longer-term viability 
assessments.

Ongoing monitoring of Kin + Carta’s performance against its banking 
covenants, which this year, in response to COVID-19, resulted in increasing 
the ceiling on the Company’s quarterly leverage covenant to up to 5.0 times 
EBITDA (previously 2.5 times) for four quarters commencing with the quarter 
ended 31 July 2020.

Undertake monthly reviews of working capital, cash forecasts and headroom 
on banking covenants. 

Periodically review the Connective’s financial KPIs with its bankers.

Key to change in risk level: 

 Higher 

 No Change 

 Lower  NR  New risk

86

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

10  Pension scheme 
Risk description

The Company has a Defined Benefits Pension 
Scheme (the ‘Scheme’), which is currently in a 
funding deficit. The volatility of the Scheme’s deficit 
is impacted by the inflation rate, changes in the 
discount rate derived from gilt yields and changes in 
actuarial assumptions, such as mortality.

An increase in the deficit could lead to higher 
contributions being made by the Company.

Mitigating activities

A new deficit recovery plan was agreed with the Scheme Trustee, which 
commenced in September 2020 and aligns the cash contributions with the 
Company’s cash generation. 

Regularly engage the Trustee directors in discussions on the Connective’s 
performance. 

Work with an external advisor and follow regulatory compliance. 

11  Data security and GDPR 
Risk description

Mitigating activities

Failure to adequately protect, prevent or respond 
to a data breach or cyber attack would expose 
the Connective to non-compliance with the GDPR 
or other applicable global data protection laws, 
reputational damage, fines, compensation or 
damages, disruption to the business and/or the loss of 
information for our clients, employees or business. 

It is vital that we continue to educate our people, 
maintain vigilance across the Connective and 
scrutinise our existing capabilities to reduce the 
likelihood of attack or breach in a fast-changing 
environment with regularly evolving external threats 
such as changes resulting from the COVID-19 
pandemic.

Our Connective Digital Services function has responsibility to protect data 
(e.g. encryption, firewalls, restricted access, SaaS tool management).

Employee awareness drives and training regarding data protection and 
education on external threats and the changing environment of our 
workplace as a result of COVID-19.

Periodic reviews by Internal Audit, utilising in-house Connective Digital 
Services expertise as well as specialist external consultants. Cyber security 
and Connective Digital Services questionnaire completed periodically by our 
specialisms to highlight areas of potential risk, together with any mitigating 
actions performed in order to address this risk.

A Data Protection Officer assists the Connective with GDPR compliance and 
other applicable global data protection laws. The Data Protection Officer 
provides assistance and guidance to the Board with regular reporting 
covering GDPR audits and the rolling out of new policies, processes and 
procedures.

Non-financial reporting regulation

Under sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 
2006, as amended by The Companies, Partnerships 
and Groups (Accounts and Non-Financial Reporting) 
Regulations 2016, we must include in our Strategic 
Report certain non-financial information. Information 
required by these Regulations is included in Our 
Business Model (pages 14 to 19), Responsible 
Business (pages 56 to 79) and our Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties reports (pages 80 to 87).

This Strategic Report on pages 6 to 87 was approved by 
the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

J Schwan
Chief Executive Officer

5 November 2020

87

Strategic ReportWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Corporate
Governance

88
88 kinandcarta.com
kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

s
t
n
e
t
n
o
C

Board of Directors

Chairman’s Introduction to 
Governance

Corporate Governance Report

Audit Committee Report

Nomination Committee Report

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Directors’ Report

Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities

90

94

96

110

116

120

153

157

89

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Board of Directors

N

John Kerr
Chairman

Appointed to the Board
22 July 2019 as Non-Executive 
Chairman Designate and 
subsequently Chairman on 
5 December 2019

Career
John previously acted as Chief 
Executive Officer of Deloitte 
Consulting, leading the creation of 
Deloitte Digital, the first dedicated 
digital consulting business. He 
grew the business organically and 
by strategic acquisition. John was 
also Managing Partner of Innovation 
and Talent, Deloitte, where he 
drove numerous societal initiatives, 
including the provision of mentoring 
to school pupils in disadvantaged 
areas and the BrightStart 
Apprenticeship programme. He has 
extensive experience of working with 
client boards throughout his 40-year 
career in professional services. 

John holds a BA from the University 
of Strathclyde and is a member 
of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants of Scotland. 

Relevant skills and 
experience
John brings to the Board strong 
leadership skills along with 
considerable business and senior 
board level expertise. He has 
extensive experience in helping 
businesses develop their digital 
capabilities and advising global 
businesses on how best to position 
themselves for growth. This enables 
John to contribute wide-ranging 
global, strategic and advisory 
knowledge and insight to the Board. 

John has gained valuable insight 
and experience through his trustee 
roles on charitable boards and 
position as Managing Partner of 
Innovation and Talent, Deloitte, 
strengthening his ability to facilitate 
Board discussions that consider a 
wide range of stakeholders and their 
interests in an equitable manner.

Other roles 
John is Chairman of LC Financial 
Holdings Limited and is a 
Non-Executive Adviser to Travers 
Smith LLP. He also serves as a 
Trustee of Plan International UK and 
as a Non-Executive Director of two 
of its subsidiaries, Development 
Works Limited and Social 
Development Direct Limited.

OTHER DIRECTORS WHO SERVED DURING THE PERIOD
Mike Butterworth, Independent Non-Executive Director,  
stepped down from the Board on 1 October 2019.

Richard Stillwell, Chairman,  
stepped down from the Board on 5 December 2019.

Committee membership

 Chair of the Committee 

N  Member of the Nomination Committee

A  Member of the Audit Committee

R  Member of the Remuneration Committee

90

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

N

J Schwan
Chief Executive Officer

N

Chris Kutsor
Chief Financial Officer

He received his Bachelors in 
Materials Science Engineering from 
the University of Illinois at Urbana 
Champaign and began his career at 
Accenture. 

Relevant skills and 
experience
J has been at the forefront of 
digital transformation throughout 
his career and has a proven track 
record of delivering high levels of 
growth. His deep understanding of 
the digital transformation sector 
and substantial entrepreneurial 
expertise are assets to the Board. 

Other roles
J serves on the Foundation Board of 
Lurie Children’s Hospital. 

Appointed to the Board
4 August 2018

Career
J is the founder and former Chief 
Executive Officer of Solstice, a 
digital innovation firm that is now 
embedded in our Create pillar. He 
grew Solstice to 400 employees 
at a 25% CAGR without any 
external investment until its sale 
to the Company in 2015. Solstice 
continued to scale at the same 
growth rate under J’s leadership for 
the following three years. During his 
tenure, Solstice was also continually 
recognised as a Best Place to Work 
by Forbes and Fortune. In 2018, 
J became the Chief Executive 
Officer of the Company and has led 
its transition into a global leader in 
digital transformation services.

J has been inducted into the 
Chicago Entrepreneurship Hall 
of Fame, is an EY Entrepreneur 
of the Year finalist, was awarded 
the University of Illinois College of 
Engineering Young Alumnus of the 
Year award and is a recipient of 
Tech Week 100.

Appointed to the Board
17 June 2019

Career
Chris has led finance organisations 
spanning billion-dollar operations, 
venture capital investing and 
strategic sales functions. He most 
recently served as the Investor 
Relations Officer of a global Fortune 
500 technology firm. Chris holds an 
MBA in Strategy and Finance from 
The University of Chicago Booth 
School of Business. 

Relevant skills and 
experience
Chris is a seasoned executive with 
proven financial leadership in the 
technology sector. He brings to 
the Board broad financial expertise 
and a strong history of managing 
effective relationships with the 
institutional investor community 
and media.

Other roles
Chris serves as a board director to 
First Light USA, LLC, a privately held 
technology development company.

91

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Board of Directors continued

Appointed to the Board
4 August 2018

Career
David served as Chief Executive 
Officer of two of the world’s largest 
advertising marketing services 
companies, NYSE-listed True North 
and Interpublic Group. He was also 
Chief Executive Officer of Bozell 
Worldwide, which he helped grow 
to a top-ten global agency. From 
2006 to 2009, David was a senior 
advisor to Google and has held 
a similar position with AOL/Oath 
since 2009. David was elected by 
his peers into the Advertising Hall 
of Fame in the USA in 2007 and in 
2013, the Hall of Fame established 
the David Bell Award which is given 
to one inductee who has best 
demonstrated this level of service. 

David was an independent director 
at Time Inc. between 2014 and 
2018 and has previously served on 
numerous other US listed company 
boards, as well as many growth 
stage companies in the marketing 
and media technology sectors. 

Relevant skills and 
experience
David’s extensive experience 
in digital media is an asset to 
the Board, contributing to the 
development and implementation 
of its digital transformation 
growth strategy. He also has deep 
knowledge of the US market which 
is a key geography for the business.

Other roles
David is currently an independent 
director of Creative Realities Inc.

Appointed to the Board
15 May 2019

Career
Michele most recently served as 
Chief Financial Officer of Hogg 
Robinson Group plc. She trained 
with KPMG and held various 
positions at technology solutions 
company, Dell. 

Michele is a Fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants and holds 
an Executive MBA from Cranfield. 

Relevant skills and 
experience
Michele is a chartered accountant 
and provides the Board and the 
Audit Committee with relevant 
financial expertise, gained through 
an established career in senior 
finance and management roles 
across a range of business sectors. 
This comprehensive experience 
makes her ideally suited to chair the 
Audit Committee and to act as its 
financial expert, a position she took 
on in October 2019.

Other roles
Michele has no other appointments 
to disclose.

N

David Bell
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

A N R

Michele Maher
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

Committee membership

 Chair of the Committee 

N  Member of the Nomination Committee

A  Member of the Audit Committee

R  Member of the Remuneration Committee

92

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

A N R
Nigel Pocklington
Independent Non-Executive 
Director

A N R

Helen Stevenson
Senior Independent Director

Appointed to the Board
1 June 2016

Career
Nigel is currently Chief 
Commercial Officer of 
Moneysupermarket.com Group 
plc. Prior to Moneysupermarket, he 
held a variety of senior roles within 
Expedia Inc., including President 
of eBookers and Chief Marketing 
Officer of Hotels.com. Nigel spent 
a decade of his early career at 
Pearson plc, including a period 
leading the digital operations of the 
Financial Times. 

Relevant skills and 
experience 
Nigel has strong, relevant and current 
commercial experience at a senior 
management level in a variety of 

global digital businesses, ranging 
from global e-commerce to financial 
technology. He is Executive Sponsor 
of Moneysupermarket’s Employee 
Resource Group focused on diversity 
and inclusion, which enhances 
the contribution he makes as the 
Non-Executive Director appointed 
to our Workforce Advisory Panel. 
He currently serves as Chair of 
the Remuneration Committee. 
Nigel’s experience gained from his 
membership of that committee for 
over two years prior to being its chair, 
combined with his understanding of 
employee and investor viewpoints, 
make him well suited to chairing the 
Remuneration Committee. 

Other roles
Nigel is Chief Commercial Officer of 
Moneysupermarket.com Group plc. 

Appointed to the Board
1 May 2012

Career
Helen served as Chief Marketing 
Officer UK at Yell Group plc from 
2006 to 2012 and, prior to this, 
served as Lloyds TSB Group 
Marketing Director. Helen started 
her career with Mars Inc where 
she spent 19 years, culminating 
in her role as European Marketing 
Director, leading category strategy 
development across Europe. 

Relevant skills and 
experience
Having served on the Board as 
a Non-Executive Director for 
eight years, Helen has developed 
in-depth knowledge and 
understanding of the Company 
and its governance allowing her 

to provide strong support to the 
Chairman and Board as a whole. 
Helen has considerable marketing 
and digital experience and has held 
numerous board positions in various 
sectors. This varied experience 
provides her with a strong customer 
focus, enables the contribution of a 
unique perspective on matters and 
makes her well suited to the role of 
Senior Independent Director.

Other roles
Helen currently holds Non-Executive 
Directorships with IG Group Holdings 
plc and the Skipton Building Society; 
she is the Senior Independent 
Director of Reach plc. Helen also 
serves on Henley Business School’s 
Strategy Board and is a Governor of 
Wellington College. 

93

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Chairman’s Introduction  
to Governance

John Kerr
Chairman

Good governance is more important than 
ever during times of uncertainty, playing 
a critical role in developing immediate 
responses, helping to mitigate impacts 
on people and profit, and implementing 
recovery plans. I have been reassured 
by the strength and integrity of our 
governance systems. As the Board 
of a company operating in the digital 
transformation market, we were able 
to transition quickly and efficiently to 
holding our meetings wholly via video 
conference, having made use of this 
technology effectively for a number of 
years. We convened additional meetings 
with the agenda focused on our response 
to the pandemic and its impact on our 
business and our people. We are proud 
that throughout this time, the Group has 
demonstrated the strength of its culture: 
our people have continued to serve our 
clients with agility, diligence and skill 
and have pulled together to support 
and protect their colleagues, exhibiting 
our values of courage, connection and 
compassion.

Kin + Carta’s purpose, 
values and culture
During the year, we reconsidered our purpose, 
determining that, fundamentally, we exist to make 
the world work better: better for our clients, for their 
customers and for our people. Our purpose reflects 
the importance we as a Board place on considering 
our stakeholders in key business decisions and how 
they are central to our ability to drive value-creation 
over the longer term. In our section 172 statement and 
supporting our stakeholders section on pages 60 to 
76, we provide an overview of how we live our values 
for each of our key stakeholder groups: our clients, our 
people, our communities, our suppliers, our strategic 
partners and our shareholders. In those sections, 

94
94 kinandcarta.com
kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

we set out the interests of each stakeholder group, our 
tailored approach to engaging with them and how this 
engagement has shaped Board decision making and 
discussions, along with an overview of how we have 
promoted responsible business with them.

Our purpose is supported by the values and our 
commitment to responsible business. Continuing to 
develop and deepen our culture is vital for creating an 
industry-leading employee experience and becoming 
internationally recognised as a best place to work with 
a focus on the growth potential of our talent. Our Chief 
Executive Officer, J Schwan, updates us on people 
matters at every Board meeting. Our Workforce Advisory 
Panel, whose members include Nigel Pocklington (Non-
Executive Director), acts as a conduit between the 
Board and our people, briefing us on key findings from 
employee engagement and diversity and inclusion 
surveys, highlighting areas for Board discussion. 

As outlined in my opening statement on pages 4 and 
5, and detailed within our Strategic Report, a core 
focus this year has been on how Kin + Carta can build 
a culture where everyone is empowered to bring their 
authentic self to work and how we can consciously 
unbundle systematic constraints that exist within our 
society and our organisation. This led to the formation 
of our Inclusion, Diversity, Equity and Awareness (IDEA) 
Strategic Action Plan and supportive framework, which 
outlines our IDEA Vision and Guiding Ambitions (you 
can read more our IDEA initiatives on pages 68 and 69). 
We look forward to updating you on our progress in the 
years ahead. 

Board membership
During the year, Richard Stillwell stepped down as 
Chairman and Mike Butterworth stepped down as 
Non-Executive Director. Both Richard and Mike played 
important roles during a transformational time for Kin + 
Carta, laying the foundation for its future. 

I transitioned from Non-Executive Chairman Designate 
to Chairman on 5 December 2019 and we welcomed 
Michele Maher to the role of Audit Committee chair on 
2 October 2019. 

The membership and composition of the Board is key to 
its effectiveness in successfully directing Kin + Carta to 
achieve its strategic priorities and in promoting its long-
term sustainable success. The findings of our 2020 
evaluation of the Board’s effectiveness, described in 
detail on page 107, satisfy me that it has an effective and 
appropriate balance of diversity, experience, knowledge 
and skills and that each Director makes a positive 
contribution to discussions and decision making. 

Governance
As a Board, we invest a significant amount of time 
maintaining high standards of governance, in recognition 
of the value that it can add to the success and 
sustainability of performance as well as the reputation 
of the Group’s business. We therefore welcomed 
the recent corporate governance reforms, which 
included the revised UK Corporate Governance Code 
2018 (“Code”) and The Companies (Miscellaneous 
Reporting Regulations) 2018. Our Corporate Governance 
Report, which includes the reports on pages 110 
to 152, illustrates the role corporate governance 
plays in delivering our purpose, living our values and 
implementing our strategy, and how the Code and 
secondary legislation are embedded in our approach to 
corporate governance. 

Compliance with the Code
As a company listed on the London Stock Exchange, 
Kin + Carta is required to explain how it has applied the 
main principles of the Code and the Code’s provisions 
throughout the financial year ended 31 July 2020. I am 
pleased to report that we have complied with the Code 
in all respects and remain committed to maintaining a 
high standard of governance to support our strategic 
objectives that will allow us to make the world work better. 

The Corporate Governance Report was approved by the 
Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:
John Kerr
Chairman

5 November 2020

95

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Corporate  
Governance Report

Implementation of the Code

Section of the code

How Kin + Carta applied the code

Further information

Board 
leadership 
and Company 
purpose

The Board supports the notion that Kin + 
Carta exists to make the world work better: 
better for our clients, for their customers and 
for our people, a purpose which is reinforced 
by the Connective’s values and strategic 
priorities. The Board regularly engages with 
our internal and external stakeholders to 
understand their interests and assess whether 
we are fulfilling our purpose to make the world 
work better through appropriately supporting 
our stakeholders with our products, services, 
practices, policies and opportunities.

The Board oversees, and where appropriate 
constructively challenges, the implementation 
of our strategic priorities, being our 
Proposition, Growth, Operations and Culture 
and Responsibility Platforms, and Expansion, 
as they promote the long-term sustainable 
success of the Company through generating 
profit and supporting our people and 
communities. The Board is also proactive 
in identifying the main trends and factors 
affecting the long-term success and future 
viability of Kin + Carta, which include market 
opportunities and risks and controls.

The effectiveness of the Board is key to 
successfully leading Kin + Carta to achieve its 
strategic priorities. An evaluation of the Board 
was undertaken during the year to surface any 
issues that may inhibit effectiveness and to 
prompt the open discussion that facilitates 
entrepreneurial thinking.

We outline our purpose, values and 
assessment and monitoring of culture 
on pages 20 to 23. We also describe 
in our section 172 statement and 
supporting our stakeholders, on pages 
60 to 76:

•  how the Board engages with our 

stakeholders (including the role of 
the Workforce Advisory Panel), and 

• 

the impact of those dialogues on 
board discussions and decision 
making.

•  The key market trends and 

opportunities the Board has 
identified are set out in the Digital 
Imperative section on pages 8 to 11.

•  An overview of our risk 

identification and management 
system can be found in Principal 
Risks and Uncertainties on pages 
80 to 87.

•  Details of how we conduct our 
business responsibly, including 
our B Corp initiative, which is key 
to our Culture and Responsibility 
Platform and drives long-term 
sustainable success through 
supporting our stakeholders and 
providing the control environment 
for future growth, can be found in 
the Responsible Business section 
on pages 56 to 79. 

Our Board evaluation process and 
findings are explained on pages 107 
and 108.

96
96 kinandcarta.com
kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Corporate Governance

Section of the code

How Kin + Carta applied the code

Further information

Division of 
responsibilities

Composition, 
succession 
and evaluation

Clear expectations and common 
understandings of the roles and 
responsibilities of the Board, its members 
and committees are essential in creating the 
conditions for overall Board and individual 
Director effectiveness. Accordingly, the 
roles and responsibilities of the Board and 
its committees, Chairman, Chief Executive 
Officer, and Senior Independent Director 
are clearly defined, set out in writing and 
approved by the Board.

Consideration is given to the Board’s balance 
of Executive and Non-Executive Directors. 
Boardroom dynamics and contributions 
are monitored through Board evaluations to 
ensure the composition of the Board and the 
availability of its members enable effective 
decision making.

Through the Company Secretary, the Board 
receives advice and services that enable it to 
apply and observe procedures and applicable 
rules. The Company Secretary works closely 
with the Chairman and the chairs of the 
Board’s committees to set meeting agenda 
and facilitate the timely flow of high-quality 
information between management, the Board 
and its committees. 

Ensuring that each Director makes a positive 
contribution to the Board is key to Board 
effectiveness. The Nomination Committee, 
which makes recommendations to the Board, 
evaluates the structure, size, composition 
and succession planning of the Board and its 
committees, considering their combination 
of skills, experience and knowledge. It 
also ensures that a formal, rigorous and 
transparent procedure exists for the 
appointment of new Directors. 

The Board values its annual evaluation as an 
opportunity to surface any issues that may 
inhibit effectiveness and to prompt the open 
discussion that facilitates entrepreneurial 
thinking. The evaluation in respect of this 
financial year covered matters related to 
Board dynamics, composition, diversity, and 
its interaction with its committees and key 
stakeholders.

The key responsibilities of the Board, 
its members and committees are 
described on pages 101 and 102.

The Board’s membership and the 
attendance of its members at Board 
and committee meetings are described 
on pages 100 and 106, respectively. 

The role and activities of the 
Nomination Committee are set out on 
pages 116 to 119.

Our Board evaluation process and 
findings are explained on pages 107 
and 108, and our Board Diversity Policy 
is outlined on page 118.

We exist to make the world work better.

97
97

We exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Corporate  
Governance Report continued

Section of the code

How Kin + Carta applied the code

Further information

Audit, risk and 
internal control

Our internal control and risk 
management system is set out on 
pages 108 and 109.

The role and activities of the Audit 
Committee are set out on pages 110 
to 115.

The role and activities of the Audit 
Committee are set out on pages 110 
to 115.

Our principal risks and uncertainties 
are set out on pages 80 to 87.

Effective monitoring of audit, risk and the 
internal control framework is a key element 
of protecting Kin + Carta’s long-term viability 
and is central to successfully achieving our 
strategic priorities. The Audit Committee, 
which reports to the Board, is responsible for 
discharging governance responsibilities in 
respect of these areas. 

The Audit Committee monitors the integrity 
of the financial reporting process, including 
the appropriateness of any judgements and 
estimates taken in preparing the financial 
statements, and makes recommendations to 
the Board in relation to whether the financial 
and narrative statements when taken together 
present a fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Company’s position and 
prospects.

The Audit Committee oversees the internal 
controls framework and receives regular 
reports from management and the Internal 
Audit function on the effectiveness of that 
framework. It reports its findings to the Board. 
Formal half-yearly reviews and discussions 
on risks and challenges facing the Connective 
are undertaken by the Board, in addition to 
considering specific risk matters at each 
Board meeting. The Board determines the risk 
appetite that it considers is appropriate to 
achieve the Connective’s strategic priorities. 

98
98 kinandcarta.com
kinandcarta.com

 
 Back to contents

Corporate Governance

Section of the code

How Kin + Carta applied the code

Further information

Remuneration

Appropriate reward policies and practices 
that are aligned to the purpose, values and 
culture of the Company, and which attract and 
motivate executives and senior management 
to support strategy, are important to the 
long-term sustainable success of Kin + Carta. 
The Board has established a Remuneration 
Committee of Non-Executive Directors, which 
is responsible for discharging governance 
responsibilities in respect of this area.

During the year, the Remuneration Committee 
reviewed the Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
to ensure that it continues to align with 
corporate governance best practice, enables 
the attraction and retention of executive 
talent to deliver against the Group’s strategy, 
and promotes the delivery of the long-term 
strategy. The Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee consulted substantial institutional 
shareholders on the committee’s proposals 
as part of the process for the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy.

During the year, the Remuneration Committee 
determined the remuneration outcomes 
of Executive Directors and other members 
of senior management and exercises 
independent judgement and discretion 
when authorising remuneration outcomes, 
taking account of Company and individual 
performance, and wider circumstances.

The role and activities of the 
Remuneration Committee, the 
Directors Remuneration Policy and the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report are set 
out on pages 120 to 152. 

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy, 
which is to be put to shareholders for 
approval at the forthcoming AGM, is set 
out on pages 124 to 136.

Details of the Remuneration 
Committee’s considerations and 
decision making outcomes are set out 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on pages 120 to 152.

We exist to make the world work better.

99
99

We exist to make the world work better. 
 Back to contents

Corporate  
Governance Report continued

Role of the Board
The Board is collectively responsible for leading the 
Company, promoting its long-term success, generating 
value for shareholders and contributing to wider society. 
As such, it is the principal decision making body for 
all significant matters affecting the Group; its key 
responsibilities are summarised on page 101. In making 
these decisions, the Board assesses shareholder and 
stakeholder interests from the perspective of the 
long-term sustainable success of the Company. This 
requires it to manage any conflicts between short-term 
interests and the long-term impacts of its decisions, 
at all times having regard to the Company’s purpose to 
make the world work better: better for our clients, for 
their customers and for our people. You can read more 
about how the Board engages with our stakeholders and 
the impact of this engagement on decision making in our 
section 172 statement and supporting our stakeholders 
on pages 60 to 76 of our Strategic Report.

Board membership
The composition of the Board is key to its effectiveness 
in successfully directing Kin + Carta to achieve its 
strategic priorities and in promoting its long-term 
sustainable success. The Board is satisfied that it 
has an effective and appropriate balance of diversity, 
experience, knowledge and skills and that each Director 
makes a positive contribution to discussions and 
decision making. This is aided by clear expectations and 
common understandings of the roles, responsibility and 
authority of the Board, its committees and individual 
members. A summary of the roles and responsibilities of 
the Board and its committees, Chairman, Chief Executive 
Officer, Senior Independent Director and Non-Executive 
Directors are set out on pages 101 and 102.

The Board considers that, throughout the year, each 
of the Company’s Non-Executive Directors was 
independent in character and free from any business 
or other relationship that could materially interfere 
with the exercise of his or her judgement. In reaching 
this opinion, the Board considered the nature of the 
Non-Executive Directors’ other appointments, any 
potential conflicts of interest they have identified and 
their length of service. Their individual circumstances 
were assessed against those that are likely to impair a 
Non-Executive Director’s independence, as set out in 
the Code. During the year, John Kerr (our Chairman), 
met with the Non-Executive Directors without any 
Executive Director being present, facilitating open 
discussions on the strategic direction of Kin + Carta and 
performance of management and individual Executive 
Directors against agreed strategic priorities. 

The Board’s membership throughout the period and 
the Directors’ attendance at scheduled meetings of the 
Board is set out in the table on page 106.

The Company’s articles of association set out detailed 
provisions for the appointment, reappointment and 
retirement of Directors. All of the Directors will retire 
at the forthcoming AGM and seek re-election, in 
accordance with the Code. 

External board appointments and 
conflicts of interest
Each Director keeps the Chairman and the Board 
informed of any proposed external appointments or 
other significant commitments as they arise. These are 
monitored to ensure that each Director has sufficient 
time to meet their responsibilities. Each Director’s 
biography and external appointments are set out on 
pages 90 to 93.

During the year, Helen Stevenson was appointed Non-
Executive Director of IG Group Holdings plc (a listed 
company). The Board provided prior authorisation of this 
appointment, considering that she would have sufficient 
time to fulfil her duties and obligations to the Company 
whilst maintaining significant appointments with IG Group 
Holdings plc, Skipton Building Society, and Reach plc. 

In accordance with the provisions of section 175 of 
the Companies Act, the Company has procedures to 
deal with the situation where a Director has a conflict 
of interest and the Board regularly reviews conflict 
authorisation. Directors do not take part in discussions 
on matters in which they have a potential conflict, 
and they may be requested to leave a meeting at 
which a matter in which they may be conflicted is to 
be discussed. No conflicts of interest were identified 
during the period. 

Our governance framework
To ensure it maintains an appropriate level of oversight, 
the Board delegates certain roles and responsibilities 
to its three committees: Audit, Nomination and 
Remuneration. Membership of these committees 
consists primarily of our Non-Executive Directors and, in 
some cases, the Chairman. The Nomination Committee 
makes recommendations for appointments to the Board 
and its committees. 

The activities of the committees during the year 
are explained in more detail on pages 110 to 152. The 
minutes of each committee meeting are circulated 
to all Directors. Each committee’s terms of reference 
are documented and agreed by the Board; they are 
available to view in the governance section of our 
website (investors.kinandcarta.com). 

100

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Corporate Governance

The Board
The Board’s key responsibilities include:

•  establishing the purpose and values of Kin + Carta 

•  promoting the highest standards of corporate 

•  debating and agreeing the Group’s strategy, long-

term business objectives and risk appetite 

•  approving acquisitions, divestments and major 

capital projects 

•  approving the Group’s annual budget, dividend 

proposals and financial statements

governance 

•  ensuring the Group has the necessary resources, 
processes, controls and culture in place to deliver 
Group strategy and promote long-term growth

Audit  
Committee
Key responsibilities 
include:
Monitoring and reviewing:

• 

• 

• 

the integrity of the financial 
reporting process, including 
the appropriateness of any 
judgements and estimates 
taken in preparing the 
financial statements

the internal and external 
audit functions

the effectiveness of the 
risk management systems 
and monitoring of internal 
controls

Remuneration 
Committee
Key responsibilities 
include: 

•  determining practices 

and policy on executive 
and senior management 
remuneration that support 
strategy and promote 
Kin + Carta’s long-term 
sustainable success 

•  aligning executive 

remuneration, bonuses, 
long-term incentive 
arrangements and other 
benefits to Kin + Carta’s 
purpose and values and the 
successful delivery of the 
Group’s long-term strategy, 
having regard to workforce 
remuneration 

Nomination 
Committee
Key responsibilities 
include: 
•  evaluating the size, 

structure and composition 
of the Board, having regard 
to the diversity, experience, 
knowledge and skills of 
Board members and the 
future challenges affecting 
the business 

• 

reviewing the results of 
the Board performance 
evaluation process that 
relate to the composition of 
the Board 

•  considering length of 

service of the Board as a 
whole

•  overseeing succession 

planning 

• 

the identification and 
nomination of candidates 
to fill Board positions and 
recommending the re-
election of Directors

We exist to make the world work better.

101
101

We exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Corporate  
Governance Report continued

Key responsibilities

Chairman
John Kerr

Chief Executive 
Officer
J Schwan

•  setting the Board’s agenda, in consultation with the Company Secretary 

•  shaping the culture in the boardroom and ensuring it promotes challenge and 

debate, especially for complex and critical issues

•  encouraging all Directors to maximise their contributions to the Board by drawing 

on their experience, knowledge and skills

•  engaging and fostering relationships with major shareholders and key 

stakeholders

•  promoting high standards of governance, including through Board inductions, 
allowing adequate time for discussion of all agenda items, ensuring there is a 
timely flow of high-quality information to the Board and its committees and that 
the training and development needs of Directors are supported

• 

leading the Board evaluation process

•  proposing strategic priorities to the Board and then leading, and taking advice 
from, the Group’s senior leadership team in implementing the agreed strategy

•  ensuring the Board understands the view of senior leadership on business issues, 

in order to facilitate effective boardroom discussions

•  managing the Group’s day-to-day business, within the authorities delegated by 

the Board

•  promoting the Group’s Culture and Responsibility Platform

Chief Financial  
Officer
Chris Kutsor

•  providing strategic financial leadership to the Group and day-to-day 

management of the finance function

• 

responsible for Global Finance, Legal, Employee Experience, Connective Digital 
Services (IT) and Risk Management

Senior Independent 
Director
Helen Stevenson

•  acting as an experienced sounding board for the Chairman 

•  being available as a trusted intermediary for other Board members and 

shareholders 

• 

leading the annual evaluation of the Chairman by other Non-Executive Directors

Non-Executive 
Directors
David Bell
Michele Maher
Nigel Pocklington

•  providing constructive challenge, effective guidance and advice to the Board 

•  holding management to account in monitoring its success in achieving the 

agreed strategy through sound judgement and objectivity

•  devoting time to understand the Group, its business and workforce and the key 

market trends and opportunities it faces

102

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Corporate Governance

Board composition

Gender diversity: 

2

5

Female

Male

Skills and experience:

Digital innovation and 
technology

D   D   D   D   D  

Finance, accounting 
and investor relations

D   D   D  

Digital media and  
marketing

D   D   D  

People

D   D  

Key

D  Directors

Chairman and 
Non-Executive 
Director tenure:

Independence:

1

1

0 – 3 years

3 – 6 years

6+ years

1

2

3

4

Chairman

Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Board activity
The Chairman, with support from 
the Company Secretary, sets the 
board agenda primarily focused on 
strategy and growth, performance, 
our people, and accountability, 
and ensures that the Group’s 
key stakeholders are considered 
throughout its discussions. 

All Directors have full and timely 
access to the relevant information 
needed to enable them to properly 
discharge their responsibilities 
and have unrestricted access 
to other executives within the 
business to discuss any matter of 
concern. The Executive Directors’ 
brief the Board on their regular 
meetings with the senior leadership 
team, covering matters related to 
strategy alignment and Connective 

expansion, performance, key clients, 
sales growth (including cross-pillar 
opportunities), risks and people 
matters. All Directors receive 
agenda and papers in advance 
of each meeting. Following the 
meeting, minutes are recorded and 
actions followed up.

Where appropriate, the Directors 
may obtain independent 
professional advice in respect of 
their duties to the Board and its 
committees at the Company’s 
expense. Each Director also has 
access to the advice and services 
of the Company Secretary who 
advises the Board on corporate 
governance matters and has 
responsibility for ensuring that 
Board procedures are observed.

103

We exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Corporate  
Governance Report continued

2020 Key focuses of the Board:  
how governance contributes to strategy

People and responsible business

Governance, risk and controls

Strategy and business

Finance

Link to 
strategic 
priorities 

Key 
activities 
and 
discussions 
in 2020

•  Received updates on the Group’s progress towards B 
Corp certification and considered matters related to 
responsible business

•  Received summaries on employee engagement, 

including culture and employee experience initiatives, 
from the Workforce Advisory Panel

•  Considered talent matters and incentive proposals 

for the wider workforce

•  Attended to regulatory disclosures, 
which included the review and 
approval, according to the Audit 
Committee’s recommendations, 
of the annual report and accounts 
and, half- and full-year results 
announcements

•  Considered reports on governance 
and regulatory matters, including 
changes to legislation

•  Through the work of the Audit 

Committee, reviewed the principal 
and emerging risks facing the Group 
and the effectiveness of the internal 
controls and risk management 
systems

Key 
outcomes

•  Approved matters related to our responsible business 
initiatives, including the Code of Ethics and the IDEA 
Framework, which outlines the IDEA Vision, Guiding 
Ambitions and Strategic Action Plan, setting out how 
they align with the Connective’s codes, policies and 
practices

•  Approved the rules of a new all-employee share plan 
for US employees: the Employee Stock Purchase Plan

•  Adopted a Board Diversity Policy

•  Supported the creation of a 

new Head of Risk Management 
role, which has responsibility for 
identifying and mitigating financial 
and operational risk in partnership 
with our global business leaders 

Key 
priorities for 
2021

•  To consider, and where appropriate constructively 

•  To continue the succession process 

•  To consider, and where appropriate constructively 

•  To continue to monitor financial impacts of 

challenge, matters related to: 

outlined on page 119

challenge, matters related to the 2021 strategic priorities, 

COVID-19, including on the financial position, 

 −

 −

the development, roll-out and institutionalisation 
of the IDEA Strategic Action Plan

the Company’s goal to achieve B corp certification 
for all regions and Ventures by the end of 2021

104

kinandcarta.com

•  Received reports from the Chief Executive Officer on 

•  Discussed performance versus budget 

performance against the strategic priorities

and reviewed trends and KPI performance 

•  Considered specialism trading updates and key client 

throughout the year

and strategic partner developments

•  Considered the financing arrangements for the 

•  Received presentations on the client and market 

acquisition of Spire Digital

environment, our capabilities and growth strategy, and 

•  Considered the impact of COVID-19, including 

options for raising capital to facilitate growth

•  Discussed and approved strategic business initiatives, 

including acquisitions and divestments

scenarios

on the financial position, liquidity headroom, 

banking covenants and realistic downside 

•  Considered the impact of COVID-19, discussed 

associated changes to the client and market landscape 

and the utilisation of government support schemes

•  Held a Board Away Day to focus on areas of strategic 

importance, including regional planned implementation 

of the Connective strategy for 2021, and deep dived into 

Edit’s foundational change programme

•  Received updates on the St Ives Defined 

Benefit Pension Scheme, its technical 

valuations and proposed revised cash deficit 

recovery plans

•  Developed a new purpose supportive of the Connective’s 

•  Approved the placing of new ordinary shares

values and strategy

•  Reached agreement with the banking 

•  Established a clear market proposition, which launched 

syndicate to increase the ceiling on the 

the Advise, Create and Connect brands 

• 

Invested in strategic partner relationships, which grew 

the channel substantially

•  Completed the acquisition of Spire Digital in November 

2019

•  Completed the sale of Pragma in August 2020

•  Supported the creation of a new set of roles and 

responsibilities necessary to enact on the further 

evolution of our strategy, which resulted in new 

appointments for roles including Chief Executive of 

Americas, Chief Executive of Europe, Global Chief 

Technology Officer and Global Chief Strategy Officer

Company’s quarterly leverage covenant under 

the revolving credit facility to up to 5.0 times 

EBITDA (previously 2.5 times) for four quarters 

commencing with the quarter ended 31 July 

2020

• 

Introduced cash conservation measures to 

preserve the capabilities required to allow the 

Company to take advantage of the upturn in 

the market once the crisis abates

•  Agreed a new deficit recovery plan with the 

Trustees of the legacy St Ives Defined Benefit 

Pension Scheme, aligning cash contributions 

with the Company’s cash generation

described on pages 30 and 31

liquidity headroom, banking covenants and 

realistic downside scenarios

•  Oversee the completion of the roll-out of 

FinancialForce, a Cloud financial accounting 

and software application, and consider the 

resulting business intelligence opportunities

 Back to contents

Strategic Priorities

  Proposition 
Platform

  Growth  
Platform

  Operations 
Platform

  Culture and 
Responsibility Platform

 Expansion 

  Read more about Our Strategic Priorities on pages 30 and 31

People and responsible business

Governance, risk and controls

Strategy and business

Finance

•  Received updates on the Group’s progress towards B 

•  Attended to regulatory disclosures, 

•  Received reports from the Chief Executive Officer on 

•  Discussed performance versus budget 

activities 

Corp certification and considered matters related to 

which included the review and 

performance against the strategic priorities

•  Considered specialism trading updates and key client 

and reviewed trends and KPI performance 
throughout the year

and strategic partner developments

•  Considered the financing arrangements for the 

•  Received presentations on the client and market 

environment, our capabilities and growth strategy, and 
options for raising capital to facilitate growth

•  Discussed and approved strategic business initiatives, 

including acquisitions and divestments

•  Considered the impact of COVID-19, discussed 

associated changes to the client and market landscape 
and the utilisation of government support schemes

•  Held a Board Away Day to focus on areas of strategic 

importance, including regional planned implementation 
of the Connective strategy for 2021, and deep dived into 
Edit’s foundational change programme

acquisition of Spire Digital

•  Considered the impact of COVID-19, including 
on the financial position, liquidity headroom, 
banking covenants and realistic downside 
scenarios

•  Received updates on the St Ives Defined 
Benefit Pension Scheme, its technical 
valuations and proposed revised cash deficit 
recovery plans

Key 

•  Approved matters related to our responsible business 

•  Adopted a Board Diversity Policy

•  Developed a new purpose supportive of the Connective’s 

•  Approved the placing of new ordinary shares

values and strategy

•  Established a clear market proposition, which launched 

the Advise, Create and Connect brands 

• 

Invested in strategic partner relationships, which grew 
the channel substantially

•  Completed the acquisition of Spire Digital in November 

2019

•  Completed the sale of Pragma in August 2020

•  Supported the creation of a new set of roles and 
responsibilities necessary to enact on the further 
evolution of our strategy, which resulted in new 
appointments for roles including Chief Executive of 
Americas, Chief Executive of Europe, Global Chief 
Technology Officer and Global Chief Strategy Officer

•  Reached agreement with the banking 

syndicate to increase the ceiling on the 
Company’s quarterly leverage covenant under 
the revolving credit facility to up to 5.0 times 
EBITDA (previously 2.5 times) for four quarters 
commencing with the quarter ended 31 July 
2020

• 

Introduced cash conservation measures to 
preserve the capabilities required to allow the 
Company to take advantage of the upturn in 
the market once the crisis abates

•  Agreed a new deficit recovery plan with the 

Trustees of the legacy St Ives Defined Benefit 
Pension Scheme, aligning cash contributions 
with the Company’s cash generation

•  To consider, and where appropriate constructively 

•  To continue the succession process 

•  To consider, and where appropriate constructively 

•  To continue to monitor financial impacts of 

challenge, matters related to the 2021 strategic priorities, 
described on pages 30 and 31

COVID-19, including on the financial position, 
liquidity headroom, banking covenants and 
realistic downside scenarios

•  Oversee the completion of the roll-out of 

FinancialForce, a Cloud financial accounting 
and software application, and consider the 
resulting business intelligence opportunities

105

2020 Key focuses of the Board:  

how governance contributes to strategy

Link to 

strategic 

priorities 

Key 

and 

responsible business

discussions 

in 2020

•  Received summaries on employee engagement, 

including culture and employee experience initiatives, 

from the Workforce Advisory Panel

•  Considered talent matters and incentive proposals 

for the wider workforce

approval, according to the Audit 

Committee’s recommendations, 

of the annual report and accounts 

and, half- and full-year results 

announcements

•  Considered reports on governance 

and regulatory matters, including 

changes to legislation

•  Through the work of the Audit 

Committee, reviewed the principal 

and emerging risks facing the Group 

and the effectiveness of the internal 

controls and risk management 

systems

outcomes

initiatives, including the Code of Ethics and the IDEA 

Framework, which outlines the IDEA Vision, Guiding 

Ambitions and Strategic Action Plan, setting out how 

they align with the Connective’s codes, policies and 

practices

•  Supported the creation of a 

new Head of Risk Management 

role, which has responsibility for 

identifying and mitigating financial 

and operational risk in partnership 

•  Approved the rules of a new all-employee share plan 

with our global business leaders 

for US employees: the Employee Stock Purchase Plan

priorities for 

challenge, matters related to: 

outlined on page 119

Key 

2021

 −

the development, roll-out and institutionalisation 

of the IDEA Strategic Action Plan

 −

the Company’s goal to achieve B corp certification 

for all regions and Ventures by the end of 2021

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Corporate  
Governance Report continued

Board and committee meetings and attendance
The Board meets at regular intervals to enable it to fulfil its role and discharge its duties effectively, particularly 
under section 172 of the Companies Act. During the year, the Board held nine scheduled Board meetings. It also 
convened a further four times and held a number of ad hoc meetings, principally in connection with the acquisition 
of Spire Digital and managing the Company’s response to COVID-19. 

Senior management make regular presentations to the Board to apprise it on the markets and how they serve 
them, trends, growth opportunities and future challenges and how they propose to address them. Their attendance 
provided an additional opportunity for the Non-Executive Directors to engage directly with the senior leadership 
team and challenge management’s thinking on discussion items, particularly strategic implementation.

Directors’ attendance at Board and committee meetings during the period was as follows: 

Board

 8  9

1

1

9 9

9 9

9 9

9 9

9 9

9 9

3 4

Audit  
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

1

1

3 3

3 3

3 3

 1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

 1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

2

2

5 5

5 5

5 5

David Bell*

Mike Butterworth†

John Kerr

Chris Kutsor

Michele Maher

Nigel Pocklington

J Schwan

Helen Stevenson

Richard Stillwell‡

 Meetings attended

 Meetings

This table only details attendance at meetings in the scheduled annual meeting calendar; other ad hoc meetings 
were held during the period. 

This table is based on each Director’s maximum possible attendance at these meetings.

*  

†  

 David Bell was appointed as a member of the Nomination Committee with effect from 5 December 2019. Due to unavoidable circumstances, 
David was unable to attend one Kin + Carta Board meeting. He did, however, receive the meeting papers and provide input to the Chairman. 

 Mike Butterworth resigned as a Non-Executive Director, Chair of the Audit Committee and member of Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees with effect from 1 October 2019.

‡ 

 Richard Stillwell resigned as Chairman and Chair of the Nomination Committee with effect from 5 December 2019. 

Throughout the period at least three Independent Non-Executive Directors served on each of the Audit, Nomination 
and Remuneration Committees.

106

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Facilitating Board effectiveness
Inducting and training Directors
On appointment, each Director receives an induction 
tailored to their skill set, previous experience and 
knowledge of the markets in which the Connective 
operates. The induction is designed to broaden the 
Directors’ understanding of the Connective, its strategic 
priorities, its key stakeholders and engagement 
mechanisms as well as the legal and regulatory 
framework that it operates in. Meetings with our people, 
including the executive and senior leadership team, 
provide insight into the culture of the Connective, 
and our main areas of business activity and their 
associated risks. Training is provided on the duties and 
responsibilities of being a director of a listed company.

Although there were no new appointments during the 
year, there were changes to the Board’s composition. 
John Kerr transitioned from the role Non-Executive 
Chairman Designate to Chairman on 5 December 
2019. During the period that John fulfilled the role of 
Non-Executive Chairman Designate, he partnered with 
the outgoing Chairman, Richard Stillwell, to facilitate 
his understanding of the Board’s culture and its 
decision making and governance processes. John also 
received training around the duties, responsibilities and 
obligations of being Chairman of a listed company.

Evaluating the performance of the 
Board, its Directors and committees

The effectiveness of the Board is key to successfully 
leading Kin + Carta to achieve its strategic priorities. 
Regular monitoring and constructive review of 
the Board’s performance is an important factor in 
surfacing and addressing any issues that may inhibit 
effectiveness and to prompt the open discussion that 
facilitates entrepreneurial thinking. 

A Board effectiveness review is carried out annually. In 
2020, internally facilitated effectiveness evaluations 
of the Board and its committees were undertaken, 
with one-to-one interviews of the Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors led by John Kerr (Chairman) 
and supported by Daniel Fattal (Company Secretary). 
Helen Stevenson (Senior Independent Director), 
reviewed the performance of John and considered 
feedback from the Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors. The findings of the Board effectiveness 
review are summarised in the table below. Following 
its effectiveness review, the Board confirms that all 
Directors standing for re-election continue to perform 
effectively and demonstrate commitment to their roles.

The Board is mindful of the FRC’s Guidance on Board 
Effectiveness recommendation that smaller listed 
companies consider periodic externally facilitated 
board evaluations; an external evaluation was last 
undertaken in 2017. The Board will consider undertaking 
an externally facilitated evaluation when it returns to 
convening in-person meetings to maximise the value of 
the external evaluation.

Areas for development identified and actions arising from the 2020 evaluation

Board meeting 
arrangements

To amend the schedule of formal Board meetings from nine to seven meetings per 
annum and to increase the duration of meetings to allow deeper discussions on key 
matters

Board meeting papers

To incorporate feedback from the Board on papers, including additional updates on 
progress toward short-term and long-term strategic initiatives

Succession planning

To strengthen succession plans following the recent restructuring of the Group

Remuneration 
Committee 
preparation

For the Executive Directors to meet with the Company’s remuneration advisors and 
the Chair of the committee prior to each meeting to facilitate streamlined meetings

107

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Corporate  
Governance Report continued

Matters arising from the  
2019 board evaluation

Actions taken

Board

Board composition

Well-structured Board papers

Shifting the Board agenda 
focus areas

Audit  
Committee

Reinforcing risk management 
and internal control

Through the new Executive Director appointments made 
in our 2019 financial year, relationships were recast 
between Executive and Non-Executive Directors. The 
Executive Directors continue to have a collaborative and 
consultative style, seeking input from the entire Board

Management have provided greater consistency in 
the format and presentation of reports to the Board 
to aid understanding and comparison. New KPIs were 
developed for inclusion in the Board papers in line with 
the transformation of the business, along with additional 
financial analysis

A balanced agenda was created to allow more time to 
be spent reviewing business matters such as trends 
and opportunities related to its strategic priorities, with 
presentations received that allow the Board to monitor 
progress and implementation of the agreed strategy. 
Throughout the year, members of the senior leadership 
team provided a number of briefing sessions to the Board

Our Connective strategy has driven substantial change 
to our prior business operations, processes and controls. 
Mitigating and managing those changes and underlying 
risks is a vital part of successful transformation. To support 
the Operations Platform, providing additional oversight 
and control and allowing Internal Audit’s work to be more 
focused and supported, a new Head of Risk Management 
role has been created, which has responsibility for 
identifying and mitigating financial and operational risk in 
partnership with our global business leaders

Nomination 
Committee

Board succession planning for 
both emergency and steady-
state situations

New roles were established for the positions of Chief 
Executive of Americas and Chief Executive of Europe, 
providing an internal succession planning pipeline

Remuneration 
Committee

Timeliness of proposals and 
committee papers

The Remuneration Committee Chairman receives 
briefings on the proposals in advance of meetings to 
allow more focused committee discussions that facilitate 
robust debate and effective decision making

Internal control and 
risk management
In compliance with the Code, and having due regard 
to the Financial Reporting Council’s Guidance on Risk 
Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and 
Business Reporting, the Group has a corporate reporting 
and risk management framework, which has been in 
place for the year and up to the date of this report.

The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of 
internal control, including financial, operational and 
compliance controls and risk management, and for 
reviewing the effectiveness of those controls. The system 
of internal control is designed to manage and mitigate, 
rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve 
business objectives, and can only provide reasonable, but 
not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or 
loss, fraud or breaches of laws and regulations.

108

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

The Group recognises that taking and managing risks is 
inherent in any business and in delivering its strategy. 
On pages 80 to 87 we set out the emerging risks 
and principal risks and uncertainties that have been 
identified from the reporting and risk management 
framework, their possible impact on the business, and 
the mitigating actions approved by the Board.

The Company puts in place a series of forecasting 
mechanisms in order to receive information from the 
specialisms across the Connective and to forecast as 
efficiently and effectively as possible. As part of the 
annual budget process, each specialism is required 
to submit an analysis of strengths, weaknesses, 
opportunities and threats to the Board. Executive 
Directors review this detail with senior managers of 
the specialisms, and if necessary, findings from this 
analysis will be elevated to Board discussion for further 
consideration. 

The Board carries out half-yearly reviews and considers 
the impact that these emerging and principal risks 
and challenges might have on the business and on the 
Group’s ability to meet its strategic priorities.

The Board exercises control by holding nine scheduled 
Board meetings per annum, an annual Board strategy 
away day, regular meetings of senior management within 
each specialism which are chaired by an Executive 
Director, and regular management meetings of each 
operation within the specialisms. Risk is reported on 
and monitored between the senior management teams 
of each specialism and the Executive Directors, and the 
newly appointed Head of Risk Management will support 
this process. Any developing or new areas of significant 
risk to the specialisms are then raised at the next Board 
meeting as appropriate. 

The Connective’s Internal Audit function is a key element 
of our internal control and risk management framework, 
providing assurance that our risk management, 
governance and internal control processes are operating 
effectively. The Internal Audit function consists of a 
qualified accountant who, as necessary, draws on 
additional resource from professional services firms. 
The Internal Audit work plan is linked closely to the risk 
management framework, with the plan designed to give 
assurance around key risk areas. The Internal Audit 
function independently reviews the risk identification 
procedures implemented by management. Internal Audit 
reviews risk registers of the specialisms and ensures 
they are updated by the Finance Directors of each 
specialism. Verification of mitigating actions takes place 
on a cyclical basis as part of the annual audit cycle. 

During the year, the Internal Audit function performed 
work on the Group’s internal controls; reviewing the 
control environment and conducting testing of key 
controls. Control testing of accounts receivable, 
accounts payable, payroll and credit control cycles took 
place at selected sites, according to the cyclical audit 
cycle. High-risk issues identified within audit reports, 
together with corrective actions, were considered 
in detail at the meetings of the Audit Committee. 
Annual internal control questionnaires, supplemented 
by a half-year questionnaire, are completed by all 
the Group’s specialisms, reviewed by the Head of 
Internal Audit and supplied to the external auditor. Any 
inconsistencies identified with the Group’s established 
corporate governance frameworks are disclosed to the 
Audit Committee.

During the year, the Audit Committee undertook an 
evaluation of the effectiveness of the Internal Audit 
function. The review concluded that the Internal Audit 
function was operating effectively. An outcome of 
the review was the creation of a new role, the Head 
of Risk Management, which has responsibility for 
identifying and mitigating financial and operational 
risk in partnership with our global business leaders, 
providing additional oversight and control. This role was 
established in recognition of the substantial change to 
our prior business operations, processes and controls 
and this position was considered to be additive to our 
risk management framework, allowing Internal Audit’s 
work to be more focused and supported. See page 114 of 
our Audit Committee Report for more information on the 
review of the Internal Audit function.

The formation of our Connective Digital Services 
function during the year was a further strengthening of 
our internal control and risk management system. Our 
Connective Digital Services team works alongside our IT 
Council (IT leaders from each specialism) to define and 
execute a renewed, comprehensive IT strategy inclusive 
of our digital systems, tools and information processes 
that support our Connective and regional strategy. 
The objective is to unify our approach and mitigate 
information security and data-loss risk. Although 
recently introduced, there has already been a significant 
increase in cross-Connective working and engagement 
between the Connective Digital Services, IT Council, 
Information Security and Data Protection teams. These 
teams work closely with our clients and suppliers to 
address the changing macro-environment and ensure 
we are adapting to our clients’ and their industries’ 
requirements.

109

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Audit  
Committee Report

Michele Maher
Chair of the Audit Committee

Current members: Michele Maher (chair)

Nigel Pocklington 
Helen Stevenson

Changes to the 
composition of 
the committee 
during the year:

In October 2019, Mike Butterworth 
resigned as, and Michele Maher was 
appointed as, the committee’s chair

Meetings held: 

Three

For details of Audit Committee 
members’ attendance at meetings 
during the year, see page 106

2020 Key 
achievements:

Enhanced the control environment 
via the creation of the Head of Risk 
Management role

2021 Areas of 
focus:

Considered the acquisition 
accounting of Spire Digital

Considered the impact of new 
accounting standards during the year

In addition to the recurring matters 
on the committee’s rolling agenda, 
the committee expects to:

Monitor the ongoing impact of 
COVID-19 on the business, including 
in relation to our internal control and 
risk management processes

Consider the accounting treatment 
of COVID-19 related government 
relief programmes

Monitor the impact of the end of 
the Brexit transition period on the 
business 

Monitor the effectiveness of the 
newly appointed Head of Risk 
Management

110
110 kinandcarta.com
kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Chair’s introduction
On behalf of the Audit Committee, I am pleased to 
present its report for the year ended 31 July 2020. This 
was my first year leading the committee, succeeding 
Mike Butterworth in October 2019. I would like to take 
this opportunity to thank Mike for his strong leadership 
of the committee.

Role of the committee
The Audit Committee is responsible for the effective 
governance of the Group’s financial reporting, 
including the adequacy of financial disclosures and 
gaining assurance around the processes that support 
it, including external audit, internal control, risk 
management and legal and regulatory compliance. 

The committee carries out the functions required by 
DTR 7.1.3R of the UKLA Disclosure and Transparency 
Rules and it is authorised by the Board to carry out any 
activity within its terms of reference.

Committee membership
The Audit Committee members are all independent 
Non-Executive Directors. I chair the committee and 
bring recent and relevant financial expertise, having 
been Chief Financial Officer of Hogg Robinson Group 
plc until its sale in 2018, and a Fellow of the Institute 
of Chartered Accountants. The Board is satisfied that 
all members bring extensive expertise to the Audit 
Committee and, as a whole, have competence relevant 
to the sectors in which Kin + Carta operates.

The committee has reviewed a number of areas within 
the Group’s financial statements, including key areas 
of judgement, critical accounting policies, provisioning 
and any changes in these areas or policies. These 
areas include the requirements under the IFRS 16 
Leases standard and the Spire Digital acquisition 
accounting. This work, together with the insight from 
PwC, Kin + Carta’s external auditors, has ensured the 
correct focus of the committee’s discussions and a high 
standard of decision making. The judgement areas are 
set out in this report and in the Independent Auditors’ 
Report on pages 160 to 171.

Through the activities of the committee, described in 
this report, the Board confirms that it has reviewed 
the effectiveness of the Company’s internal systems 
of control and risk management, covering all material 
controls including financial, operational and compliance 
controls, and that there were no material failings 
identified which require disclosure in this Annual 
Report. The review of the control systems includes 
an evaluation by the committee of the effectiveness 
of the internal and external audit functions. This was 
the first review of the effectiveness of PwC’s external 
audit process, considering its performance during its 
first year as external auditors of the Company for the 
period ended 31 July 2019. We are pleased to report 
that these reviews concluded that the functions were 
operating effectively, and collectively provide assurance 
of Kin + Carta’s internal financial controls, regulatory 
compliance and financial reporting. Detail of the 
effectiveness reviews of the internal and external audit 
functions is set out on page 114.

Michele Maher
Chair of Audit Committee

5 November 2020

111

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Audit 
Committee Report continued

Key activities
The committee held three scheduled meetings in the 
year at which it:

•  agreed an internal audit plan with the Group’s Head 

of Internal Audit

•  considered reports from the Head of Internal Audit

•  monitored the quality of work performed by 
the Internal Audit function and analysed the 
effectiveness of the function by reviewing replies 
to questionnaires completed by management and 
Audit Committee members

•  considered the appropriateness of the Group’s 

risk management process, including the results of 
an internal controls questionnaire, completed by 
management within the Group’s regions

•  considered the external auditors’ reports to the 

committee, their fees and their independence, 
including an assessment of the appropriateness to 
conduct any non-audit work

• 

recommended to the Board the reappointment of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’) as external 
auditors

•  ensured the integrity of the financial reporting 

process was upheld

•  considered the requirements under IFRS 16 Leases 
standard and management’s assessment of the 
impact of all elements of this standard 

• 

• 

reviewed the Spire Digital acquisition accounting 

reviewed the Group’s trading updates and half-year 
results prior to release

•  considered significant accounting and reporting 

issues pertinent to the preparation of the half-year 
results and the annual report and accounts

•  considered the findings of the committee’s 2019 

effectiveness review

•  analysed the effectiveness of the external audit by 
reviewing replies to questionnaires completed by 
management and Audit Committee members

• 

received the Group’s updated bribery risk 
register and considered the effectiveness of 
recommendations by Internal Audit

•  approved the Group’s Speak Up policy which covers 

whistleblowing arrangements

•  assisted the Board with the review of the Company’s 

Business Risk Register

•  considered an assessment of the Group’s 

longer-term viability

• 

received a report setting out the Going Concern 
review undertaken by management.

Annual report and accounts 
2020
As part of its review of the 2020 annual report and 
accounts, the committee considered whether the 
report is fair, balanced and understandable (noting the 
Code’s reference to position as well as performance, 
business model and strategy). To provide additional 
support to the Board in making this assessment, the 
committee considered and discussed a detailed review 
and verification process of the annual report undertaken 
by management and provided assurance to the Board 
that this process was both followed and effective. In this 
respect, the committee:

• 

• 

received reports on the requirements of Principle N 
of the Code (concerning the presentation of a fair, 
balanced and understandable assessment of the 
Company’s position and prospects), which were 
updated as an ongoing part of the year end process

reviewed a full draft of the annual report and 
assessed whether it was ‘fair’, ‘balanced’ and 
‘understandable’, having regard, inter alia, to 
judgemental items; how performance is reported; 
the explanation of the business model; and the 
articulation of the Group’s strategy and whether 
the annual report, in the opinion of the committee, 
complies with Principle N of the Code

•  considered the outcomes of reviews performed by 

the external auditors

On the basis of this work, the committee recommended 
to the Board that it could make the required 
statement that the annual report is ‘fair, balanced and 
understandable’.

Significant financial matters
The committee has assessed whether suitable 
accounting policies have been adopted and whether 
management have made appropriate estimates and 
judgements in respect of significant financial matters. 
The committee considered accounting papers which 
provided details on the main financial reporting 
judgements and classifications, which were addressed 
as shown in the table on page 113.

112

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Significant matters considered

How the committee addressed these issues

The assessment of the 
carrying value of goodwill 
(£68.0 million) and intangible 
assets (£21.9 million)

The classification 
of Adjusting Items 
(£44.4 million before tax)

The valuation of the St Ives 
Defined Benefits Pension 
Scheme (£1.1 million surplus)

Going concern basis for the 
financial statements and 
viability statement

The committee received reports in relation to the assessment of the carrying 
value of the goodwill for each cash generating unit (‘CGU’). The committee 
considered key judgements including the discount rate, terminal growth 
rates and the future cash flow forecast of each CGU to which goodwill and 
investments are allocated, based upon the projected forecasts approved 
by the Board. The conclusion of the review and the key assumptions are 
disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

The committee considered reports on the carrying value of acquired 
intangible assets where there were indicators of impairment such as loss 
of clients, maintenance of proprietary techniques and trademarks. The 
committee also reviewed disclosures where a reasonably possible change 
indicated a material impairment. 

The committee reviewed the impairment assessment of goodwill for Edit 
Agency Limited and Pragma Consulting Limited that was carried out by 
management and concluded that impairment charges of £17.5 million and 
£0.9 million respectively were required. The impairment of Edit followed the 
exit of the SEO and digital PR businesses, the restructure of other areas of 
the business to exit unprofitable activities, and the decline in demand from 
clients in leisure and entertainment sectors as a result of COVID-19. The 
impairment of Pragma followed a downturn in the demand for commercial 
space related consulting services for airports and retail property as a result 
of COVID-19.

The committee was satisfied with the assumptions applied to support the 
carrying value of goodwill of £68.0 million and intangible assets of £21.9 million.

The Board uses Adjusted results as the measure of the ongoing financial 
performance of the Group’s businesses and excludes such items that 
are considered to distort the comparison of the trading performance of 
the Group and across its businesses. The Audit Committee assessed the 
classification of these Adjusting Items according to their nature and value, 
in line with ESMA and the FRC Guidance (‘APMs’). The committee reviewed 
reports outlining the accounting policy on the classification of Adjusting 
Items and satisfied itself with the treatment applied. 

The accounting policy on Adjusting Items can be found in note 7 to the 
consolidated financial statements and in the Alternative Performance 
Measures section on pages 52 to 55.

The valuation of the St Ives Defined Benefits Pension Scheme (the 
‘Scheme’) is judgemental mainly due to underlying assumptions used to 
determine the Scheme’s liability. This includes assumptions such as the 
discount rate, inflation and life expectancy of the Scheme members at the 
balance sheet date. The committee reviewed reports from management 
outlining the assumptions used, and agreed with those assumptions as 
outlined in note 28. The assumptions presented to the Audit Committee by 
management are underpinned by actuarial advice. The Audit Committee 
considered the suitability of the actuary. 

The committee reviewed and challenged management’s assessment of 
forecast cash flows including sensitivity to trading and expenditure plans, 
and for the potential impact of uncertainties, including COVID-19. The 
committee also considered the Group’s financing facilities and future 
funding plans. The committee was satisfied that the application of the going 
concern basis for the preparation of the financial statements continued to 
be appropriate, and recommended the approval of the viability statement 
to the Board. The going concern conclusion can be found on pages 153 and 
154 and the viability statement can be found on page 154.

113

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Audit  
Committee Report continued

Internal Audit
The Internal Audit function is insourced with outsourced 
support provided as required. Internal Audit establishes 
an annual audit plan based on discussions with 
management and assessments of the risks inherent in 
the Group’s activities. The activities of Internal Audit 
are reported to the Audit Committee and provide 
assurance to management and the committee that the 
system of internal control achieves its objectives and 
highlights gaps and areas for improvement. 

During the year, the Audit Committee undertook an 
evaluation of the effectiveness of the Internal Audit 
function. The process involved the completion of three 
questionnaires containing assertions of best practice – 
one by each member of the Audit Committee, one by 
members of the management of Group Finance, and 
another completed by the Finance Director of each 
specialism. The areas covered included: 

• 

responsiveness;

•  communication; 

•  skills and technical knowledge; 

•  scope of audit work undertaken; and 

• 

internal audit as an effective agent for change. 

The review concluded that the Internal Audit function 
was operating effectively. In recognition that our 
Connective strategy has driven substantial change to 
our prior business operations, processes and controls 
and that mitigating and managing those changes 
and underlying risks is a vital part of successful 
transformation, an outcome of the review was the 
creation of the Head of Risk Management role during the 
year. The Head of Risk Management has responsibility 
for identifying and mitigating financial and operational 
risk in partnership with our global business leaders, 
providing additional oversight and control and allowing 
Internal Audit’s work to be more focused and supported.

External auditors
As previously reported, following a competitive tender 
process, PwC were appointed at the AGM in December 
2018 replacing Deloitte LLP as the Company’s external 
auditors. The external auditors’ appointment is reviewed 
regularly in accordance with the Financial Reporting 
Council’s (‘FRC’) Ethical Standard. Julian Jenkins served 
as the Lead Audit Partner for the financial period ended 
31 July 2019 and the financial year ended 31 July 2020. 
The Company has no current retendering plans but is 
mindful of the best practice provisions of the Statutory 
Audit Services Order.

During the year, the committee undertook an 
assessment of the effectiveness of the external 
audit process for the period ended 31 July 2019. The 
process involved the completion of two questionnaires 
containing assertions of best practice – one by each 
member of the Audit Committee – and another 
completed by the management of each specialism. 
The areas covered included: 

• 

• 

the audit team expertise and experience;

the audit planning process;

•  audit execution;

•  communication;

•  adding value;

• 

• 

• 

• 

responsiveness;

reporting;

timeliness; and

focus.

Participants were requested to score each assertion 
between one and four to indicate their level of 
agreement or disagreement. The results were then 
reviewed by the Audit Committee and Chief Financial 
Officer and discussed with the external auditor. The 
completed questionnaires showed in aggregate that 
the external audit had achieved a clear majority of the 
assertions in each area of focus. Areas of improvement 
that had been noted were addressed at the Audit 
Committee meetings during the year and continued to 
be implemented throughout the external audit for the 
period.

The committee’s policy on the engagement of the 
external auditors for non-audit services, which reflects 
the EU rules, is as follows:

a.  Certain types of engagement shall not be undertaken 
by the external auditors, including services related to 
the internal audit function and tax.

b.  Relevant ethical guidance shall be taken into account 

regarding any proposal to request the Group’s 
external auditors to perform non-audit services.

c.  Cumulative non-audit fees from 2020 onwards 

are capped at 70% of the average of the audit fees 
for the Group for the preceding three-year period. 
PwC were first appointed as auditors for the period 
ended 31 July 2019; therefore, this cap is applicable 
from the financial year ending 31 July 2021 onwards.

d.  Subject to (e) below, the Board shall appoint 
whoever, in its opinion, will provide the most 
cost-effective and timely service for undertaking a 
particular project.

114

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

e.  The Chief Financial Officer is to consult with the 

chair of the Audit Committee in advance of any non-
audit work in excess of £25,000 per project that 
the external auditors may be invited to perform for 
the Group, so that an agreed view might be taken on 
whether to put the project out to tender.

The committee has satisfied itself that this policy 
has been appropriately applied. Following PwC’s 
appointment, the non-audit fees for the period were 
£75,000 as disclosed in note 5 to the consolidated 
financial statements.

PwC without any Executive Director or management 
present to ensure that no restrictions are placed on the 
scope of their audit and to offer the external auditors 
opportunities to discuss any items the auditors may not 
wish to raise with the executives being present.

The committee is satisfied with the independence, 
performance and effectiveness of the external auditors 
and has recommended to the Board that a resolution 
be proposed at the forthcoming AGM that PwC be 
reappointed as auditors of the Company to hold office 
until the conclusion of the next such meeting.

The committee also considered the robustness of 
PwC’s safeguards and procedures to counter threats or 
perceived threats to their objectivity, the application of 
their independence policies and their adherence to the 
revised Ethical Standard published by the FRC, which the 
Company’s policy on non-audit services complies with. 
In all these respects the committee was satisfied with 
PwC’s objectivity and independence. The committee 
is satisfied that there are no relationships between 
the Company and PwC, its employees or its affiliates 
that may reasonably be thought to impair the auditors’ 
objectivity and independence. The committee met with 

115

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Nomination  
Committee Report

John Kerr
Chair of the Nomination Committee

Current members: John Kerr (chair)

David Bell 
Chris Kutsor
Michele Maher
Nigel Pocklington 
J Schwan
Helen Stevenson

Changes to the 
composition of 
the committee 
during the year:

In October 2019, Mike Butterworth 
resigned as member of the 
committee

In December 2019, Richard Stillwell 
resigned as, and John Kerr was 
appointed as, the committee’s chair. 
In addition, David Bell was appointed 
as a member of the committee

Meetings held: 

Two

For details of   at meetings during 
the year, see page 106

2020 Key 
achievements:

Recommended a Board Diversity 
Policy to the Board for approval

2021 Areas 
of focus:

To continue the succession process 
outlined on page 119

116
116 kinandcarta.com
kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Chair’s introduction
On behalf of the Nomination Committee, I am pleased 
to present its report for the year ended 31 July 
2020. This was my first year leading the committee, 
succeeding Richard Stillwell in December 2019. 

Succession planning
The committee has agreed its succession planning 
process to find a suitable replacement for Helen 
Stevenson, who is coming to the end of her tenure 
during 2021, as outlined on page 119.

Inclusion, Diversity, Equity and 
Awareness (IDEA)
At Kin + Carta we believe it’s every one of our jobs 
to make the world work better. To work better goes 
far beyond technology and efficiency. It starts with 
a foundation of equity, inclusion, and the deliberate 
unbundling of systematic constraints that exist within 
our society. 

The committee and Board are committed to sustainable 
social change, particularly in areas of IDEA, and are fully 
supportive of the increasing focus on the composition 
of boards and the emphasis on diversity. In recognition 
that diversity within the boardroom and across the 
Connective is important to our success, improving 
adaptability, agility and supporting long-term growth 
and sustainability, the committee recommended a 
Board Diversity Policy for adoption in September 2019. 
Within this report we explain how the committee has 
considered IDEA throughout its operations. 

The committee has discharged its other principal 
duties by:

•  ensuring that an appropriate review of Board, 
committee and Director effectiveness was 
undertaken

•  considering whether the Non-Executive Directors 

were sufficiently independent for corporate 
governance purposes

•  approving the responsibilities of the Chairman, 

the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Independent 
Director.

John Kerr
Chair of the Nomination Committee

5 November 2020

117

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Nomination  
Committee Report continued

Role of the committee
The principal role of the committee is to lead the process 
for Board appointments and make recommendations 
to the Board. It considers candidates for Executive or 
Non-Executive Director positions in order to maintain 
an appropriate balance of diversity, experience, 
independence and knowledge on the Board. The 
committee engages in succession planning to ensure 
that the Board is appropriately refreshed and considers 
the findings of the annual Board effectiveness review and 
how those outcomes may impact Board composition. 

Committee membership
The committee comprises a majority of independent 
Non-Executive Directors. It is important to our Board that 
the selection process is appropriate to the particular 
circumstances and that any decision made to nominate 
a new member of the Board is collective.

Focuses of the Nomination 
Committee in 2020
Inclusion, diversity, equity 
and awareness
The Board adopted its Diversity Policy during the year, 
following a recommendation from the committee. 
The Board Diversity Policy is available to view in 
the governance section of our website (investors.
kinandcarta.com). The policy recognises that 
diversity of the Board’s gender, ethnicity and other 
underrepresented groups can have a positive impact 
on Board debate and the quality of decision making. We 
outline below the measurable objectives of the policy 
and our 2020 progress towards achieving them.

Board Diversity Policy objectives

2020 Progress

To increase female representation 
on the Board to 33% by 2022

The Board’s female representation is now 28.6% 

To increase the representation on 
the Board of people from ethnic 
minorities to a minimum of one 
Director by 2024

Throughout the period, there was no representation on the Board of people 
from ethnic minorities. The committee continues to monitor this in line with 
the objective set, as detailed in the succession planning overview within 
this report

To assist in the development 
of high-calibre candidates by 
encouraging a broad range of 
senior individuals within the 
business to take on additional 
roles to gain valuable board 
experience

To encourage executive search 
firms to produce diverse Non-
Executive Director ‘longlists’ 
that include candidates from 
underrepresented groups and a 
balanced proportion of male and 
female candidates

A number of senior individuals have been promoted during the year, 
broadening their experience and development opportunities:

•  Kelly Manthey was appointed Chief Executive of Americas

•  David Tuck was appointed Chief Executive of Europe

No new appointments to the Board have been made since adopting our 
Board Diversity Policy. The committee has identified encouraging diverse 
‘longlists’ as an action when engaging an external search consultancy to 
support future recruitment processes

118

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Our Connective-wide IDEA commitment
Aligned with our Culture and Responsibility Platform, 
we are committed to creating an industry-leading 
employee experience. By recognising and embracing 
the benefits of a diverse workforce across the 
Connective, we seek to develop further as an 
organisation and as the best possible place to work.

Details of our commitments to IDEA, including our 
Vision, Guiding Ambitions and Strategic Action Plan, 
can be found on pages 68 and 69. These initiatives 
are intended to build a culture where everyone is 
empowered to bring their authentic self to work and 
serve to develop a diverse pipeline by breaking down 
structural inequality. 

The diversity of the Board, senior management and their 
direct reports and Connective employees is set out 
within our Strategic Report on page 69.

Performance evaluation
In 2020, internally facilitated effectiveness evaluations 
of the Board and its committees were undertake. The 
committee has considered the areas for development 
identified and actions arising from the 2020 evaluation. 
The process and actions are described in more detail 
on page 107.

Succession planning
The Nomination Committee seeks to ensure that the 
Board’s composition, and that of its committees, is 
appropriate to discharge its duties effectively and 
successfully direct Kin + Carta to achieve its strategic 
objectives. During the year, the Nomination Committee 

considered the Board’s composition, considering the 
tenure of Directors, diversity and the collective attributes 
of the Board, such as experience, knowledge and skills. 

The Nomination Committee continues to review Board 
composition to ensure that there is effective succession 
planning at Board level. The committee’s succession 
planning was principally in respect of the successor 
for Helen Stevenson, who is coming to the end of her 
tenure in 2021. Through the process, we aim to identify 
an exceptional Non-Executive Director and will replace 
her as Senior Independent Director. The committee’s 
discussions to date have centred on agreeing the 
appointment process, having regard to the preparatory 
steps including identifying a preferred external search 
consultancy and the objective candidate selection 
criteria including key skills and IDEA attributes.

A recommendation was also made to the Board 
in respect of the committee membership. The 
appointment of David Bell was proposed to allow the 
committee to continue to be composed of a majority of 
independent Non-Executive Directors following changes 
to the committee’s membership during the year and 
support the appropriate balance of independence. The 
Board approved this appointment.

In 2021, the committee will continue to consider the 
effective composition of the Board generally and its 
committees, having regard to the findings of the 2020 
Board effectiveness evaluation.

  Read more about the Board’s diversity, 
independence, skills and tenure on page 103.

Board appointment process

Preparation

Candidate 
indentification

Selection and  
recruitment

•  Define a shortlist 
of external search 
consultancies

• 

Identify the preferred 
provider and agree 
terms

•  Define role and candidate 

•  Shortlist preferred candidates

profile

•  Board interviews

•  Undertake an initial search

•  Nomination Committee makes 

• 

Identify a longlist of 
potential candidates

•  Conduct initial interviews

recommendation to the Board based on 
merit and against the objective criteria set 
out in the role and candidate profile

•  Board to consider, and if thought fit approve, 
the appointment recommended by the 
Nomination Committee

We exist to make the world work better.

119119

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report

Letter from Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Nigel Pocklington
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Current members: Nigel Pocklington (chair)

Michele Maher 
Helen Stevenson

Changes to the 
composition of 
the committee 
during the year:

In October 2019, Mike Butterworth 
resigned as a member of the 
committee

Meetings held: 

Five

2020 Key 
achievements:

2021 Areas 
of focus:

For details of Remuneration 
Committee members’ attendance 
at meetings during the year, see 
page 106

Approved matters relating to the 
new all-employee share plan for US 
employees: The Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan

Considered the remuneration 
arrangements, approved the targets 
for the 2020 bonus and December 
2019 LTIP awards and identified a 
number of changes to propose to 
the Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
for adoption at the forthcoming 
AGM

Continue to consider remuneration 
arrangements to ensure they remain 
supportive of value creation for 
shareholders and support Kin + 
Carta’s strategy

I am pleased to present our Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the year ended 
31 July 2020.

The Remuneration Committee’s key 
role is to set the broad policy for 
remunerating the Executive Directors 
and recommend a remuneration policy 
that supports the creation of value 
for shareholders and the delivery of 
the Group’s strategic priorities. The 
committee is mindful of the intense 
scrutiny around executive remuneration 
and seeks to adopt best practice where 
appropriate taking into account its 
position in the SmallCap.

120
120 kinandcarta.com
kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

At a glance

Summary for Executive 
Directors’ performance and 
remuneration for 2020
•  2020 annual bonus pay-out of 0%

•  2017 LTIP award vesting 0%

•  Volunteered a temporary reduction to salary 
of at least 20% for period of three months

Implementation for 2021
•  No salary increases

•  Bonus of up to 100% salary, based 70% 
on PBT and 30% on strategic/personal 
objectives

•  LTIP vesting on Relative TSR, ESG, growth 
in Adjusted net revenue and growth in 
Adjusted PBT

•  LTIP grants of up to 100% of salary for the 

Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer to be determined based on share 
price at the date of grant

•  LTIP vesting underpinned by committee 

discretion

Dear shareholder,
On behalf of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased 
to present the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the 
year ended 31 July 2020 covering the remuneration of 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors. 

This report is split into three parts: this Annual 
Statement, a Policy Report and an Annual Report on 
Remuneration. As this is the third year of operating 
our existing remuneration policy, we shall be asking 
our shareholders to approve a revised policy at the 
forthcoming AGM, in addition to the usual advisory vote 
on the Annual Report on Remuneration. The background 
to, and the reasons for, the proposed amendments are 
set out below. 

Review of Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy 
Our current Remuneration Policy was approved by 
shareholders at the 2017 AGM, receiving 99.6% support. 
In line with the relevant reporting requirements, and as 
noted in last year’s report, the three-year term of the 
policy will expire at the forthcoming AGM and therefore 
the committee has taken the opportunity to review our 
remuneration arrangements to ensure they remain fit for 
purpose and continue to support Kin + Carta’s strategy.

Overall, the committee has concluded that the 
current remuneration structure continues to be largely 
appropriate. We are, however, proposing a number of 
changes to reflect recent developments in governance 
and best practice, as well as the publication of the 
revised Code and evolutions in investor guidelines 
since the Policy was last approved. In finalising these 
proposals, the committee consulted with all major 
shareholders, and also shared its proposal with 
three investor representative bodies, the Investment 
Association, ISS and Glass Lewis.

121

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

A summary of the proposed changes and rationale is 
outlined below:

Pensions
Reflecting best practice in this area, and consistent with 
the approach taken in recruiting Chris Kutsor, the new 
Policy formally limits the pension contribution rate for new 
Executive Director appointees to the rate available to the 
majority of employees in percentage of salary terms. In 
respect of J Schwan – whose appointment to the Board 
predates the increased focus on this area – the new 
Policy commits to aligning his pension contribution 
rate with employees by 1 August 2024. Although this 
represents a slightly longer timeframe than some 
shareholders have indicated as desirable, the committee 
believes that this approach strikes an appropriate 
compromise between different stakeholder interests.

Post-employment shareholding guidelines
The new Policy includes a requirement for Executive 
Directors to maintain a holding of Kin + Carta shares for 
a period beyond ceasing employment with the Group. 
It requires Executive Directors to retain the lower of 
their in-post shareholding guideline (200% of salary 
for the Chief Executive Officer; 150% of salary for the 
Chief Financial Officer) and their actual shareholding 
on departure for a period of at least 12 months. The 
requirement will apply to all share awards granted to 
Executive Directors following the forthcoming AGM. 
The committee believes that this position strikes an 
appropriate balance between best practice, actual 
practice at both UK and US peers, and the need to be 
able to attract and retain globally mobile executives.

Expansion of recovery provisions
The existing Policy references malus on Deferred 
Bonus Shares and both malus and clawback on LTIP 
shares, which can be enforced in the event of a 
material misstatement of the Company’s financial 
position. Noting evolving best practice in this area, the 
committee has reviewed these recovery provisions 
and has resolved to expand the scope to include the 
cash element of the annual bonus and to expand the 
list of possible triggers to include also fraud or gross 
misconduct on the part of the award-holder, an error 
in calculating the award outcome, actions leading to 
serious reputational damage or corporate failure arising 
from poor risk management. 

Expansion of committee discretion
Finally, the committee has included some additional 
wording – predominantly relating to the Annual 
Bonus – which provides discretion to adjust the 
formulaic incentives outcomes both upwards (within 
the plan limits) and downwards (including down to 
zero) to ensure the continued alignment of pay with 
performance. An example of when such direction might 
be applied could include reducing the annual bonus 
outcome in a scenario where financial targets had been 
achieved at the expense of non-financial performance, 
or if targets had been missed due to unforeseen 
circumstances outside management control. The 
committee will continue to assess the appropriateness 
of pay outcomes in the context of broader Company 
performance and stakeholder experience, and any such 
use of discretion would be disclosed in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report at the time.

Seeking shareholder approval 
for new LTIP rules
Our LTIP continues to support long-term alignment 
with shareholder interests. At the forthcoming AGM, 
we will be seeking shareholder approval for new LTIP 
rules, as the current plan was approved in 2010 and is 
due to expire in November 2020. The new LTIP rules are 
summarised in the forthcoming AGM notice. 

Board changes
As previously announced, Richard Stillwell stepped 
down as Chairman on 5 December 2019, and John Kerr 
transitioned from Non-Executive Chairman Designate 
to Chairman. Mike Butterworth stepped down as 
Non-Executive Director on 1 October 2019. 

Fees paid to John are in line with the Policy on fees paid 
to the Chairman, as disclosed on page 135.

Performance and reward for 2020
The committee is mindful that COVID-19 has 
presented substantial challenges to Kin + Carta and its 
stakeholders, not least our clients, our people, and our 
communities. During our decision making in relation to 
both 2020 and the year ahead, we have given significant 
consideration to these matters, taking into account 
the short-term and longer-term implications. Our 
determinations reflect a number of decision making 
principles, underpinned by our commitment to pay 
for performance and promote actions that support 
Kin + Carta’s long-term sustainable success. We 
have had regard to the actual performance for 2020, 
alignment with the incentives and rewards of our wider 

122

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

workforce, the context of the current and continuing 
uncertainty in the markets our clients serve, and the 
European and America’s economies, and Kin + Carta’s 
utilisation of government relief programmes.

Given the uncertainties caused by COVID-19, the Board 
considered conserving cash to be in the long-term 
best interests of the business and all its stakeholders. 
All the members of the Board volunteered a temporary 
reduction to their salary or fees of at least 20% for a 
period of three months, as disclosed on page 139. 

Targets for Executive Directors’ 2020 bonuses were 
based 75% on Adjusted PBT (measured before strategic 
investments) and 25% on strategic/personal objectives. 
Despite an operationally strong first half, which included 
the acquisition and efficient integration of Spire Digital, 
and an encouraging start to our second half, which saw 
the successful launch of Advise, Create and Connect, 
the impact of COVID-19 in the final four months meant 
that full-year Adjusted PBT came in below Threshold. 
The strategic and personal objectives were achieved in 
full and are disclosed on page 140. While the Executive 
Directors have both individually performed strongly 
during the year, the Committee and Executive Directors 
agreed that no payout would be made for the strategic 
and personal objectives element of the 2020 bonus in 
light of the Group’s overall performance. A summary 
of actual performance against the targets is included 
on page 140.

The Annual Report on Remuneration also gives details 
of LTIP awards granted to Executive Directors in 
December 2017. Over the three-year performance 
period, the Company’s absolute TSR performance, 
weighted 70%, did not meet the relevant targets and 
this element of the award will therefore lapse. Similarly, 
with regards to the remaining 30% based on the growth 
in adjusted operating profit from strategic marketing, 
the Company’s performance was below threshold and 
therefore the award will lapse in full. Further details are 
provided on page 141.

Implementation of Remuneration 
Policy for 2021
Executive Directors’ salaries will remain unchanged 
with effect from 1 August 2020. In light of his relocation 
back to the United States, J Schwan’s salary will be 
denominated in US$ going forward, and will be set at 
$525,000, reflecting the exchange rate as at 31 July 
2020 of £1:$1.313. Pension contributions will continue 
to be capped at 15% of salary for J Schwan and 5% of 
salary for Chris Kutsor.

The annual bonus will operate on broadly the same 
basis as last year, with a maximum opportunity of 
100% of salary and performance assessed against 
a combination of financial and personal/strategic 
measures, weighted 70% and 30% respectively. Noting 
the ongoing uncertainty caused by COVID-19, the 
committee has decided to set half-year targets for 
the financial element of the bonus: 35% of the bonus 
opportunity will be based on the first half of 2021 
Adjusted PBT performance, with the remaining 35% 
based on second half of 2021 Adjusted net revenue and 
Adjusted PBT targets set towards the end of the year. 
This change is meant as a one-off to reflect the unique 
circumstances brought about by COVID-19, with the 
intention being to revert to annual targets for the 2022 
scheme. As always, the committee will consider overall 
business performance in approving any payouts at the 
end of the financial year. 

LTIP awards will be made to Executive Directors 
in late 2020 representing up to 100% of salary for 
both Executive Directors. Final award sizes will be 
confirmed by the committee at the time taking into 
account Kin + Carta’s share price at the date of grant. 
Consistent with last year, vesting of LTIP awards will be 
based 50% on Relative TSR and will also incorporate 
three-year Adjusted net revenue and Adjusted PBT 
growth targets (each weighted 15%, cf. 25% last year). 
Reflecting the Group’s ambition to become a “triple 
bottom line business”, the remaining 20% of the awards 
will vest on ESG metrics linked to B Corp certification 
in America and Europe. Vesting of the LTIP will be 
underpinned by committee discretion. We shall be 
asking our shareholders to approve a new LTIP at the 
forthcoming AGM. The new plan is intended to replace 
the Company’s 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan, which 
expires in November 2020.

Further details of the implementation of our 
Remuneration Policy for 2021 are provided on pages 
124 to 136. We continue to value any feedback from 
shareholders and hope to receive your support at the 
forthcoming AGM.

Nigel Pocklington
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

5 November 2020

123

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

The committee believes that a significant portion 
of the remuneration package of senior executives 
should be linked to performance, while ensuring 
that an appropriate balance is struck between (i) 
fixed and variable pay, (ii) short-term and long-term 
variable pay, and (iii) the delivery of rewards in cash 
and shares. The committee will regularly review the 
Company’s remuneration policies to ensure that these 
policies neither encourage nor reward inappropriate 
operational risk-taking that may be to the detriment 
of shareholders’ interests and that these remuneration 
policies are, therefore, compatible with the Company’s 
general risk policies and systems. 

The Policy table on pages 126 to 132 sets out the key 
aspects of the Company’s Remuneration Policy for 
Executive Directors, which is intended to operate during 
the current 2021 financial year and in future years. A 
description of how the Company intends to implement 
the Policy for the 2021 financial year is set out in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration. 

Policy report
Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
This section of the report sets out the Remuneration 
Policy for Executive and Non-Executive Directors, which 
shareholders will be asked to approve at the AGM on 
23 December 2020. The committee intends that the 
Policy will come into effect from the date of the AGM 
and is intended to apply for a period of three years. 

Overview of 
Remuneration Policy 
The Committee’s Policy for the remuneration of the 
Company’s Executive Directors is that it should be 
structured so as to attract and retain executives of a 
high calibre with the skills and experience necessary 
to develop the Company successfully. It aims to 
recommend strategies that support the creation of 
long-term value for shareholders and reflect and support 
the delivery of the Company’s strategic priorities, while 
taking due account of market best practice. 

When determining levels of remuneration, the 
committee periodically reviews the remuneration 
practices adopted by appropriate comparator 
companies both in the market generally and 
in the same business sector as the Company. 

124

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

How the new Remuneration Policy aligns with the 2018 UK 
Corporate Governance Code

The Code sets out principles against which the Committee should determine the Remuneration Policy for executives. 
A summary of the principles and how the revised Kin + Carta Remuneration Policy reflects these is set out below:

Principle

Approach

Clarity – remuneration arrangements 
should be transparent and promote 
effective engagement with shareholders 
and the workforce.

The committee has operated a consistent remuneration approach 
that is well understood both internally and externally with investors. 
Consultation with shareholders on the revisions to the Policy has been 
undertaken.

Simplicity – remuneration structures 
should avoid complexity and their 
rationale and operation should be easy to 
understand.

The Company operates a UK market standard approach to 
remuneration that is familiar to all stakeholders.

Risk – remuneration arrangements should 
ensure reputational and other risks from 
excessive rewards, and behavioural risks 
that can arise from target-based incentive 
plans, are identified and mitigated.

Each year, incentive targets will be set, which the committee believes 
are stretching and achievable within the risk appetite set by the 
Board. Under the revised Remuneration Policy, the committee retains 
discretion to override formulaic incentive outcomes if they do not 
accurately, or fairly, reflect the underlying performance of the business.

The proposed extension to the incentive scheme recovery provisions 
to include factors such as gross misconduct, calculation error, 
reputational damage or corporate failure arising from poor risk 
management ensures that malus and clawback provisions are 
considered to be sufficiently wide-ranging and enforceable.

The committee maintains clear annual caps on incentive 
opportunities and will use its available discretion if necessary.

The committee ensures performance metrics continue to be 
clearly aligned with the Group’s strategy each year, maintaining an 
appropriate balance between base pay, short and long-term incentive 
opportunities and between financial and non-financial goals.

Bonus and incentive schemes are reviewed by the committee to 
ensure consistency with the Group’s purpose, values and strategy.

Predictability – the range of possible 
values of rewards to individual Directors 
and any other limits or discretions should 
be identified and explained at the time of 
approving the policy.

Proportionality – the link between 
individual awards, the delivery of strategy 
and the long-term performance of the 
company should be clear. Outcomes 
should not reward poor performance.

Alignment to culture – incentive schemes 
should drive behaviours consistent with 
company purpose, values and strategy.

125

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

Revised Remuneration Policy table 
The Committee undertook a review of the Remuneration Policy during 2020 and is satisfied that the structure 
remains broadly appropriate for Kin + Carta at this time. The new Policy includes a number of minor amendments 
that reflect changes in market and best practice since the Policy was last approved by shareholders at the 2017 
AGM. These changes are highlighted in the relevant sections below.

Basic salary

Purpose and link to strategy

Maximum potential value

To provide competitive fixed remuneration that will 
attract and retain key employees of a high calibre 
and which reflects their experience and position in 
the Company.

Operation

Normally reviewed annually with increases effective 
from 1 August; salaries are paid monthly.

In setting salaries, the committee takes into account 
the following:

•  capability of the individual;

•  any changes in responsibility;

• 

increases awarded across the workforce;

•  external economic factors such as inflation; and

•  benchmarking for similar roles in comparable 

organisations.

Executive Directors’ salaries effective 1 August 2020 
are as follows:

•  Chief Executive Officer, J Schwan: US$525,000 p.a.; 

and

•  Chief Financial Officer, Chris Kutsor: US$325,000 p.a.

No monetary maximum has been set, although 
increases are generally in line with the range (in 
percentage of salary terms) awarded across the Group.

In accordance with normal practice at all levels in 
all parts of the Group, increases above this level (in 
percentage of salary terms) may be made in certain 
circumstances such as where there is a change in 
responsibility or a significant increase in the scale of 
the role or size and complexity of the Group.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Changes to Policy for 2020

None.

126

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Benefits

Purpose and link to strategy 

Maximum potential value

To provide market competitive, yet cost effective, 
benefits to attract and retain high calibre executives.

Operation

Benefits generally include provision of a car, or cash in 
lieu of car and fuel allowance, and private medical and 
life assurance cover.

The committee may introduce other ancillary benefits, 
which are on similar terms to those offered to the 
wider workforce or required in order to remain market 
competitive.

Overseas recruitment or an international assignment 
may require the benefits package to be more tailored 
and may include, for example, relocation costs, tax 
equalisation arrangements, as necessary.

Pension

The maximum annual car and fuel allowance is £15,520.

The maximum overall cost of total benefit provision 
(including but not limited to annual car and fuel 
allowance) may vary each year subject to changes in 
the Company’s insurance premiums or changes to the 
terms of the benefits provided.

The values for the year under review, expressed as a cost 
to the Company of providing the benefits, are described 
in the Directors’ single figure table on page 138.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Changes to Policy for 2020

None.

Purpose and link to strategy 

Maximum potential value

To provide market competitive, yet cost-effective 
benefits.

Operation

Only basic salary is pensionable.

A Company contribution to a defined contribution 
pension scheme, a personal pension or provision 
of a cash payment in lieu of a pension contribution 
(or combination of such) may be provided at the 
discretion of the committee.

For Directors appointed on or after 1 March 2019 
(including the current Chief Financial Officer), the 
maximum contribution will be aligned to that offered 
to the majority of employees (currently 5% of salary). 
Pension contributions to the Chief Executive Officer 
is currently 15% of salary, and will be aligned with the 
broader workforce rate by 1 August 2024 at the latest.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Changes to Policy for 2020

Confirmed that any Director appointed on or after 
1 March 2019 will have a pension contribution that 
is aligned with the majority of employees. Outlined 
intention to reduce Chief Executive Officer’s pension 
contributions over time.

127

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

Annual bonus

Purpose and link to strategy 

Incentivises achievement of annual objectives, which 
support the short-term performance goals of the 
Company.

Operation

The committee reviews the choice of annual bonus 
measures and targets each year to ensure they reflect the 
key performance indicators of the business at that time.

Payments under the annual bonus plan are subject to 
compulsory payment of any bonus earned over 50% of 
salary (on an after tax basis) in the Company’s shares 
under the Company Deferred Bonus Shares (‘DBS’) 
arrangement, which are subject to a holding period of 
two years. Deferred shares will generally be forfeited if a 
Director leaves the Group (unless in certain good leaver 
situations or if the committee determines otherwise).

Dividends and/or dividend equivalents are payable on the 
deferred bonus shares during the two-year holding period.

Payments and awards in relation to the annual bonus are 
subject to malus and clawback provisions, further details 
of which are included as a note to the Policy table.

Maximum potential value

100% of basic salary.

Performance metrics

Performance measurement covers one financial year.

Bonus awards are subject to achievement against a 
sliding scale of challenging financial targets and may also 
be subject to challenging strategic/personal objectives.

The majority of any bonus will be earned for achieving 
challenging financial targets aligned with the Company’s 
key performance indicators (e.g. Adjusted PBT or EPS). A 
minority may be subject to achieving preset strategic/
personal objectives, which reflect the key priorities of the 
role at the time.

Bonuses become payable once a threshold level of 
performance is achieved against the target(s), which 
triggers a bonus payment of up to 25% of salary, rising to 
100% of salary for meeting (or exceeding) the maximum 
target(s) set. Measurement of financial metrics is made 
on the basis of audited figures. Where strategic/personal 
targets are set, it may not always be practicable to set 
these using a sliding scale.

Page 148 of the Annual Report on Remuneration provides 
details of the performance measures and weightings to 
apply for the year ending 31 July 2021.

The committee has discretion to adjust the formulaic 
bonus outcomes both upwards (within the plan limits) and 
downwards (including down to zero) to ensure alignment 
of pay with performance, e.g. in the event one of the 
targets under the bonus is significantly missed or due to 
unforeseen circumstances outside management control.

Changes to Policy for 2020

Expanded recovery provisions to cover cash element 
of bonus and referenced expanded triggers, which 
are included as a note to the Policy table. Introduced 
flexibility for committee to adjust formulaic bonus 
outcomes to ensure pay-performance alignment.

128

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Long-term incentives

Purpose and link to strategy 

Maximum potential value

Incentivises executives to achieve superior financial 
growth and returns to shareholders over the longer 
term.

Provides alignment with shareholders through awards 
of shares.

Promotes retention of key individuals.

Operation

The current Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) was 
approved by shareholders in 2010 and expires in 
November 2020. Future awards under the LTIP will be 
subject to new plan rules, which will be submitted to 
shareholders for approval at the forthcoming AGM. The 
operation, maximum potential value and performance 
metrics detailed on this page reflect the new LTIP rules.

Awards can be in the form of an option, a conditional 
award or a forfeitable award.

Eligibility to receive awards is at the discretion of the 
committee each year.

An LTIP award may be made shortly after an 
appointment (subject to the Company not being in a 
prohibited period) subject to the permitted maximum.

Awards are normally made on an annual basis and 
vest three years from grant subject to continued 
employment and the satisfaction of challenging three-
year performance targets.

A two-year holding period following LTIP vesting 
applies to grants to Executive Directors. In total, this 
results in a five-year combined vesting and holding 
period.

The committee reviews the quantum of awards 
annually and monitors the continuing suitability of the 
performance measures.

Participants benefit from the value of dividends paid 
over the vesting period to the extent that awards 
vest. This benefit is delivered in the form of cash or 
additional shares at the time that awards are exercised.

Awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions, 
further details of which are included as a note to the 
Policy table.

Awards with a face value of up to 125% of basic 
salary (or 200% if the committee believes there are 
exceptional circumstances) can be made on an annual 
basis.

Performance metrics

Performance is measured over a three-year period.

Performance measures, weightings and targets for 
each cycle are determined by the committee to 
support Company strategy and provide shareholder 
alignment. The majority of LTIP awards will continue to 
be linked to financial and/or TSR performance.

Under each measure, threshold performance will result 
in 25% of maximum vesting for that element (0% vests 
below this), increasing pro-rata to 100% for maximum 
performance.

Where TSR performance conditions are set, 
performance against the condition is monitored 
independently on the committee’s behalf and where 
financial targets are set performance against the 
condition is tested based on numbers derived from 
the audited financial statements.

LTIP vesting is underpinned by committee discretion 
such that for any shares to vest, the committee must 
be satisfied with the underlying performance of the 
business. In making this assessment, the committee 
will take into account factors such as the strength of 
the balance sheet, quality of earnings, etc.

Pages 148 and 149 of the Annual Report on 
Remuneration provides details of the performance 
measures, targets and weightings to apply for the year 
ending 31 July 2021.

Changes to Policy for 2020

Referenced expanded recovery provisions which are 
included as a note to the Policy table. 

129

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

All-employee share schemes

Purpose and link to strategy 

Maximum potential value

Encourages long-term shareholding in the Company.

Operation

Kin + Carta operates all-employee schemes in the UK 
and the US, with invitations made by the committee 
under the UK HMRC Approved Sharesave Scheme and 
under the US Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Executive Directors may participate in the all-
employee scheme that operates in their country of 
residence on the same terms as other employees of 
the Group.

Sharesave Scheme: as per HMRC limits (e.g. current 
maximum monthly savings towards share purchases is 
limited to £500 per calendar month).

Employee Stock Purchase Plan: monthly savings 
towards share purchases with a maximum value of 
US$25,000 per calendar year, based on the market 
value of the Company’s ordinary shares at grant.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Changes to Policy for 2020

Added details of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan 
approved at the 2019 AGM. 

Share ownership guidelines

Purpose and link to strategy 

To provide alignment between executives and 
shareholders.

Operation

The committee operates shareholding guidelines of 
200% of salary for the Chief Executive Officer and 
150% of salary for other Executive Directors.

The net of tax number of deferred bonus shares or 
vested shares under the Company’s LTIP will normally 
be required to be retained until the guideline is met.

The committee may take account of progress towards 
this target when determining LTIP awards.

Maximum potential value

Not applicable.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Changes to Policy for 2020

None. 

130

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Post-employment share ownership guidelines

Maximum potential value

Not applicable.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Changes to Policy for 2020

New element of Policy for 2020 reflecting market 
practice. 

Purpose and link to strategy 

To provide continued alignment between executives 
and shareholders on stepping down from the Board.

Operation

The committee requires Executive Directors to 
maintain a level of shareholding for 12 months after 
stepping down from the Board, equal to the lower of 
their shareholding at the time of leaving the business 
and their in-post share ownership guideline.

Post-employment share ownership guidelines will 
apply to shares granted to Executive Directors 
following the forthcoming AGM and will exclude 
individually purchased shares, shares relating to 
outstanding incentives, and shares realised from 
historical incentives.

The committee will retain discretion about the 
application of post-employment share ownership 
guidelines in individual cases. 

131

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

Notes to the Policy table
1.  While the Remuneration Policy for Executive Directors is designed 

5. 

having had regard to the Policy for employees across the Group 
as a whole, there are some differences in the structure for senior 
employees that the committee believes to be necessary to reflect 
the different levels of responsibility within the Company. The 
following key differences exist between the Company’s Policy for 
the remuneration of Executive Directors and its approach to the 
payment of employees generally:
• 

there is an increased emphasis on performance-related pay 
and, in particular, for share-based incentives at the Executive 
Director level;

• 

eligibility to participate in and the maximum opportunity in 
relation to an annual bonus vary, based on individual role and 
local practice;

•  participation in the LTIP is limited to the Executive Directors 
and certain selected senior managers and/or key individuals; 
and

•  benefits offered to other employees vary by subsidiary to take 
account of relevant market conditions and local practice.

The choice of the performance metrics and range of targets 
applicable to the annual bonus plan for Executive Directors reflect 
the committee’s belief that any incentive compensation should be 
appropriately challenging and tied to both the delivery of robust 
performance relating to the Group’s financial key performance 
indicators and, where appropriate, specific individual objectives. 
Performance metrics applicable to the LTIP are selected to support 
Company strategy and provide shareholder alignment. Targets 
applying to the annual bonus and LTIP are reviewed annually, based 
on a range of internal and external reference points. Performance 
targets are set to be stretching but achievable, with regard to the 
particular strategic priorities and economic environment in a given 
year.

The share ownership guideline levels are detailed in the Policy 
table. The shares that an Executive Director may count towards 
the in-post shareholding guideline include: those held in the name 
of the Director; those held in the name of the Director’s spouse, 
partner or children; any shares held in a family trust for the benefit 
of the Director and/or their spouse, partner or children; and any 
shares held in a personal pension plan on behalf of the Director. The 
committee may, in its absolute discretion, approve the holding of 
shares by alternate means (e.g. shares held under a deferred share 
bonus award) and, if permitted, on such terms determined by the 
committee, acting fairly and reasonably.

For the avoidance of doubt, in approving this Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy, authority is given to the Company to honour 
any commitments entered into with current or former Directors 
(such as the payment of a pension or the vesting/exercise of 
past share awards) that have been disclosed to and approved 
by shareholders in previous remuneration reports. Details of any 
payments to former Directors will be set out in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration as they arise.

2. 

3. 

4. 

6. 

The committee operates the annual bonus, LTIP, Sharesave Scheme 
and Employee Stock Purchase Plan, in accordance with their rules, 
local taxation guidance (e.g. HMRC and the Internal Revenue Code) 
and, where relevant, the Listing Rules. To ensure these incentive 
plans operate in an efficient manner, the committee retains a 
number of standard market practice discretions which include:
•  determining the eligibility to participate in the plans;
•  determining the timing of grant of awards and any payments;
• 
the size of awards and payments, although with quantum 
restricted to those detailed in the Policy table and the 
respective plan rules;

• 

the determination of whether the performance conditions have 
been met and the resulting vesting/pay out;

•  dealing with a change of control (e.g. the timing of testing 
performance targets) or restructuring of the Group;

•  determining a good or bad leaver for incentive plan purposes, 
based on the rules of each plan and the appropriate treatment 
chosen;

• 

• 

adjustments required in certain capital events such as rights 
issues, corporate restructuring events and special dividends; 
and

the annual review of performance conditions for the annual 
bonus plan and LTIP.

In some circumstances, such as a material acquisition/divestment 
of a Group business, or a change in Accounting Standards and 
Interpretations, which mean the original performance conditions 
are no longer appropriate, the committee can adjust the targets, set 
different measures and alter weightings as necessary, to ensure the 
conditions achieve their original purpose and are not materially less 
difficult to satisfy.

Payments and awards under the annual bonus and LTIP are subject 
to malus and clawback provisions, which can be applied to both 
vested and unvested awards. Malus and clawback provisions will 
apply for a period of at least two years after payment or vesting. 
Circumstances in which malus and clawback may be applied 
include a material misstatement of the Company’s financial 
position, fraud or gross misconduct on the part of the award-
holder, an error in calculating the award outcome, actions leading to 
serious reputational damage or corporate failure arising from poor 
risk management.

Participants in the annual bonus and LTIP will be required to 
acknowledge their understanding and acceptance of the malus and 
clawback provisions as a pre-condition to participating in these 
schemes. The committee is satisfied that the malus and clawback 
provisions are appropriate and enforceable.

132

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

J Schwan, Chief Executive Officer

Chris Kutsor, Chief Financial Officer

’

)
0
0
0
$
S
U
(
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
R

$1,675

31.3%

$1,937

40.7%

31.3%

27.1%

$1,019
12.9%
25.8%

61.3%

37.3%

32.2%

$625

100%

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

Maximum 
including 
share price 
appreciation

’

)
0
0
0
$
S
U
(
n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
R

$1,011

32.1%

$1,174

41.5%

32.1%

27.7%

$605
13.4%
26.9%

59.7%

35.7%

30.8%

$361

100%

Minimum

On-target

Maximum

Maximum 
including 
share price 
appreciation

Fixed remuneration

Annual bonus

LTIP

Reward scenarios
The chart above shows how the composition of each of 
the Executive Director’s remuneration packages varies 
at different levels of performance under the Policy 
set out above, as a percentage of total remuneration 
opportunity and as a total value.

Fixed pay comprises the 2021 basic salary and 
expected pension contributions, and a value for benefits 
(using the value for the year ended 31 July 2020 as a 
proxy). Incentive opportunities reflect implementation 
for 2021. The assumptions used in the above at the ‘on-
target’ performance level are: (i) half of maximum bonus 
is earned; and (ii) 25% of the LTIP award vests, which is 
the level of vesting if each target achieves its minimum 
threshold. The maximum performance level assumes 
the full bonus is earned and the LTIP award vests in full. 
No share price growth is included under the first three 
scenarios, however the fourth scenario includes the 
impact of a hypothetical 50% increase in share price on 
the value of the LTIP in accordance with the reporting 
regulations.

Approach to recruitment 
and promotions
Basic salary levels will be set on appointment after 
having had due regard to the Company’s general 
Remuneration Policy but adjusted, as appropriate, to 
reflect the experience and calibre of the individual 
and the market rates for similar roles in comparable 
organisations. If it is considered appropriate to appoint 
a new Director on a below market salary (e.g. in the 
event of an internal promotion), they may be the 
subject of a series of increases to a desired salary 
positioning over an appropriate time frame, subject to 
performance in post.

Pension contributions will be aligned in percentage of 
salary terms with the majority of employees at the time 
of appointment. Should it be appropriate to recruit 

an executive from overseas or for the individual to 
relocate, then reasonable expenses and payments may 
be paid in relation to such a relocation, which would 
then be subject to disclosure in due course. Benefits 
arrangements would generally be in line with those 
offered to current executives but it may be necessary 
to tailor these to reflect for example, local market norms 
and local legislation.

The annual bonus maximum will be in line with current 
Executive Directors (i.e. 100% of basic salary), pro-rated 
for the period of service. Depending on the timing of 
the appointment, the committee may use different 
performance measures, targets and weightings to that 
of the current executives for the first year of service.

An LTIP award may be made shortly after an 
appointment (subject to the Company not being in a 
prohibited period) subject to the permitted maximum. 
The total maximum variable remuneration that may be 
awarded in respect of recruitment is 300% of salary 
(excluding buy-out awards referred to below).

The committee may offer additional cash and/or share-
based elements to replace deferred or incentive pay 
forfeited by an executive leaving a previous employer. 
The committee would seek to ensure, where possible, 
that these awards replicate the potential value 
forfeited/lost in joining the Company, and in terms of 
time horizons, vesting periods, expected values and 
potential impact of performance conditions, these 
factors are recognised in determining the quantum of 
such compensation. This award would be facilitated 
under the existing incentive plans where possible, but 
also using Rule 9.4.2. of the Listing Rules, if necessary.

For an internal Executive Director appointment, 
any variable pay element awarded in respect of the 
prior role may be allowed to pay out according to its 
terms, adjusted as relevant to take into account the 
appointment.

133

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. 
 
 Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

Service contracts and loss 
of office payments
Summaries of the Executive Directors’ contracts are 
disclosed below. These contracts are held at the 
registered office and are available for inspection.

Executive

J Schwan

Date of service 
contract

Notice period

25 April 2018

6 months

Chris Kutsor

9 May 2019

6 months

It is the Company’s policy that Executive Directors 
should serve under rolling service contracts of 12 
months’ duration or less, and that there should be no 
special provisions for compensation in the event of 
termination (neither in the normal course nor following 
a change in control of the Company) and that any 
compensation payments made should take account of 
the Director’s duty to mitigate their loss. The Executive 
Directors’ current service contracts all comply with this 
policy.

The Remuneration Committee reviews the contractual 
terms for new Executive Directors to ensure these 
reflect best practice.

In summary, the contractual provisions are as follows:

Provision detailed terms

Notice period: 

Up to 12 months

Termination 
payment:

Change of 
control: 

Limited to a maximum of basic salary 
and benefits, paid monthly and 
subject to mitigation

No Executive Director’s contract 
contains additional provisions in 
respect of a change of control

The service contract for any new appointment would be 
made on similar terms to those described above.

In a leaver event, the following payments may also be 
made to departing Executive Directors:

1.  any share-based entitlements granted to an 

Executive Director under a Company share plan will 
be determined based on the relevant plan rules. In 
certain prescribed circumstances, however, such 
as death, ill-health, disability, retirement or other 
circumstances at the discretion of the committee, 
a ‘good leaver’ status may be applied. Under the 
LTIP, for good leavers, future awards will normally be 
tested for performance over the full performance 
period and be reduced pro-rata to reflect the 
proportion of the performance period actually 
served, rounded-up to the next complete financial 
year, with Remuneration Committee discretion to 
determine that awards vest at an earlier date and/or 
to disapply time pro-rating. Vested LTIP awards, 
which are subject to an additional holding period, 
will typically be retained and released at the end 
of the holding period, with committee discretion to 
treat otherwise. Under the DBS, in certain prescribed 
circumstances, awards will be retained in connection 
with a leaver event (such as death or permanent 
disability or any other reason permitted by the 
Remuneration Committee);

2.  a pro-rata bonus may be payable for the period 

of active service in certain prescribed good leaver 
circumstances and in other circumstances at the 
discretion of the committee and subject to the 
achievement of the relevant performance targets;

3.  at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, 
a contribution to reasonable outplacement costs 
in the event of termination of employment. The 
committee also retains the ability to reimburse 
reasonable legal costs incurred in connection with a 
termination of employment; and

4.  any payment for statutory entitlements or to 

settle or compromise claims in connection with 
a termination of any existing or future Executive 
Director as necessary.

134

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

External non-executive appointments 
Executive Directors may not accept an appointment outside the Company without prior permission of the Board. 
The extent to which any fees are retained by the individual or are remitted to the Company will be considered on a 
case-by-case basis. No Executive Director currently holds an external non-executive appointment on the Board of 
a publicly listed company.

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors 
The following sets out the fee policy for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors:

Purpose and link to strategy

Maximum potential value

To attract and retain high calibre individuals without 
prejudice to the application of independent views.

Operation

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration is decided 
by the Executive Directors and the Chairman; the 
Chairman’s fee is set separately by the committee.

Fees are set periodically by taking account of the 
time required to fulfil the role and fees payable at 
similar sized companies. Any increases in fees also 
take account of any increases payable to Executive 
Directors and to the general workforce.

Non-Executive Directors may not participate 
in the Group’s cash or share-based incentive 
arrangements.

For 2021, the fees comprise a base fee of £42,500 p.a., 
plus additional fees of £5,000 p.a. for the Senior 
Independent Director position, and £7,500 p.a. for 
chairing the Remuneration or Audit Committees. The 
Chairman’s fee is set at £130,000 p.a.

These fees may be revised periodically in line with the 
Company’s policy. Given the periodic nature of the review 
any increases (as a % of total fees) may be greater than 
that awarded to the wider workforce in any particular year.

The maximum aggregate fees are set in accordance with 
the Company’s articles of association.

Performance metrics

Not applicable.

Changes to Policy for 2020

Non-Executive Directors also receive reimbursement 
of travel and office related expenses.

None.

All Directors, including the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors, are subject to annual re-election at the AGM. The 
Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment are kept at the registered office and are available for 
inspection. The letters of appointment are summarised as follows:

Non-Executive Director

Date of letter of appointment

Notice period

David Bell 

John Kerr

Michele Maher 

Nigel Pocklington

Helen Stevenson

10 July 2018

17 July 2019

24 April 2019

4 March 2016

3 April 2012

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

No other remuneration is payable to a Non-Executive Director on termination of an appointment.

In recruiting a new Non-Executive Director, the Committee will use the Policy as set out above.

135

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

Consideration of 
shareholder views 
The Remuneration Committee considers shareholder 
feedback received in relation to the AGM each year at a 
meeting immediately following the AGM. This feedback, 
plus any additional feedback received from time to 
time, is then considered as part of an annual review of 
Remuneration Policy. 

In addition, the committee seeks to proactively 
engage directly with major shareholders and their 
representative bodies and takes their views seriously. In 
the event that the committee wishes to make material 
changes to the Remuneration Policy, appropriate 
dialogue will take place with the Company’s major 
shareholders in advance. 

This year the committee undertook a review of the 
Remuneration Policy ahead of its expiration at the 
forthcoming AGM. Having developed a proposed policy, 
the committee consulted with all major shareholders 
and key institutional investors were invited to provide 
feedback on the proposals. 

Consideration of employment 
conditions elsewhere in 
the Group 
Whilst the Company does not formally consult with 
employees on matters of executive remuneration, it 
does consider the general basic salary increase for the 
broader UK employee population when determining 
the annual salary review for the Executive Directors. 
The committee is also made aware of employment 
conditions within the wider group, including a general 
overview of variable pay plan outcomes. Additionally, 
it is the decision making body for all-employee share 
plans. The committee also considers environmental, 
social and governance issues, and risk when reviewing 
executive pay quantum and structure.

Annual Report on Remuneration

The following section provides details of how Kin + Carta’s Remuneration Policy 
was implemented during 2020 and how we intend to implement the revised 
Remuneration Policy for 2021.

Membership of the Committee
Michele Maher, Nigel Pocklington and Helen Stevenson, 
all independent Non-Executive Directors, served on 
the committee throughout the year. The committee is 
chaired by Nigel Pocklington. The number of meetings 
held, attendances and a description of the principal 
matters considered by the committee in carrying out its 
duties during the year are described on pages 120 to 123.

During the year under review, the committee, where 
appropriate, sought advice and assistance from 
Daniel Fattal (Company Secretary), and members of 
the Board, including John Kerr (Chairman), J Schwan 
(Chief Executive Officer), and Chris Kutsor (Chief 
Financial Officer) in connection with carrying out its 
duties. None of these persons took part in decisions 
relating specifically to their own remuneration.

136

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Role of the committee
The committee is responsible for determining and 
agreeing with the Board the overall Remuneration Policy 
and its implementation, including setting the individual 
remuneration packages and contractual arrangements 
for the Executive Directors, senior management and 
the Chairman, which support the creation of value 
for shareholders and the delivery of the Group’s 
strategic priorities.

The committee is mindful of the intense scrutiny around 
executive remuneration and seeks to keep abreast of 
and adopt best practice where appropriate taking into 
account its position in the FTSE SmallCap.

When undertaking its duties, the committee also 
ensures that due account is taken of pay and 
employment conditions throughout the Group by 
keeping abreast of matters such as: (i) the general 
level of salary increases (if any) applied throughout 
the Group; (ii) the levels of bonuses paid (and bonus 
opportunity offered) to the workforce as a whole; and 
(iii) any widespread changes that are proposed to 
Group-wide employment conditions.

The full terms of reference for the committee are 
available on the Company’s website kinandcarta.com.

Committee’s advisors
During the year, the committee retained Mercer | 
Kepler, part of the MMC group of companies, as an 
independent advisor to the committee. They were 
selected following a formal tender process conducted 
in 2015. Mercer | Kepler is a signatory to the Code of 
Conduct for Remuneration Consultants in the UK, details 
of which can be found on the Remuneration Consulting 
Group’s website remunerationconsultantsgroup.com.

Mercer reports directly to the chair of the Remuneration 
Committee and does not advise the Company on any 
other issues. The fees paid to Mercer | Kepler in relation 
to advice provided to the committee for 2020 were 
£29,000 (2019: £19,820), on a time and materials basis.

The committee has reviewed the advice provided by 
Mercer | Kepler during the year and is satisfied that 
it has been objective and independent. The terms of 
engagement between the Company and Mercer | Kepler 
are available from the Company Secretary upon request.

Summary of activities
During the year, the committee approved:

•  outcomes of bonuses for the Executive Directors in 

respect of 2019;

• 

• 

• 

• 

the Directors’ Remuneration Report for 2019;

the Executive Directors’ salaries and pension 
provision for 2021;

the Chairman’s fees for 2021;

the grant of awards in December 2019 and April 
2020 under the Company’s 2010 LTIP Plan to certain 
senior managers and the performance conditions 
attached to their vesting; and

•  vesting of the first tranche of Chris Kutsor’s 

buyout awards

Additionally, the committee undertook a consultation 
with the Company’s major shareholders on proposed 
changes to the Remuneration Policy to reflect evolving 
best practice and developments since the Policy 
was last approved. Following this consultation, the 
committee then also: 

•  approved the structure of the Executive Directors’ 

bonus scheme for 2021; and 

•  held discussions on the structure to apply to LTIP 

awards to be granted in late 2020.

Summary of shareholder voting 
The following table shows the results of the last binding 
vote on the Remuneration Policy at the 2017 AGM, and 
the advisory vote on the 2018/19 Remuneration Report 
at the 2019 AGM:

Resolution

Remuneration Policy

Remuneration Report

Note 1:  Includes ‘discretionary’ votes.

Votes for
 (note 1)

96,592,072

119,612,631

% for 
(note 1)

99.62%

99.97%

Votes 
against

371,760

39,235

% 
against

Total 
votes cast

Votes 
withheld

0.38% 96,963,832

960,595

0.03% 119,651,866

11,488

137

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

Remuneration payable to Directors for 
the year ended 31 July 2020
Directors’ single figure table (audited)
Set out below, in a single figure, is the total remuneration of all Directors for the financial year ended 31 July 2020 
and financial period ended 31 July 2019.

Director (note 1)

Executive Directors

J Schwan 

Chris Kutsor (note 6)

Basic 
salary/fee 
(note 2)
£’000

Taxable 
benefits 
(note 3)
£’000

2020

2019

2020

2019

350.0

400.0

244.3

31.5

16.9

22.9

16.1

1.9

Bonus
£’000

–

100.0

–

n/a

Non-Executive Directors

David Bell 

John Kerr (note 7)

Michele Maher 

Nigel Pocklington

Helen Stevenson

Former Directors

Mike Butterworth

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

2020

2019

Richard Stillwell (note 8) 2020

2019

40.4

42.5

114.0

3.7

46.3

9.2

47.5

46.9

45.1

48.5

8.5

52.1

38.4

110.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Share 
plans 
vesting 
(note 4) 
£’000

Pension 
benefits 
(note 5)
£’000

Total 
£’000

Total 
fixed
£’000

Total 
variable
£’000

–

–

24.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

52.5

60.0

12.2

1.6

419.4

582.9

297.2

35.0

419.4

482.9

272.6

35.0

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

40.4

42.5

114.0

3.7

46.3

9.2

47.5

46.9

45.1

48.5

8.5

52.1

38.4

110.0

40.4

42.5

114.0

3.7

46.3

9.2

47.5

46.9

45.1

48.5

8.5

52.1

38.4

110.0

–

100.0

24.6

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

138

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Note 1:    Changes in Directors and roles during the 2020 financial year 

were as follows:

a. 

John Kerr was appointed Non-Executive Chairman with 
effect from 5 December 2019.

b.  Michele Maher was appointed as chair of the Audit 

Committee with effect from 2 October 2019.

c.  Mike Butterworth stepped down as chair of the 
Audit Committee and as a Director of the Board 
on 1 October 2019.

d.  Richard Stillwell stepped down as Non-Executive Chairman 

with effect from 5 December 2019.

Note 2:   All Directors volunteered a temporary reduction to their salary/

fees for the period of three months ended 30 June 2020. All 
Directors volunteered a 20% reduction to their salary/fees for 
this period, with the exception of J Schwan, who volunteered a 
50% reduction to his salary. 

Note 3:   Taxable benefits constitute additional payments in lieu of 

the provision of a company car and fuel benefit and medical 
expenses insurance cover.

Note 4:   Figures for ‘share plans vesting’ are based on the number of 

shares vesting for performance periods substantially completed 
as at year end. The 2016 LTIP award lapsed in full in November 
2019. The 2017 LTIP award will lapse in full in December 2020. See 
page 141 for details. The figure for Chris Kutsor reflects the vesting 
of 39,867 Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) on 16 March 2020 which 
were subject to continued employment. These awards were 
made in connection with his appointment to the Board in 2019.

Note 5:   Pension benefits in respect of the year were in part paid into 
a Group Personal Pension Plan and part paid as cash in lieu of 
pension for J Schwan and Chris Kutsor. 

Note 6:  The remuneration of Chris Kutsor is originally denominated 

in US Dollars and has been converted for the purposes of the 
single figure table using the average £:$ exchange rate in the 
year of 1.26. 

Note 7:   John Kerr has elected to forego £10,000 per annum of his fee 

of £130,000 per annum. John Kerr’s fees for 2019/20 are shown 
in the single figure table after foregoing this proportion of his 
fees which equated to £9,500 during the year as a result of his 
voluntary pay reduction (see note 2). The Company donates 
this sum so withheld, together with a matching sum from the 
Company, to registered charities.

Note 8:   Richard Stillwell elected to forego £20,000 per annum of his 
fee of £130,000 per annum. Richard Stillwell’s fees are shown 
above after foregoing this proportion of his fees for the period 
he was a Director during 2020. The Company donated this sum 
so withheld, together with a matching sum from the Company, 
to registered charities. Richard Stillwell stepped down as 
Non-Executive Chairman with effect from 5 December 2019.

139

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

Incentive outcomes for the year ended 31 July 2020 (audited)
Annual bonus
Executive Directors’ bonuses for the year ended 31 July 2020 provided for a payment of up to 100% of salary, based 
75% on Adjusted PBT performance over the financial year and 25% on strategic and personal objectives. 

Details of performance against the financial targets set are provided below:

Adjusted PBT 
performance

% of salary 
earned

Actual 
performance

% of salary 
earned

£11.6m

0%

Threshold (10% payout)

Target (50% payout)

Stretch (100% payout)

£17.575m

£17.760m

£17.945m

£18.130m

£18.315m

£18.500m

£18.685m

£18.870m

£19.055m

£19.240m

£19.425m

7.50%

11.25%

15.00%

18.75%

26.25%

37.50%

48.75%

60.00%

67.50%

71.25%

75.00%

Adjusted PBT for continuing and discontinuing operations was £11.6 million and therefore no bonus is payable. 

In addition to the above, each Executive Director was eligible to earn up to 25% of salary for the achievement of 
stretching strategic/personal objectives, which for 2020 related to Kin + Carta’s strategy and priorities. Both Executive 
Directors were assessed as having achieved their objectives in full, with the committee noting in particular that:

•  a regional operating model (the Europe and Americas regions) had been identified. The One Americas plan to 
bring together Advise, Create and Connect under one operating model had been completed, while the One 
Europe plan to bring together Advise, Create and Connect under one operating model had been launched; 

•  Kin + Carta’s core brand proposition, purpose, services, values and brand promises had been identified; and

•  baseline B Corp assessments had been conducted for each entity to be certified, and individual action plans 
and timelines had been developed to allow each to achieve certification within the targeted time frame. 

Despite these achievements, the committee and Executive Directors agreed that no payout would be made for the 
strategic and personal objectives element of the 2020 bonus in light of the Group’s overall financial performance. 

140

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

2017 LTIP vesting in December 2020 (audited)
Vesting of the 2017 LTIP awards is dependent on performance against two metrics measured over a three-year period: 
Absolute Total Shareholder Return (TSR) and the growth in Adjusted operating profit from Strategic Marketing. 

As a result of the disposals of the Marketing Activation and Books segments in 2018, the Adjusted operating profit 
element uses Group Adjusted operating profit as the 2020 end measurement point (£14.9 million); the base year 
remains the Adjusted operating profit from Strategic Marketing (CAGR) in 2017 (£16.4 million), which was prior to 
these disposals.

Further details, including vesting schedules and performance against each of the metrics are provided in the 
table below:

Measure

Weighting

Targets

Absolute TSR (share 
price plus rolled up 
dividends)

70%

Growth in Adjusted 
operating profit from 
Strategic Marketing

30%

Total vesting

0% vesting below 110p
25% vesting for 110p
100% vesting for 170p or more
Straight-line vesting between these points

0% vesting below 6% p.a.
25% vesting for 6% p.a.
100% vesting for 14% p.a. or greater 
Straight-line vesting between these points

Outcome

Vesting %

59.59p

0%

(2.9%) p.a.

0%

0%

Accordingly, the total number of LTIP shares which vested in relation to the performance period completed as at the 
period end, and which are reflected in the single figure table on page 138, is as follows: 

Date of 
grant

Total number
 of shares

% shares 
vesting 
for 
performance 

Number 
of awards 
vesting

Share price 
on vesting 

Total value 
on vesting

Transfer 
of award/
earliest 
vesting date

J Schwan

7 Dec 2017

505,369

0%

0

n/a

0  7 Dec 2020

141

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

2019 RSUs vesting in March 2020 (audited)
In order to facilitate the recruitment of Chris Kutsor in June 2019, the committee agreed a balanced buyout package 
to compensate him for incentives forfeited on leaving his previous employer, which included an award of 119,601 
restricted stock units (‘RSUs’). Reflecting the time horizons of the awards being replaced, it was agreed that the RSUs 
would vest in three equal tranches in March 2020, 2021 and 2022 subject to continued employment with the Group. 

Having satisfied the vesting criteria in March 2020, the first tranche of RSUs vested to Chris Kutsor. A summary of 
the awards vesting, which are reflected in the single figure table on page 138, is as follows:

Date of 
grant

Total number
 of units

% units 
vesting 

Number 
of units 
vesting

Share price 
on vesting 

Total value 
on vesting

Transfer 
of award/
earliest 
vesting date

Chris Kutsor 17 June 2019

39,867

100%

39,867

61.6p

£24,558 

16 Mar 2020

Scheme interests awarded during the 2020 financial year (audited)
Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
In December 2019, J Schwan and Chris Kutsor were granted awards under the Company’s LTIP, as follows:

J Schwan

Chris Kutsor

Date of grant

17 Dec 2019

17 Dec 2019

Shares over which 
awards granted

Value of shares 
awarded (£) (note 1)

399,440

486,947

£399,999

£487,629

% of salary 
awarded

100%

200%

Note 1:   Face value is based on a share price of 100.14 pence (the five-day average prior to the date of grant). For Chris Kutsor, the award level was 

calculated using a similar five-day average £:$ exchange rate of 1.333.

Having considered Kin + Carta’s share price at the date of grant as compared to previous cycles, the committee 
agreed that J Schwan’s LTIP grant for 2020 would remain at the normal 100% of salary level. As noted in last year’s 
report, Chris Kutsor was awarded a one-off exceptional award of 200% of salary agreed as part of a balanced 
buyout package to compensate him for incentives forfeited on leaving his previous employer.

Awards granted vest on relative TSR, growth in net revenue and growth in Adjusted PBT, each measured over three 
years and with overall vesting underpinned by committee discretion. Vested shares will be subject to a two-year 
holding period.

142

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

A summary of the performance conditions is shown in the table below:

Measure

Weighting Targets

TSR relative to the 
FTSE AllShare 

50%

Growth in net 
revenue (CAGR)

25%

Growth in 
Adjusted PBT 
(CAGR)

25%

0% vesting below median performance
25% vesting for performance in line with median 
100% vesting for upper quartile performance or greater
Straight-line vesting between these points

0% vesting below 6% p.a.
25% vesting for 6% p.a.
100% vesting for 12% p.a. or more
Straight-line vesting between these points

0% vesting below 4% p.a.
25% vesting for 4% p.a.
100% vesting for 10% p.a. or more
Straight-line vesting between these points

Performance 
measurement period

1 August 2019 to 
31 July 2022 
(three-month averaging)

Net revenue in 2022 as 
compared to 2019

Adjusted PBT in 2022
as compared to 2019

In the event of any material acquisition or divestment, the committee would adjust the revenue and PBT targets 
to ensure only out performance of the acquisition/divestment is rewarded. Vesting of awards is subject to overall 
committee discretion.

The growth in Adjusted PBT targets for the 2020 LTIP awards are lower than the growth in net revenue targets 
reflecting the Company’s strategy over the next few years of further targeted investment in the Group in order to 
drive long-term growth.

Awards are subject to a malus and clawback provision, which will enable the committee to reclaim value that should 
not have been received in the event that, if within the two-year period following the year of vesting, a material 
misstatement of the Company’s financial results relating to the year of vesting is identified. In such circumstances, a 
clawback would be based on the extent to which the first vesting was overpaid based on new information.

Deferred Bonus Shares (‘DBS’)
No awards were granted under the DBS in respect of the annual bonus payable for 2019.

143

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. 
 Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

Percentage change in remuneration of Directors and employees
The committee has previously monitored year-on-year changes between the movement in salary, benefits and 
annual bonus for the Chief Executive Officer between the current and previous financial year compared with that of 
employees. In accordance with the Companies (Directors’ Remuneration Policy and Directors’ Remuneration Report) 
Regulations 2019 (applying to financial years commencing on or after 10 June 2019), this analysis has now been 
expanded to cover each Executive Director and Non-Executive Director. This table will be built up over time to display 
a five-year history. 

The analysis is based on the average earnings per employee in order to avoid distortions to the Group’s total wage bill 
because of the movements in the number of employees. The comparator group used is all Kin + Carta employees.

Director (note 1)

Executive Directors

J Schwan 

Chris Kutsor (note 5)

Non-Executive Directors

David Bell 

John Kerr

Michele Maher 

Nigel Pocklington

Helen Stevenson

Former Directors

Mike Butterworth

Richard Stillwell

Average per employee

Basic salary/fee 
(note 2)

Taxable benefits 
(note 3)

(13.0%)

(5%)

(26.2%)

5.9%

(5%)

(5%)

9%

1%

(7%)

(6%)

0%

4%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

0%

Bonus 
(note 4)

(100%)

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

(91%)

Note 1:  

 Changes in Directors and roles during the 2020 financial year 
were as follows:

a. 

John Kerr was appointed Non-Executive Chairman with effect from 
5 December 2019.

b.  Michele Maher was appointed as chair of the Audit Committee with 

effect from 2 October 2019.

c.  Mike Butterworth stepped down as chair of the Audit Committee and 

as a Non-Executive Director of the Board on 1 October 2019.
d.  Richard Stillwell stepped down as Non-Executive Chairman with 

effect from 5 December 2019.

Changes in Directors and roles during the 2019 financial year were 
as follows:

e.  Chris Kutsor joined the Board as Chief Financial Officer with effect 

from 17 June 2019.

f.  David Bell joined the Board as Non-Executive Director with effect 

g. 

from 4 August 2018.
John Kerr joined the Board as Non-Executive Chairman Designate 
with effect from 22 July 2019.

h.  Michele Maher joined the Board as Non-Executive Director with 

effect from 15 May 2019.

i.  Nigel Pocklington was appointed chair of the Remuneration 

Committee with effect from 1 January 2019. 

j.  Helen Stevenson was appointed as Senior Independent Director 
and stepped down as chair of the Remuneration Committee with 
effect from 1 January 2019. 

k.  Mike Butterworth stepped down as Senior Independent Director on 
31 December 2018 and retained his position as chair of the Audit 
Committee.

Note 2: 

 The basic salary/fee figures shown are based on full-time 
equivalent comparisons. All Directors volunteered a temporary 
reduction to their salary/fees for the period of three months 
ended 30 June 2020. All Directors volunteered a 20% reduction 
to their salary/fees for this period, with the exception of 
J Schwan who volunteered a 50% reduction to his salary. 
Employees also volunteered a temporary reduction to their 
salary for the three months ended 30 June 2020; the reduction 
ranged from 0-20% of salary.

Note 3:   Taxable benefits constitute additional payments in lieu of 

the provision of a company car and fuel benefit and medical 
expenses insurance cover in required countries. Non-Executive 
Directors do not receive any additional taxable benefits.

Note 4:   The figures shown are reflective of any bonus earned during 

the respective financial year. Non-Executive Directors are not 
eligible to participate in the bonus scheme. Chris Kutsor was 
not eligible to participate in the 2019 bonus scheme.

Note 5:    Comparisons for Chris Kutsor (and for non-UK-based 

employees) are based on a constant currency to eliminate the 
impact of exchange rate fluctuations.

144

kinandcarta.com

 
 Back to contents

Review of past performance
The chart below illustrates the Company’s Total Shareholder Return for the ten years ended 31 July 2020, relative 
to the performance of the FTSE SmallCap Index and FTSE All-Share Index. Both the FTSE SmallCap and the FTSE 
All-Share represent broad equity indices of which the Company has been a constituent member for the majority of 
the period shown and therefore have been selected as comparators for this reason.

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

FTSE SmallCap

FTSE All-Share

Kin + Carta

Source: DataStream from Refinitiv

The table below details the Chief Executive Officer’s single figure of remuneration over the same ten-year period:

2011
Patrick 
Martell

2012
Patrick 
Martell

2013
Patrick 
Martell

2014
Patrick 
Martell

2015
Matt
Armitage 

2016
Matt 
Armitage 

2017
Matt 
Armitage 

2018
Matt 
Armitage 

2019
J Schwan 

2020
J Schwan 

802.0 1,246.6 1,335.0 1,648.4

1,133.5

477.8

478.2

878.6

582.9

419.4

100.0

100.0

96.3

100.0

69.7

Nil

Nil

100.0

25.0

Nil

Nil

100.0

93.9

98.5

100.0

Nil

Nil

Nil

N/A

Nil

Total remuneration 
£’000 

Annual bonus as 
a percentage of 
maximum

LTIP vesting as 
a percentage of 
maximum

145

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

Relative importance of spend on pay
This table shows overall expenditure on pay, excluding employer’s NICs, for all employees and shareholder 
distributions (payments of dividends), with the percentage change in each. During the year, we exited a number of 
properties and anticipate the Group’s property footprint will be substantially lower in future years due to new ways 
of working. The measure of rental costs is less significant and therefore rent and rates is no longer considered a key 
metric relative to pay and has consequently been removed as a comparator.

Overall expenditure on pay on continuing operations

Dividends paid in the year

2020
£’000

112,859

1,993

2019
£’000

105,942

2,990

Percentage
change
performance

6.5%

(33.3%)

Chief Executive Officer pay ratio 
UK legislation requires companies with 250 employees or more to publish information on the pay ratio of the Group 
Chief Executive Officer to UK employees. In line with this requirement, the table below shows the ratio of Chief 
Executive Officer total pay to that of three employees indicative of lower quartile (P25), median (P50) and upper 
quartile (P75) pay received during the financial year ended 31 July 2020 and includes basic salary, pension, and the 
value received from incentive plans. On average the Group employed 831 UK employees during the financial year 
ended 31 July 2020. 

Financial year

2020

Calculation 
methodology

Lower 
quartile 
(P25)

Median 
(P50)

Upper quartile 
(P75)

Option A

12.1:1

8.6:1

5.9:1

We have chosen Option A under the Regulations for the calculation, which takes into consideration the full-time 
equivalent basis of all UK employees and provides a representative result of employee pay conditions across the 
Company. Total full-time equivalent remuneration for all UK employees has been calculated on the same basis 
as used in the single figure table for our Chief Executive Officer and covers the whole 2020 financial year. Total 
compensation figures have been checked to ensure the employees identified at each quartile are representative of 
pay at these levels in the organisation. The committee believes the median pay ratio for 2020 is consistent with the 
pay, reward and progression policies for the Company’s UK employees taken as a whole. 

A summary of the salaries and total single figures of remuneration for the relevant individuals is included in the 
table below:

Pay level

Salary

Single figure of remuneration

Chief 
Executive

Lower 
quartile 
(P25)

Median 
(P50)

Upper quartile 
(P75)

£350,000

£31,391

£44,856

£419,400

£34,628

£48,714

£66,593

£70,963

With this being the first year under the revised reporting requirements, there is limited data against which to 
compare the pay ratios above. The committee will consider the pay ratios in the context of the ratios reported in 
future years as well as other important metrics such our financial and non-financial key performance indicators.

146

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Exit payments made in the year (audited)
There have been no exit payments during the year ended 31 July 2020.

Payments to past directors (audited)
Details of leaver arrangements for Brad Gray, former Chief Financial Officer, were included in last year’s Annual 
Report on Remuneration. In accordance with the Remuneration Policy, Brad received a £20,000 outplacement 
benefit during the 2020 financial year. His November 2016 LTIP lapsed in full on 16 November 2019. Brad 
retains interests granted under the LTIP in December 2017 (which will lapse in full on 7 December 2020 based 
on performance, see page 141), interests granted under the LTIP in November 2018 (which will be tested for 
performance to the end of the 2021 financial year), and an award of shares granted under the DBS in respect of the 
2018 bonus which will be released in November 2020.

Details of leaver arrangements for Matt Armitage, former Chief Executive Officer, were included in the 2018 Annual 
Report on Remuneration. No emoluments were paid to Matt in the 2020 financial year. Matt retains an award of 
shares granted under the DBS in respect of the 2018 bonus which will be released in November 2020.

Implementation of Executive Director Remuneration Policy for 2021
The following section provides details of how we intend to implement the revised Remuneration Policy for 2021.

Basic salary
During the year, the Executive Directors volunteered a temporary reduction to their salary for the period of three 
months ended 30 June 2020. For this period, J Schwan volunteered a 50% reduction to his salary and Chris Kutsor 
volunteered a 20% reduction to his salary.

J Schwan (note 1)

Chris Kutsor

From 1 August 
2020

From 1 August 
2019

US$525,000

£400,000

US$325,000

US$325,000

% increase

0%

0%

Note 1:  In light of his relocation back to the United States, J Schwan’s salary is demoninated in US$ from 1 August 2020, and is set at $525,000 
reflecting the exchange as at 31 July 2020 of £1:$1.313. 

The average increase across the Company for 2021 is 0%.

Pension and benefits
No changes in pension contribution rates or benefits provision to the Executive Directors are to be applied during 
the year.

J Schwan and Chris Kutsor will continue to receive pension contributions amounting to 15% and 5% of base salary 
respectively. 

147

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

Annual bonus
The annual bonus for the 2021 financial year will operate on broadly the same basis as in 2020. Bonus opportunities 
for Executive Directors remain at 100% of salary, with any amount earned over 50% of salary deferred in shares for two 
years. The bonus will be based on a combination of financial and personal/strategic measures, weighted 70% and 30% 
respectively.

Reflecting the ongoing uncertainty caused by COVID-19, the committee has set half-year targets for the financial 
element of the bonus: 35% of the bonus opportunity will be based on the first-half of 2021 Adjusted PBT performance, 
and the remaining 35% will be based on second-half of 2021 Adjusted net revenue and Adjusted PBT, with these 
latter targets set towards the end of the calendar year. This change is meant as a one-off to reflect the unique 
circumstances brought about by COVID-19, with the intention being to revert to annual targets for the 2022 financial 
year annual bonus. The remaining 30% of the annual bonus will be based on the achievement of key strategic/personal 
objectives aligned with the business’ strategy and priorities that have been communicated to shareholders. As always, 
the committee will consider overall business performance in approving any payouts at the end of the financial year. 

A summary of performance measures and weightings is included in the table below:

Measure

H1 2021 Adjusted PBT 

H2 2021 Adjusted net revenue and Adjusted PBT

Strategic/personal objectives

Weighting

35%

35%

30%

In the event of any material acquisition or divestment, the committee would adjust the Adjusted PBT and Adjusted 
net revenue targets for the acquisition or divestment. The Board considers the targets for the annual bonus to 
be commercially sensitive and therefore will not be disclosing these prospectively. However, it is intended that 
retrospective disclosure, including any such adjustment of targets, will be provided in next year’s Directors’ 
Remuneration Report. In setting Adjusted PBT and Adjusted net revenue targets for the year, the committee reviews 
a range of internal and external reference points to ensure that targets are appropriately stretching yet achievable.

Enhanced malus and clawback provisions will apply to the 2021 bonus, as detailed on page 132.

Long term incentives
LTIP awards to be made to Executive Directors in late 2020 will be up to 100% of salary for both Executive Directors. 
In finalising the award sizes, the committee will consider Kin + Carta’s share price at the date of grant as compared 
to previous cycles. Awards will vest subject to performance over a three-year period with vested shares subject to a 
two-year holding period. 

Consistent with last year, vesting of these awards will be based 50% on Relative TSR and will also incorporate 
three-year Adjusted net revenue and Adjusted PBT growth targets (each weighted 15%, c.f. 25% last year). Reflecting 
the Group’s ambition to become a ‘triple bottom line’ business, the remaining 20% of the awards will vest on 
ESG metrics linked to B Corp certification in the Americas and Europe. B Corp assessment and certification is a 
recognised independent framework for measuring performance in areas such as governance, communities, the 
environment and the impact on society of our work with clients. Vesting of this element will require Kin + Carta to 
achieve and maintain B Corp certification across geographies over the full performance period. Vesting of the entire 
LTIP will be underpinned by Committee discretion.

Vesting of the LTIP will be underpinned by committee discretion: for any shares to vest, the committee must be 
satisfied with the underlying performance of the business, taking into account factors such as the strength of the 
balance sheet and quality of earnings.

148

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

A summary of performance targets for the forthcoming grant are included in the table below:

Measure

Weighting Targets

TSR relative to the 
FTSE AllShare 

50%

ESG 

20%

Growth in Adjusted 
net revenue

15%

Growth in Adjusted 
PBT

15%

0% vesting below median performance
25% vesting for performance in line with median 
100% vesting for upper quartile performance or greater
Straight-line vesting between these points

Achieve and maintain B Corp certification across 
geographies over the full performance period. B 
Corp assessment and certification is a recognised 
independent framework for measuring performance 
in areas such as governance, communities, the 
environment and the impact on society of our work with 
clients. 

Due to reduced visibility for long-term revenues 
and profits, the precise revenue target will not be 
finalised until April 2021 and will be communicated to 
shareholders at that time

Due to reduced visibility for long-term revenues 
and profits, the precise revenue target will not be 
finalised until April 2021 and will be communicated to 
shareholders at that time

Performance 
measurement period

1 August 2020 to 
31 July 2023
(three-month  
averaging)

1 August 2020 to  
31 July 2023

To be set and disclosed 
by April 2021

To be set and disclosed 
by April 2021

In the event of any material acquisition or divestment, the committee would adjust the revenue and PBT targets 
to ensure only out performance of the acquisition/divestment is rewarded. Vesting of awards is subject to overall 
committee discretion.

Enhanced malus and clawback provisions will apply to the 2021 LTIP awards, as detailed on page 132.

Implementation of Non-Executive Director Remuneration Policy 
for 2021
Base fee levels for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are currently £130,000 p.a. and £42,500 p.a. 
respectively, with an additional fee for the Audit and Remuneration Committee chairs of £7,500 p.a. and a fee for 
acting as the Senior Independent Director of £5,000 p.a.; John Kerr (Chairman) will forego £10,000 p.a. of his fee, 
which the Company donates, together with a matching sum from the Company, to registered charities. 

There will be no change to these fee levels for 2021.

Share ownership guidelines and Directors’ interests in the 
share capital of the Company (audited)
Shareholding guidelines are in place that require Executive Directors to acquire a holding equivalent to 200% of 
basic salary for the Chief Executive Officer and 150% of basic salary for the Chief Financial Officer. These levels are 
considered appropriate to ensure that there is robust long-term alignment achieved between Executive Directors 
and shareholders. The net of tax number of deferred bonus shares or vested shares under the Company’s LTIP 
will normally be required to be retained until the guideline is met. Directors’ share dealings must be conducted in 
accordance with the Company’s Share Dealing Policy.

149

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

Interests of Directors and their connected persons in 10 pence ordinary shares (fully paid) of the Company at 
31 July 2020 were as follows:

Unvested 
share options 
and restricted 
stock units

Unvested 
LTIP awards 
(subject to 
performance
conditions

Unvested 
deferred bonus 
share awards

Beneficial 
holding
31 July 
2020

Beneficial 
holding
31 July 
2019

Expressed as 
a percentage 
of annual basic 
salary (note 1)

Executive 

J Schwan

Chris Kutsor

Non-Executive (note 2)

David Bell

John Kerr 

Michele Maher 

Nigel Pocklington

Helen Stevenson

–

438,537

1,314,897

486,946

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

7,657,487

7,432,768

264,586

–

1,138%

56%

84,486

112,359

28,089

21,235

65,255

84,486

–

–

10,000

37,166

–

–

–

–

–

Note 1:   Calculated by reference to: the number of unvested deferred bonus share awards added to beneficial holdings; the mid-market closing price 

of the Company’s ordinary shares on 31 July 2020 (52.0 pence); and the Director’s annual rate of basic salary.

Note 2:   Mike Butterworth and Richard Stillwell held 77,642 and 100,000 shares respectively on the dates they stepped down as Non-Executive Directors 

of the Board.

From 31 July 2020 to 4 November 2020, there were no changes to the above stated holdings.

Directors’ outstanding share incentive awards (audited)
Details of the share options held by Directors who served during the year are shown below. All options were granted 
under the LTIP for nil consideration.

Market 
price at 
date of 
award/
exercise 
price for 
options (p)

Balance 
at 31 July 
2019 

Awarded 
during year

Exercised 
during 
year
(note 2)

Lapsed 
during 
year 
(note 3)

Balance 
at 31 July 
2020

Vesting 
date

Expiry 
date

Type of 
award 
(note 1)

J Schwan

Date of 
award

LTIP

LTIP

LTIP

7 Dec 17

19 Nov 18

17 Dec 19

Chris Kutsor

79.15p

505,369

97.54p

410,088

–

–

100.14p

–

399,440

915,457

399,440

RSU

RSU

RSU

OPT

LTIP

17 June 19

17 June 19

17 June 19

110.50p

110.50p

110.50p

39,867

39,867

39,867

17 June 19

110.50p

358,803

–

–

–

–

17 Dec 19

100.14p

–

486,946

478,404

486,946

39,867

150

kinandcarta.com

–

–

–

–

39,867

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

505,369 7 Dec 20 7 Dec 27

410,088 19 Nov 21

19 Nov 28

399,440 17 Dec 22 17 Dec 29

1,314,897

– 16 Mar 20

39,867 15 Mar 21

39,867 14 Mar 22

–

–

–

358,803 14 Mar 22 17 June 29

486,946 17 Dec 22 17 Dec 29

925,483

 Back to contents

Note 1:   LTIP = Long Term Incentive Plan, RSU = Restricted Share Unit (Chris Kutsor buyout awards only), OPT = Share Options (Chris Kutsor buyout 

awards only).

Note 2:   Details of RSUs vesting to Chris Kutsor in March 2020 are included on page 142. Chris retained these shares in full as he builds towards his 

shareholding guideline.

Note 3:   Details of the December 2017 LTIP, which was tested for performance at the period end and will lapse in full in December 2020, is included 

on page 141.

Details of the qualifying performance conditions in relation to outstanding LTIP awards are summarised below:

7 December 2017 award

Absolute TSR (share price 
plus rolled up dividends)

Performance measurement 
period

three-month average 
to 31 July 2020

Weighting % of award

70%

100% vesting

170p or above

Growth in Adjusted 
operating profit from 
Strategic Marketing

2020 as compared  
to 2017

30%

14% or more

Between 25% and  
100% vesting

Between 110p and 170p

Between 6% and 14%

Underpin

Committee discretion

Committee discretion

19 November 2018 award

Absolute TSR (share price 
plus rolled up dividends)

Growth in  
Adjusted revenue

Growth in Adjusted PBT

Performance measurement 
period

three-month average to  
31 July 2021

2021 as compared  
to 2018

2021 as compared  
to 2018

Weighting % of award

70%

15%

15%

100% vesting

175p or above

11% p.a. or more

14% p.a. or more

Between 25% and  
100% vesting

Between 125p and 175p

Between 6% and 11% p.a.

Between 6% and 14% p.a.

Underpin

Committee discretion

Committee discretion

Committee discretion

17 December 2019 award

Relative TSR

Growth in net revenue

Growth in Adjusted PBT

Performance measurement 
period

1 August 2019 to  
31 July 2022 
(three-month averaging)

Comparator group

FTSE All-Share constituents

2022 as compared  
to 2019

2022 as compared  
to 2019

Weighting % of award

50%

25%

25%

100% vesting

Between 25% and  
100% vesting

Upper quartile performance 
or greater

Between median  
and upper quartile 
performance

12% p.a. or more

10% p.a. or more

Between 6% and 12% p.a.

Between 4% and 10% p.a.

Underpin

Committee discretion

Committee discretion

Committee discretion

Note: 

 In the event of any material acquisition or divestment the committee would adjust the targets to ensure only out performance of the 

acquisition/divestment is rewarded. Vesting of awards is subject to overall committee discretion.

The market price of Kin and Carta plc ordinary shares of 10 pence each at 31 July 2020 was 52.0 pence and the 
range during the financial year 2020 was 112.0 pence to 48.0 pence.

151

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’  
Remuneration Report continued

Share options – Sharesave Scheme (audited)
There are no outstanding Sharesave options in respect of Directors.

Dilution
Under the ESOS 2001, LTIP 2010 and the Sharesave Scheme, awards of options over no more than an aggregate 
10% of the Company’s issued share capital may be granted over new issue shares in any rolling ten-year period 
(with awards made under any other share plans also being counted).

As at 31 July 2020, excluding lapsed options and options exercised and satisfied from utilising existing issued 
shares, options over 9,646,171 shares (5.7% of the Company’s issued share capital) have been exercised through 
new shares or remain outstanding under all share plans and so count towards this limit.

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by

Nigel Pocklington
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

5 November 2020

152

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Directors’ Report

The Directors present their Directors’ 
Report and the audited consolidated 
financial statements for the year ended 
31 July 2020. The Corporate Governance 
Report set out on pages 90 to 152 also 
forms part of this report.

Details of significant events since the balance sheet 
date are contained in note 8 to the financial statements.

An indication of likely future developments in the business 
of the Company, including trends and opportunities and 
risks are included in the strategic report.

Information about the use of financial instruments by 
the Company and its subsidiaries is given in note 29 to 
the financial statements.

Strategic Report 
The Strategic Report can be found on pages 6 to 87. 
The Strategic Report includes the business model, 
key performance indicators, section 172 statement, 
disclosures regarding environmental matters (including 
carbon reporting) and the principal risks affecting the 
Connective.

Certain sections of this Annual Report contain 
forward-looking statements with respect to the 
strategy, financial condition, results, operations and 
businesses of the Group or markets in which the Group 
operates. These statements involve risk and uncertainty 
because they depend on circumstances that occur 
in the future and relate to specific events, not all of 
which are within the Group’s control. Although the 
Group believes that the expectations reflected in such 
forward-looking statements are reasonable, there are 
a number of factors that could cause actual results or 
developments to differ materially from those expressed 
or implied by these forward-looking statements. 
The Group undertakes no obligation to update any 
forward-looking statement. Nothing in the Annual Report 
should be construed as a profit forecast or an invitation 
to deal in the ordinary shares of Kin + Carta.

Directors and their share 
interests
The present membership of the Board, and those who 
have served on the Board during the financial year, is 
set out on pages 90 to 93. The Directors’ interests in 
ordinary shares of the Company are set out in the table 
on page 150 within the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Results and dividends
The Group’s statutory loss before taxation from 
continuing operations for the year amounted to 
£33.8 million (2019: statutory profit of £2.1 million). 
The Directors’ have decided not to recommend the 
payment of a final dividend for 2020; the Directors will 
review the dividend policy when market conditions are 
less constrained by COVID-19. 

Employment policies, equal 
opportunities, employee 
communication and diversity
The Group is committed to providing equal 
opportunities with regard to employment, free from 
discrimination and harassment and in a healthy and 
safe working environment. Details of how we deliver on 
these commitments to our employees are provided in 
our Responsible Business section on pages 56 to 79.

Environment
Information relating to the environment and greenhouse 
gas emissions is set out in our Responsible Business 
section on pages 56 to 79.

Human rights
Information relating to human rights is set out in our 
Responsible Business section on pages 56 to 79. 

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the 
factors likely to affect its future development, 
performance and position are set out in the Strategic 
Report, which can be found on pages 6 to 87. The 
financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity 
position and borrowing facilities are described in the 
Financial Review. In addition, note 30 to the financial 
statements includes the Group’s objectives, policies 
and processes for managing its interest rate risk, foreign 
exchange risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and capital risk. 

In order to assess the Group’s ability to continue to 
trade as a going concern and to be viable over the 
medium term, detailed business and cash flow forecasts 
covering a three-year period from 1 August 2020 have 
been prepared based on ‘bottom up’ inputs from the 
individual business units. The resulting projected debt 
levels, debt leverage and interest cover ratios have been 
compared to limits prevailing under current borrowing 
facilities in order to ensure that the Group has sufficient 
liquidity to continue to trade over this time horizon. 

153

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’ Report continued

In addition to the detailed central business forecast, a 
number of stress scenarios have also been modelled to 
assess the Group’s ability to cope with such scenarios 
without breaching covenant ratios or debt volume 
limits (see the viability statement below for further 
information on the stress scenarios modelled). The 
Group projects that it will continue to operate within 
lender limits in the central forecast case and would also 
stay within limits in the stress scenarios even where all 
of the stress scenarios to occur simultaneously. 

The Directors have, at the time of approving the 
financial statements, a reasonable expectation 
that the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future, a minimum of 12 months from the 
date of approval of these financial statements. Thus 
they continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing the financial statements.

Viability statement 
In accordance with provision 31 of the Code, the 
Directors have assessed the Group’s viability over 
a three-year period, having taken account of the 
Company’s current position and principal risks. Given 
the fast-changing nature of many of the markets in 
which the Company operates, a three-year assessment 
period, which is in alignment with our medium-term 
planning horizon, was selected to provide management 
and the Board sufficient visibility of the future. 

The Directors believe that the revolving credit facility will 
be renewed prior to November 2022 at a level sufficient 
to meet the liquidity requirements of the business 
through to at least July 2023. 

The viability analysis was performed by preparing 
a high-level, integrated financial forecast over the 
three-year period and running a number of potentially 
stressful, yet plausible, scenarios against this base 
case scenario, starting from 31 July 2020. The base 
case model prepared by the Directors was based on 
management’s best estimates of future trading at the 
time of the assessment. The base case assumed very 
modest revenue growth in the financial year ending in 
2021 compared to the financial year ended in 2020, 
with improved levels of profitability following the actions 
taken to reduce costs in the fourth quarter of the 
financial year ended 31 July 2020. The related scenarios 
reflected the estimated financial impact of adverse 
events associated with the risks outlined in the Principal 
Risks and Uncertainties section on pages 80 to 87, and 
included mitigating actions where these would be under 
the Group’s control. 

The event reflected in the stress scenarios with the 
greatest financial impact on the Group comprised a 
general reduction of up to 20% in net revenue, relative 
to the base case scenario, across all the businesses to 
reflect continuing challenging and uncertain economic 
conditions, including that related to a continued 
downturn arising from the global pandemic. The 
majority of the Group’s costs relate to staff and, in such 
a scenario, the Group would undertake cost avoidance 
measures by delaying new hires and staff commissions 
linked to sales growth and staff bonuses linked to 
operating profit would be payable at a substantially 
reduced level. In addition, the Group would avoid other 
costs by reducing expenditure on IT and capital items. 
Amounts payable to the legacy St Ives Defined Benefit 
Pension Scheme are linked to free cash flow generated 
by the Group, and these would reduce commensurately.

In addition to the stress scenario outlined above, other 
scenarios were also modelled, including an increase 
of five days in the average time taken by customers to 
settle trading balances due to the Group, and a scenario 
in which US Government loans are repaid in full at 
maturity rather than being forgiven, as assumed in the 
base case scenario.

In addition to an assessment of the impact that the 
scenarios could have on the Company’s debt leverage 
ratio and absolute level of net debt if they were to 
occur individually, the impact of a combination of the 
stress scenarios occurring simultaneously was also 
modelled to test the results of a particularly high-stress, 
combined case. This combined case also took account 
of potential mitigations available to the business. The 
Group experienced a reduction of revenue in the fourth 
quarter of the financial year ended 31 July 2020 as a 
result of the pandemic and, under this modelled stress 
scenario, there is assumed to be no growth in EBITDA 
generated by the Group, relative to the annualised 
fourth quarter of the financial year ended 31 July 2020, 
until the financial year ending 31 July 2022.

There were no breaches of the covenants in any of the 
scenarios modelled, either individually or combined. 

Share capital
As at 31 July 2020, the Company had 168,760,058 
ordinary shares in issue with a nominal value of 
10 pence each, representing 100% of the total issued 
share capital. The Company holds 90,637 of its ordinary 
shares in treasury. Therefore, the total number of voting 
rights in the Company is 168,669,421. 

At the 2019 AGM, shareholders approved an authority 
for the Company to make market purchases of its 
own shares up to a maximum of 15,333,583 shares. 
This authority expires at the conclusion of the 

154

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

forthcoming AGM and approval will be sought from 
shareholders for a similar authority to be given for a 
further year. The Company did not purchase any of its 
own shares during the year (2019: nil). 

Between 1 August 2020 and 4 November 2020, no 
ordinary shares were allotted or purchased by the 
Company, nor has the Company reissued shares held 
in treasury.

Major interests in shares
The Company had been notified, in accordance with 
chapter 5 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules, of the holdings of voting rights in its shares set 
out in the table below. 

As at 31 July 2020

FIL limited

J Schwan and 
Regina Schwan

Jupiter Fund 
Management plc

Kabouter 
Management, LLC

Lombard Odier Asset 
Management (Europe) 
Limited

M&G plc

NN Group N.V.

Number of
voting rights

7,432,590

7,657,487

12,075,780

10,305,302

20,405,394

9,776,557

8,051,366

Standard Life Aberdeen 
plc

6,975,742

UBS AG London Branch

10,369,757

Percentage of
issued share
capital carrying
voting rights*

4.4%

4.5%

7.2%

6.1%

12.1%

5.8%

4.8%

4.1%

6.2%

*  Percentage based on ordinary shares in issue, excluding treasury 

shares, as at 31 July 2020.

Between 1 August 2020 and 4 November 2020, 
the Company received notifications of interests 
pursuant to chapter 5 of the Disclosure Guidance 
and Transparency rules:

•  We received two further notifications from UBS 

AG London Branch, the most recent being 22 October 
2020, which notified an increase in their voting rights 
to 13,804,360 (representing 8.2% of Kin + Carta’s 
issued share capital carrying voting rights).

•  We received two further notifications from Lombard 
Odier Asset Management (Europe) Limited, the 
most recent being 12 October 2020, which notified 
an increase in their voting rights to 23,741,456 
(representing 13.3% of Kin + Carta’s issued share 
capital carrying voting rights).

Auditors
Each of the Directors of the Company has confirmed that:

•  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant 

audit information of which the Company’s auditors is 
unaware; and

• 

the Director has taken all the steps that they ought 
to have taken as a Director to make themself aware 
of any relevant audit information and to establish 
that the Company’s auditors is aware of that 
information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Political donations
The Company made no political donations during the 
year (2019: £nil) and the Board has no intention to seek 
shareholders’ approval to permit the Board to make 
political donations.

Directors’ and officers’ liability 
insurance and directors’ 
indemnities
The Company maintains directors’ and officers’ liability 
insurance which gives appropriate cover for legal 
action brought against its Directors. The Company has 
also granted indemnities to each of its Directors (on 
identical terms) who served during the period, to the 
extent permitted by law and the Company’s articles of 
association, in respect of liabilities incurred by virtue 
of their office. Qualifying third-party provisions for the 
benefit of its Directors (as defined by section 234 of 
the Companies Act 2006) were in force during the year 
ended 31 July 2020 and to the date of this report.

Change of control 
In the financial period ended 31 July 2019, the Group 
entered into a new revolving credit facility of £85 million, 
which falls due for renewal on 30 November 2022. The 
terms of the revolving credit facilities stipulate that 
consent of the lenders to continue the overall facility 
is required, should there be a change of control of 
the Company.

155

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Directors’ Report continued

Additional information
The Company’s share capital consists of ordinary shares, 
as set out in note 31 to the financial statements. The 
shares carry a right to vote but no rights to fixed income. 
On a show of hands at a general meeting every member 
present in person and every duly appointed proxy shall 
have one vote and on a poll, every member present in 
person or by proxy shall have one vote for every ordinary 
share held or represented. The notice of meeting 
specifies deadlines for exercising voting rights and each 
share carries the right to one vote at general meetings. All 
shares are fully paid. There are no specific restrictions on 
the size of a shareholding nor on the transfer of shares. 
The Company is not aware of any agreements between 
shareholders that may result in restrictions on the 
transfer of securities and voting rights.

Details of employee share schemes are set out in 
note 35. Shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust 
abstain from voting. 

The appointment and replacement of Directors of the 
Company is governed by the Company’s articles of 
association, the Code, the Companies Act and related 
legislation. The Company’s articles of association may only 
be amended by a special resolution of shareholders at a 
general meeting. Directors are elected or re-elected by 
ordinary resolution at a general meeting of shareholders. 

The Board may appoint a Director but anyone so 
appointed must be elected by ordinary resolution at the 
next general meeting. In accordance with the Code, all 
Directors are subject to annual re-election at the AGM.

Annual general meeting
The 39th AGM of the Company will be held on 
23 December 2020. The notice of meeting is included 
in a separate document sent to shareholders.

Corporate governance
The corporate governance statement as required by the 
UK Financial Conduct Authority’s disclosure guidance 
and transparency rules (DTR 7.2) comprises the 
additional information section of the Directors’ Report 
above and the Corporate Governance Report on pages 
90 to 152 of this Annual Report.

FCA listing rules – compliance 
with listing rule 9.8.4R
The following disclosures required by LR 9.8.4R are 
contained in the annual report as set out below and 
are incorporated into the Directors’ Report:

Listing rule requirement

Details of any long term incentive schemes as required by LR 9.4.3R.

Details of any arrangements under which a Director of the Company has waived or 
agreed to waive any emoluments from the Company or any subsidiary undertakings 
where a Director has agreed to waive future emoluments, details of such waiver 
together with those relative to emoluments, were waived during the year under review.

Details required in the case of any allotment for cash of equity securities made during 
the year under review otherwise than to the holders of the Company’s equity shares in 
proportion to their holdings of such equity shares and which has not been specifically 
authorised by the Company’s shareholders.

The information required under the paragraph (LR 9.8.4 Paragraph 7) must be given for 
any unlimited major subsidiary undertaking of the Company.

Location in Annual Report

Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 120 to 152

No such waivers

No such share allotments

By order of the board
Daniel Fattal
Company Secretary

5 November 2020

156

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for 
preparing the Annual Report and the 
financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulation.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance 
and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation 
in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law, the 
Directors have prepared the Group financial statements 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted by the European Union 
and Company financial statements in accordance 
with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’, 
and applicable law). Under company law the Directors 
must not approve the financial statements unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the 
state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the 
profit or loss of the Group and Company for that period. 
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

•  state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by 

the European Union have been followed for the 
Group financial statements and United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, have 
been followed for the Company financial statements, 
subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going 

concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume 
that the Group and Company will continue in 
business.

Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and 
Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group and Company’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are 
listed in the Corporate Governance Report confirm that, 
to the best of their knowledge:

• 

• 

• 

the Company financial statements, which have 
been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom 
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 
‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’, and applicable 
law), give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the Company;

the Group financial statements, which have been 
prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by 
the European Union, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the 
Group; and

the Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the 
development and performance of the business 
and the position of the Group and Company, 
together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that it faces. 

This responsibility statement was approved by the 
Board of Directors on 5 November 2020 and is signed 
on its behalf by

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

J Schwan
Chief Executive Officer

5 November 2020

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Group and Company’s transactions, and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the Group and Company, and 
enable them to ensure that the financial statements 
and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with 
the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group 
financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Chris Kutsor
Chief Financial Officer

5 November 2020

157

Corporate GovernanceWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Our  
Figures

158

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

s
t
n
e
t
n
o
C

Independent Auditors’ Report to 
the Members of Kin and Carta plc

Consolidated Income Statement

Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statement of 
Changes in Equity

Consolidated Balance Sheet

Consolidated Statement of  
Cash Flows

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements

Company Balance Sheet

Company Statement of  
Changes in Equity

Notes to the Company  
Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Glossary

160

172

173

174

175

176

177

234

235

236

246

247

159

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Independent auditors’ report 
to the members of  
Kin and Carta plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:

•  Kin and Carta plc’s Group financial statements and Company financial statements (the “financial statements”) 
give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 31 July 2020 and of the 
Group’s loss and cash flows for the year then ended;

• 

• 

• 

the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework”, and applicable law); and

the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 
and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the “Annual Report”), 
which comprise: the Consolidated and Company Balance Sheet as at 31 July 2020; the Consolidated Income 
Statement and Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, 
and the Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes in Equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the 
financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit 
of the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public 
interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical 
Standard were not provided to the Group or the Company.

Other than those disclosed in note 5 to the financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the 
Group or the Company in the year.

160

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Our audit approach
Overview

•  Overall Group materiality: £782,000 (2019: £889,000), based on 5% of the three- year 

average adjusted profit before tax.

Materiality

•  Overall Company materiality: £743,000 (2019: £845,000), This equates to 0.5% of the net 

assets of the Company capped at 95% of Group overall materiality. 

Audit scope

Key
audit
matters

•  The Kin and Carta plc Group consists of trading entities in the UK and USA, in addition to 

smaller operations in Asia and various holding companies and dormant entities. 

•  We performed a full scope audit over the significant components of the Group: Kin & 

Carta Create EU Limited, Solstice Consulting LLC, SpireMedia, Inc. and Kin and Carta plc. 
To ensure sufficient coverage obtained over the Group’s results and balance sheet, we 
have also performed a full scope audit over the following trading entities: Amaze Limited, 
Incite Marketing Planning Limited, Realise Limited and Edit Agency Limited. 

•  Our audit scoping resulted in coverage of 87% of adjusted profit before tax, with 79% 

coverage of revenue.

•  Revenue recognition (Group)

•  Classification of adjusting items (Group)

•  Carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets (Group)

•  Valuation of retirement benefit obligations and scheme assets (Group and Company)

•  Carrying value of investments and recoverability of intercompany receivables (Company)

• 

Impact of Covid-19 (Group and Company)

•  Ability of the Company to comply with borrowing covenants (Group and Company)

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined 
materiality and assessed the risks of material 
misstatement in the financial statements. 

Capability of the audit in detecting 
irregularities, including fraud
Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, 
we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations related to GDPR and the 
regular updates to legislation around competition, 
bribery, modern slavery, money laundering and 
consumer protection. We considered the extent to 
which non-compliance might have a material effect 
on the financial statements. We also considered those 
laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the 
preparation of the financial statements such as the 
Companies Act 2006, the Listing Rules, Government 
grants and subsidies, and tax legislation. We evaluated 
management’s incentives and opportunities for 
fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements 
(including the risk of override of controls), and 
determined that the principal risks were related to 
posting inappropriate journal entries to improve 
results and management bias in accounting estimates 
as management are incentivised on profit-based 
measures. Audit procedures performed by the Group 
engagement team on both the Group and component 
financial information included:

•  Reviewing the financial statement disclosures and 
agreeing to underlying supporting documentation;

•  Enquiries of management and the in-house legal team;

•  Testing journal entries and evaluating whether there 
was evidence of management bias over accounting 
estimates that represented a risk of material 
misstatement due to fraud.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures 
described above and the further removed non-
compliance with laws and regulations is from the events 
and transactions reflected in the financial statements, 
the less likely we would become aware of it. Also, the 
risk of not detecting a material misstatement due 
to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one 
resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate 
concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional 
misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the 
auditors’ professional judgement, were of most 
significance in the audit of the financial statements 
of the current year and include the most significant 
assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or 
not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including 
those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit 
strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and 
directing the efforts of the engagement team. These 
matters, and any comments we make on the results of 
our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context 
of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and 
in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters. This is not a 
complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 

161

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Independent auditors’ report 
to the members of  
Kin and Carta plc continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Revenue from contracts with customers

Group

Refer to page 180 (Significant Accounting 
Policies) and page 192 (Notes to the Annual 
Report – note 3)

Revenue is recognised in accordance with the 
stage of completion of the contract activity. The 
stage of completion is determined relative to the 
total number of hours expected to complete the 
work or provision of services, or to the project 
milestones achieved as at year-end to the 
contracted project milestones. Where recorded 
revenue exceeds amounts invoiced to clients, 
the excess is classified as a contract asset and 
where recorded revenue is less than amounts 
invoiced to clients, the difference is classified as 
a contract liability.

Careful consideration needs to be given to 
projects in progress at year end requiring 
significant judgement in respect of the stage 
of completion and the associated revenue and 
profit margin to be recognised.

The total amount of revenue and margin to be 
recognised under a contract can be affected by 
changes in conditions and circumstances over 
time, such as:

•  variations to the original contract terms;

•  cost overruns; and

•  scope changes that require further 

negotiation and settlement.

Variations can arise from changing client 
specifications, changes in pricing (including 
discounts given), changes to the job based 
on unforeseen circumstances, as well as from 
inefficiencies on the part of either party. There is 
therefore judgement to be applied in determining 
the impact of these changes and the timing of 
recognising amounts to be recovered from such 
changes and any additional work performed.

There is therefore a risk that contract revenue 
is not recognised in the correct period or 
that revenue and associated profit margin 
is misstated. Revenue recognition has been 
included as a key audit matter as this is an area 
of significant audit effort to ensure coverage is 
obtained across the underlying client contracts, 
and that the judgement applied in terms of 
revenue recognition for incomplete projects and/
or contract modifications is appropriate. 

We understood management’s policies and their controls for 
recording revenue through performance of walkthroughs of the 
finance and operational processes.

We performed substantive testing of revenue contracts across 
the full scope components as follows:

•  Reviewed a sample of the terms and conditions attached 
to revenue contracts to understand the existence of 
the enforceable right to be paid for work and evaluated 
management’s judgements used to determine the timing of 
recognition of revenue.

•  Targeted a number of contracts to assess, including those 
with significant revenue recognised in the year or with 
significant contract assets or contract liabilities at the year 
end, and a further sample on a haphazard basis.

•  For contracts where revenue is recognised based on time 
spent by staff: on a sample of contracts we tested the 
hours completed and obtained an understanding from 
project managers as to the budgeted hours, challenged the 
assumptions, evaluated the outturn of previous estimates 
and agreed the actual hours incurred post-year end to the 
forecast for the period.

•  For contracts where revenue is recognised based on 

project milestones: on a sample of contracts we tested that 
milestones had been delivered to the clients by obtaining 
evidence of delivery from project managers, obtaining 
an understanding of the status of milestones in progress, 
challenging the assumptions and evaluating the outturn of 
previous estimates

•  We also assessed how the project managers determined 
that the stage of completion was correctly calculated by 
obtaining their calculations and agreeing the inputs to 
supporting evidence and correspondence with customers. 

•  To assess whether revenue and profit is accurately recorded 

and to test the timing of recognition of revenue, we 
challenged management’s judgements on the completeness 
of work for a sample of contracts by checking original 
contracts, amendments to contracts, where applicable (e.g. 
due to agreed changes in scope), and checking that the 
contractual milestones had been reached.

For those contracts with modifications in the year, we 
challenged management’s judgement on whether the remaining 
services are distinct from those already performed on ongoing 
contracts with the same customer. As the discount provided is 
treated as an investment in the overall customer relationship, 
it should be allocated proportionately between completed and 
ongoing services. No material differences were identified from 
our testing. 

No significant issues arose from the results from our work.

162

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

We have reviewed the amounts identified as adjusting items 
in the financial statements to ensure these are appropriate 
to be classified as adjusting items in accordance with The 
European Securities Markets Authority (‘ESMA’) guidance in 
2016 on disclosure of Adjusting Performance Measures, and the 
recent guidance released by the Financial Reporting Council 
(‘FRC’) in May 2020 in response to Covid-19. We challenged 
management on the classification of expenses as adjusting 
items to ensure it aligns with the accounting policy. We have 
agreed the amounts recognised to underlying support and 
reviewed the disclosure presented in Note 7 and our work did 
not identify any significant matters in relation to management’s 
classification and presentation.

Classification of adjusting items

Group

Refer to page 178 (Significant Accounting 
Policies) and page 197 (Notes to the Annual 
Report – note 7)

The Group has total adjusting items before 
interest and tax (excluding discontinued 
operations) of £44.5m (FY19: £15.1m). These 
include £3.6m for restructuring programmes 
across the Group to align the capabilities 
and resources with the Connective operating 
model; £1.3m empty property costs unrelated to 
continuing activities; £1.7m impairment of right 
of use assets partially offset by the change in 
lease liabilities; £6.2m contingent consideration 
required to be treated as remuneration charge 
in respect of the acquisition of SpireMedia, 
Inc. in the current year; £10.6m amortisation 
of acquired intangibles from Spire and other 
previous acquisitions; £17.5m impairment 
charge recognised in respect of Edit goodwill 
due to the decision to streamline and refocus 
the business activities on areas of profitable 
growth. Management considers it appropriate 
to present these as adjusting items on the basis 
that their separate presentation enhances the 
understanding of the performance of the group 
or that they do not relate to the underlying 
trading of the group.

We focussed on this area as the classification 
and disclosure of items as ‘adjusting items’ 
involves judgement on whether they are in 
line with the Group’s policy with respect to 
adjusting items and that the treatment of items 
is consistent year on year.

163

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Independent auditors’ report 
to the members of  
Kin and Carta plc continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Carrying value of goodwill and other 
intangible assets

Group

Refer to page 181 (Significant Accounting 
Policies) and page 209 (Notes to the Annual 
Report – note 18)

At the year end, the Group had goodwill of 
£68.0m and other intangible assets of £21.9m.

The Group operates in competitive markets, 
where customers’ discretionary expenditure on 
marketing, communications and innovation is 
subject to budgetary constraints and market 
pressures. As such the business is subject to the 
risk of loss of key customers and/or decline in 
demand and pressures on pricing. 

Additionally, the Group’s market capitalisation 
had decreased to £87.8m at the balance sheet 
date, which is significantly lower than the 
carrying value of the assets on the balance sheet 
at that date, which is a further indication of 
potential impairment. 

Management has performed an impairment 
assessment using discounted cash flows to 
ensure that the carrying value of goodwill 
and other intangibles is supported by the 
recoverable amounts derived from expected 
future cash flows at a cash generating unit 
(‘CGU’) level.

Due to underperformance of the Edit division 
in the year, and a lower trading forecast largely 
driven by the impact of Covid-19 on its customer 
base, there has been a goodwill impairment 
charge recognised within adjusting items of 
£17.5m.

We focussed on this area as the determination 
of whether an impairment charge was necessary 
involves significant estimates about the future 
results of each division. There is increased 
estimation uncertainty in light of the current 
pandemic. 

We considered the carrying value of the Group’s intangible 
assets compared to its market capitalisation which gives an 
indication of the overall value of the Group. Our initial risk 
assessment related to all CGUs, however, after reviewing 
the impairment assessment prepared by management, we 
focussed this risk on Edit and AmazeRealise given the partial 
impairment recognised in Edit, and the limited headroom in the 
assessment for AmazeRealise.

Our work over the impairment assessment included the 
following procedures:

•  We tested the mathematical accuracy of the underlying 

calculations. 

•  We also compared past results to those budgeted to assess 
the quality of management’s forecasting. We considered 
management’s ability to forecast was appropriate to 
support the basis upon which the future cash flows have 
been prepared.

•  We assessed the key assumptions in the calculations 

being revenue and profit. In assessing these assumptions, 
we considered external market growth forecasts as 
well as internal analysis of the sales pipeline (for new 
clients) and customer level forecasts (for existing clients). 
We considered the forecasts had been prepared on a 
supportable basis.

We also tested:

•  management’s assumption in respect of the long- term 
growth rates in the forecasts by comparing them to long 
term average growth rates of the UK economy; and

• 

the discount rates applied, by assessing the cost of capital 
used in the forecasts and comparable organisations and 
obtaining advice from our valuations specialists.

We were satisfied the assumptions used in the assessment of 
impairment of goodwill and other intangibles were appropriate.

We also performed sensitivity analysis in respect of key 
assumptions to determine at what level changes in these would 
result in further impairment (in the case of Edit) or elimination 
of headroom (in the case of AmazeRealise). 

We consider the headroom noted in the AmazeRealise 
impairment assessment to be sufficient so as not to recognise 
an impairment and consider the impairment of £17.5m 
recognised in relation to Edit to be materially correct. We also 
agree with the Group’s disclosures explaining the reasonably 
possible sensitivities which could result in material changes to 
the impairment charge recognised in respect of these two CGUs. 

164

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of retirement benefit obligations and 
scheme assets

Group and Company

Refer to page 186 (Significant Accounting 
Policies) and page 219 (Notes to the Annual 
Report – note 28)

Gross pension assets as at 31 July 2020 are 
£396.6m 

(2019: £385.9m) and gross pension liabilities 
are £395.5m (2019: £379.2m) resulting in a net 
surplus of £1.1m (2019: £6.7m).

The Group’s adviser, Buck Consulting, has 
performed a valuation of the pension scheme 
assets and liabilities as at 31 July 2020 in 
accordance with IAS 19. 

We focussed on this area as the valuation of 
retirement benefit liabilities involve significant 
judgement with regards to the setting of 
assumptions (including inflation, discount rate 
and mortality rates), and small changes in these 
assumptions can result in material impacts on 
the liabilities. Additionally the St Ives Defined 
Benefits Pension Scheme includes investments 
in a number of Pooled Investment Vehicles 
(‘PIVs’), a number of which are deemed to be 
complex funds resulting in a lack of independent 
data against which to validate valuations 
supplied by the underlying investment managers. 

Given the complexity involved in the valuation of retirement 
benefit obligations and the size and nature of the assets and 
liabilities, we engaged our subject matter experts to assist us in 
the audit of this matter. 

We reviewed the assumptions and methodologies used by the 
Group’s adviser, Buck Consulting, to value the pension scheme 
liabilities as at 31 July 2020 in accordance with IAS 19 to ensure 
these were appropriate given the composition of the scheme. 
This included understanding the underlying methodology 
applied and ensuring this was in line with acceptable 
methodology for the type of scheme, and reviewing each 
individual assumption in line with our expected ranges. We also 
considered the sensitivity of the overall liability to changes in 
these underlying assumptions. 

It was concluded that the overall assumptions used in the 
valuation of the liabilities are materially within our indicative 
ranges for the duration of the scheme. 

For the pension scheme assets we performed a number of 
procedures including:

•  Verifying existence of underlying assets through third party 

confirmation processes;

•  Vouching benefits paid and administrative costs to 
supporting documentation on a sampling basis; 

•  Testing of the fair value of assets through testing of each 

asset category to independent sources where possible, 
considering both corroborative evidence and contradictory 
evidence; and

•  Where independent data supporting asset valuations was 

not available due to the nature of the assets, we performed 
additional procedures including reviewing the most recent 
audited financial statements of the fund.

165

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Independent auditors’ report 
to the members of  
Kin and Carta plc continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Carrying value and recoverability of investments 
in and loans to subsidiaries

Company

Refer to page 190 (Significant Accounting 
Policies) and pages 199 and 200 (Notes to the 
Annual Report – Company notes 8 and 10)

As at 31 July 2020, the Company has an 
investment in the Group of £66.6m (31 July 2019: 
£76.4m), loans to subsidiaries of £142.6m (31 July 
2019: £135.0m) and intercompany debtors of 
£9.8m (31 July 2019: £3.4m). 

The carrying value of the Company’s investments 
in subsidiaries and intercompany receivables 
represents 93% of the Company’s total assets. 
Due to their materiality in the context of the 
Company financial statements as a whole 
these are considered to be the areas on which 
increased audit effort is required. 

Consideration of the impact of COVID-19 

Group and Company

We assessed the investment values and intercompany 
receivables against the net assets of the investments to 
identify whether the carrying values are supportable by the 
asset position of the subsidiary. 

Where the carrying amount exceeded the net asset 
value of the subsidiary, our procedures were focused on 
management’s value in use calculations including evaluation 
of key assumptions used and the mathematical accuracy of 
the calculations including the assessment of expected credit 
losses. 

The work we performed did not highlight any issues regarding 
the recoverability of the carrying value of investments, 
intercompany loans or intercompany debtors at the balance 
sheet date.

Disclosure of the risk to the Group of Covid-19 
and management’s conclusions on going 
concern has been included in the Directors’ 
Report on pages 153 to 156 and note 1 of the 
Annual Report. 

We obtained management’s detailed Covid-19 impact 
assessment and evaluated the key judgements and estimates 
made by management in determining potential outcomes of 
the Group. We undertook the following procedures:

•  We considered the potential impact on the balance 

sheet, specifically around investments, goodwill and trade 
receivables given these balances are most likely to be 
impacted by current uncertainties and do not consider 
there to be any indicators of additional material impairment 
as at the balance sheet date or subsequently (for 
disclosure only). 

•  We reviewed management’s disclosures relating to the 

Covid-19 potential impact and found them to be consistent 
with the downside scenarios performed. 

•  We tested the accuracy and reasonableness of the 

assumptions used by management in its assessment of 
going concern (refer to ‘Ability of the Company to comply 
with borrowing covenants’ section below) and the impact of 
Covid-19 against historical and post year end performance. 

Overall, we consider the position taken by management and 
related disclosures to be appropriate. 

The COVID-19 pandemic has created increased 
uncertainty and the extent of the impact on 
future trading performance is unclear, resulting in 
estimation uncertainty. 

Management has developed a forecast model 
based on its best estimate of the impact of 
Covid-19. 

This model and related assumptions have been 
used by management in its assessment of the 
impact on future trading at the reporting date, as 
well as to underpin management’s going concern 
assessments and impairment assessments of 
goodwill and intangible assets. 

Management has also modelled possible 
downside scenarios to its base case trading 
forecast, Having taken into account these models, 
together with a robust assessment of planned 
and possible mitigating actions, management 
has concluded that the Group remains a going 
concern, and that there is no material uncertainty 
in respect of this conclusion. 

166

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Ability of the Company to comply with 
borrowing covenants

Group and Company 

Disclosure of the Directors’ conclusions on going 
concern (including covenant compliance) has 
been included in the Audit Committee’s report 
on page 110 of the Annual Report and Note 2 to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

During the year ended 31 July 2020, the group 
made a loss after tax from continuing operations 
of £31.7m and had net current assets of £19.7m 
the year end. The Group have assessed the 
impact of the aforementioned Covid-19 outbreak 
on its ability to comply with the covenants 
attached to the Revolving Credit Facility (‘RCF’).

The directors have assessed forecast covenant 
compliance as part of the overall assessment 
of going concern for the period of at least 
12 months from approval of the financial 
statements. They have modelled a number of 
sensitised scenarios to assess the financial 
impact of the principal business risks identified. 
In addition to an assessment of the effects on 
debt leverage and debt volume of individual risks 
(sales growth decline, increase in debtor days, 
non-forgiveness of US PPP loan), a combination 
of all the risk impacts occurring simultaneously 
was also modelled (the combined scenario) to 
represent the downside case. 

The Group is forecast to operate within its 
borrowing limits in both the base and downside 
case. Therefore, the directors have reasonable 
expectation that the Company and Group have 
adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future, a minimum 
of 12 months from the date of approval of the 
financial statements. 

We considered this to be a key audit matter 
because of the significant level of judgement 
applied in the directors’ forecasts and the 
potential risk of covenant defaults which could 
result in consequent liquidity restrictions. 

Management have modelled both a base case and a combined 
downside case. The key assumptions on the base case include:

•  No change to the group composition;

•  FY21 trading based on latest divisional forecasts; and

•  Partial forgiveness of the US Paycheck Protection Program 

(PPP) loan.

The key assumptions to the downside case are:

•  Overall reduction in revenue ranging 10-20% decline on the 

base case;

• 

Increase in debtor days by 5 days; and

•  Non-forgiveness of the US PPP loan with repayment in 

May 2022.

In assessing the forecast covenant compliance for the going 
concern period we have:

•  Reviewed the amended facility agreement to identify 

financial covenants and ensure management’s calculations 
are consistent with the agreement;

•  Reviewed the base and downside cases for mathematical 

accuracy and validated the opening cash position; 

•  Substantiated the key assumptions made to evidential 

support where relevant;

•  Ensured that assumed cash savings and outgoings are 

consistent with our work performed for the current year 
audit e.g. cash saving on properties where notice had been 
served, amortisation of acquired intangibles and finance 
lease payments;

•  Considered management’s assessment in light of potential 

Covid-19 developments; and

•  Reviewed the completeness and appropriateness of the 
going concern disclosures in the financial statements. 

Our conclusion on going concern is set out later in our report. 

167

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Independent auditors’ report 
to the members of  
Kin and Carta plc continued

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we 
performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on 
the financial statements as a whole, taking into account 
the structure of the Group and the Company, the 
accounting processes and controls, and the industry in 
which they operate.

The Kin and Carta plc Group consists of a number of UK 
and US based trading and holding entities as well as a 
number of smaller entities in other countries.

We performed a full scope audit over the financially 
significant components (Kin & Carta Create EU Limited 
and Kin and Carta plc in the UK, and SpireMedia, Inc. 
and Solstice Consulting LLC in the US), as well as full 
scope audit procedures over additional non-financially 
significant UK trading entities (Amaze Limited, Realise 
Limited, Edit Agency Limited and Incite Marketing 
Planning Limited) ensure sufficient coverage was 
obtained. In addition, we also performed testing over 
any other untested balances that were considered 

significant to the consolidated balance sheet. Desktop 
review procedures were performed by the Group 
engagement team over out of scope components. 
All work was performed by the UK based Group 
engagement team.

Our audit scoping gave us coverage of 87% of adjusted 
profit before tax, and 79% coverage of revenue.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our 
application of materiality. We set certain quantitative 
thresholds for materiality. These, together with 
qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the 
scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent 
of our audit procedures on the individual financial 
statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating 
the effect of misstatements, both individually and in 
aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole as 
follows:

Group financial statements

Company financial statements

Overall materiality

£782,000 (2019: £889,000).

£743,000 (2019: £845,000).

How we determined it

5% of the three year average of the adjusted 
Group profit before tax.

Rationale for benchmark 
applied

Adjusted profit before tax is a primary measure 
used by management and shareholders in 
assessing the performance of the Group and 
is a generally accepted auditing benchmark. 
This measure provides us with a consistent 
year on year basis for determining materiality 
based on trading performance and eliminates 
the impact of non-recurring items. Due to the 
impact of Covid-19 on the market, a three year 
average adjusted profit before tax is considered 
to be the most appropriate benchmark as the 
underlying operations of the business have not 
changed.

Company materiality equates to 0.5% 
net assets, capped at 95% Group 
overall materiality.

Net assets is an appropriate 
benchmark for determining the 
materiality of the Company, which is a 
holding Company and non-trading.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit (the UK trading companies, the Company, SpireMedia Inc 
and Solstice Consulting LLC), we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality. The range of 
materiality allocated across components was between £270,000 and £743,000. Certain components were audited 
to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall Group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above 
£39,000 (Group audit) (2019: £44,450) and £37,000 (Company audit) (2019: £42,250) as well as misstatements 
below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

168

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Going concern
In accordance with ISAs (UK) we report as follows:

Reporting obligation

Outcome

We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to. 
However, because not all future events or conditions can 
be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the 
Group’s and Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern.

We have nothing to report.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report, we also considered whether the disclosures 
required by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been 
included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and 
our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the 
Companies Act 2006 (CA06), ISAs (UK) and the 
Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) 
require us also to report certain opinions and matters 
as described below (required by ISAs (UK) unless 
otherwise stated).

We are required to report if we have anything material 
to add or draw attention to in respect of the directors’ 
statement in the financial statements about whether the 
directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the financial 
statements and the directors’ identification of any 
material uncertainties to the Group’s and the Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern over a period of 
at least twelve months from the date of approval of the 
financial statements.

We are required to report if the directors’ statement 
relating to Going Concern in accordance with Listing Rule 
9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent with our knowledge 
obtained in the audit.

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information 
in the Annual Report other than the financial statements 
and our auditors’ report thereon. The directors are 
responsible for the other information. Our opinion 
on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, accordingly, we do not express 
an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance 
thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, 
our responsibility is to read the other information and, 
in doing so, consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial statements 
or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated. If we identify 
an apparent material inconsistency or material 
misstatement, we are required to perform procedures 
to conclude whether there is a material misstatement 
of the financial statements or a material misstatement 
of the other information. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required 
to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on 
these responsibilities.

169

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Independent auditors’ report 
to the members of  
Kin and Carta plc continued

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Report for the year ended 31 July 2020 is consistent with the financial statements and has 
been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. (CA06)

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. 
(CA06)

The directors’ assessment of the prospects of the Group and of the principal risks that would 
threaten the solvency or liquidity of the Group
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to regarding:

•  The directors’ confirmation on page 80 of the Annual Report that they have carried out a robust assessment of 
the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity.

•  The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are being managed or 

mitigated.

•  The directors’ explanation on page 154 of the Annual Report as to how they have assessed the prospects of 

the Group, over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their 
statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation 
and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any related disclosures 
drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing to report having performed a review of the directors’ statement that they have carried out a 
robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group and statement in relation to the longer-term viability 
of the Group. Our review was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and 
considering the directors’ process supporting their statements; checking that the statements are in alignment 
with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”); and considering whether 
the statements are consistent with the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Company and their 
environment obtained in the course of the audit. (Listing Rules)

Other Code Provisions
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when: 

•  The statement given by the directors, on page 157, that they consider the Annual Report taken as a whole to 

be fair, balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the 
Group’s and Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with 
our knowledge of the Group and Company obtained in the course of performing our audit.

•  The section of the Annual Report on pages 110 to 115 describing the work of the Audit Committee does not 

appropriately address matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

•  The directors’ statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a 
departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified, under the Listing Rules, for review by the auditors.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006. (CA06)

170

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Responsibilities for the financial 
statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the 
financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities, the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements in accordance 
with the applicable framework and for being satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also 
responsible for such internal control as they determine 
is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors 
are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to 
liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether the financial statements as a whole 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high 
level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the 
audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s 
website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This 
description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared 
for and only for the Company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving 
these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for 
any other purpose or to any other person to whom this 
report is shown or into whose hands it may come save 
where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception 
reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to 
report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and 
explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept 
by the Company, or returns adequate for our audit 
have not been received from branches not visited 
by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration 

specified by law are not made; or

• 

the Company financial statements and the part of 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited 
are not in agreement with the accounting records 
and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this 
responsibility. 

Appointment
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, 
we were appointed by the members at the AGM on 29 
November 2018 to audit the financial statements for 
the year ended 31 July 2019 and subsequent financial 
periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement 
is 2 years, covering the years ended 31 July 2019 to 31 
July 2020.

Julian Jenkins 
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London

5 November 2020

171

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Consolidated Income 
Statement

Continuing operations:

Revenue

Project-related costs

Net revenue

Cost of service

Gross profit/(loss)

Selling costs

Administrative expenses

Share of results of joint arrangement

Other operating income/(expenses)

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Impairment of goodwill and acquired 
intangibles

Contingent consideration treated as 
remuneration

Acquisition costs

Operating profit/(loss)

Net pension finance income

Other finance expense

Profit/(loss) before tax

Income tax (charge)/credit

Net profit/(loss) from continuing 
operations

Net profit/(loss) from discontinued 
operations

Year to 31 July 2020

362 days to 31 July 2019

Adjusted 
Results
£’000

Adjusting 
Items
(note 7)
£’000

Notes

Statutory 
Results
£’000

Adjusted 
Results
£’000

Adjusting 
Items
(note 7)
£’000

Statutory 
Results
£’000

3

158,239

130

158,369

159,344

763

160,107

(20,460)

137,779

(70,432)

67,347

(15,528)

(38,741)

(218)

(88)

(20,678)

(22,523)

(525)

(23,048)

137,691

136,821

238

137,059

–

(70,432)

(68,343)

(303)

(68,646)

(88)

67,259

68,478

–

(15,528)

(13,204)

(65)

(34)

68,413

(13,238)

(8,142)

(46,883)

(35,627)

(7,679)

(43,306)

721

29

–

–

–

–

–

(46)

721

(17)

168

(166)

(10,563)

(10,563)

(18,850)

(18,850)

(6,186)

(669)

(6,186)

(669)

–

–

–

–

1,771

168

1,605

(6,674)

(6,674)

–

–

(2,375)

(2,375)

–

13,828

(44,544)

(30,716)

19,649

(15,056)

–

(3,293)

161

–

161

–

(3,293)

(2,329)

30

(189)

4

10,535

(44,383)

(33,848)

17,320

(15,215)

(2,001)

4,168

2,167

(3,530)

2,772

8,534

(40,215)

(31,681)

13,790

(12,443)

1,347

–

4,593

30

(2,518)

2,105

(758)

(226)

1,121

Net profit/(loss) for the period

9,391

(41,642)

(32,251)

14,128

(13,007)

Attributable to:

8

857

(1,427)

(570)

338

(564)

Shareholders of the parent company

9,391

(41,642)

(32,251)

14,128

(13,007)

1,121

Basic earnings/(loss) per share (p)

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Continuing and discontinued 
operations

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share 
(p)

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Continuing and discontinued 
operations

*  The adjusting Items are detailed within note 7.

14

14

14

14

14

14

5.21

0.52

(24.54)

(0.87)

(19.33)

(0.35)

9.00

0.22

(8.12)

(0.37)

0.88

(0.15)

5.73

(25.41)

(19.68)

9.22

(8.49)

0.73

5.21

0.52

(24.54)

(0.87)

(19.33)

(0.35)

8.95

0.22

(8.08)

(0.36)

0.87

(0.14)

5.73

(25.41)

(19.68)

9.17

(8.44)

0.73

**  The results for the 362 days to 31 July 2019 have been re-presented to reflect the results of the Pragma and Hive businesses as discontinued 

operations (note 8). 

172

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income

(Loss)/profit for the period

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Actuarial (loss)/profit on defined benefits pension scheme

Tax credit/(charge) on items taken through other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

Transfers of losses /(gains) on cash flow hedges

Losses on cash flow hedges

Foreign exchange (losses)/gains

Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the period

Year to
31 July 
2020
£’000

(32,251)

Period to
31 July 
2019
£’000

1,121

(7,358)

1,342

(6,016)

201

(52)

(669)

(520)

(6,536)

6,206

(991)

5,215

(265)

(201)

2,068

1,602

6,817

Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the period attributable to shareholders 
of the parent company

(38,787)

7,938

173

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Consolidated Statement of 
Changes in Equity

n
i
-
d
a
p

i

l

a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A

*
l
a
t
i
p
a
c

0
0
0
£

’

l

a
t
i
p
a
c
e
r
a
h
S

0
0
0
£

’

e
v
r
e
s
e
r
P
O
S
E

0
0
0
£

’

s
e
r
a
h
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

0
0
0
£

’

n
o
i
t
p
o
e
r
a
h
S

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

0
0
0
£

’

,

i

g
n
g
d
e
H

e
v
r
e
s
e
r
n
o
i
t
a
u
a
v
e
r

l

d
n
a
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
a
r
t

l

0
0
0
£

’

s
e
v
r
e
s
e
r

r
e
h
t
O

0
0
0
£

’

l

d
e
t
a
u
m
u
c
c
A

t
i
c
i
f
e
d

0
0
0
£

’

0
0
0
£

’

l

a
t
o
T

Balance at 4 August 2018

15,343

70,537

(163)

7,150

683

78,207

(12,187)

81,363

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Dividends

Recognition of share-based 
contingent consideration 
deemed as remuneration

Transfer of share-based 
contingent consideration 
deemed as remuneration

Purchase of own shares

Recognition of share-based 
payments

Settlement of share-based 
contingent consideration 
deemed as remuneration

Tax on share-based payments

Balance reported at  
31 July 2019

Adoption of IFRS 16

Balance at 1 August 2019 
restated

Loss for the period

Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive expense

Share placement

Dividends

Recognition of share-based 
contingent consideration 
deemed as remuneration

Revaluation

Purchase of own shares

Recognition of share-based 
payments

Tax on share-based payments

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

128

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(185)

–

164

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,669

(7,440)

–

(650)

–

75

804

–

–

1,602

1,602

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,602

1,602

1,121

5,215

6,336

1,121

6,817

7,938

– (2,990)

(2,990)

1,669

–

1,669

(7,312)

7,909

(185)

(650)

164

75

–

–

8

–

597

(185)

(650)

172

75

2,285

73,570

(924) 87,989

–

–

(1,770)

(1,770)

15,343

70,665

(21)

(163)

–

–

–

–

15,343

70,665

(21)

(163)

804

2,285

73,570 (2,694)

86,219

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,533

11,651

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(47)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

647

–

–

271

75

–

– (32,251)

(32,251)

(520)

(520)

(6,016)

(6,536)

(520)

(520) (38,267) (38,787)

–

–

–

143

–

–

–

11,651

–

13,184

–

(1,993)

(1,993)

647

143

(47)

271

75

–

–

–

–

–

647

143

(47)

271

75

Balance at 31 July 2020

16,876

82,316

(68)

(163)

1,797

1,908

85,790 (42,954)

59,712

* Additional paid-in capital includes share premium, merger reserve and capital redemption reserve (note 32).

174

kinandcarta.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Back to contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet

Company number 01552113

Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Investment in joint arrangement
Retirement benefits surplus
Other non-current assets
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Income tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents
Assets held for sale

Total assets
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Income tax payable
Deferred consideration payable
Deferred income
Provisions
Liabilities associated with assets held for sale

Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Loans
Deferred consideration
Other non-current liabilities
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities
Net assets
Capital and reserves
Share capital
Other reserves
Accumulated deficit
Total equity

31 July
2020
£’000

31 July
2019
£’000

Notes

15
17
18
18
19
28
20
27

20
21

20
8

16
22
21

12
24
25
8

16
23
12
26
25
27

31

17,714
4,707
68,010
21,948
880
1,081
–
2,477
116,817

28,165
48
–
24,408
9,843
62,464
179,281

3,492
24,510
40
110
3,277
7,565
1,141
2,652
42,787

16,287
56,007
624
–
1,368
2,496
76,782
119,569
59,712

5,499
4,957
85,662
25,573
547
6,665
18
2,528
131,449

40,911
–
136
22,017
–
63,064
194,513

–
27,479
158
1,946
2,000
5,195
1,383
–
38,161

–
60,416
–
2,228
1,874
3,845
68,363
106,524
87,989

16,876
85,790
(42,954)
59,712

15,343
73,570
(924)
87,989

These financial statements on pages 172 to 176 were approved by the board of directors on 5 November 2020 and 
signed on its behalf by

J Schwan
Chief Executive Officer

Chris Kutsor
Chief Financial Officer

Company number 01552113

175

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Consolidated Statement
of Cash Flows

Year to
31 July 
2020
£’000

362 days 
to 31 July 
2019
£’000

Notes

Operating activities

Cash generated from operations

Interest paid

Income taxes paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of other intangibles

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Cost of acquisition in current period

Deferred consideration paid for acquisitions made in prior periods

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Purchase of treasury shares

Proceeds of share placement, net of costs

Dividends paid

Lease payments

Loan repayment/(advance) to joint venture

(Decrease)/ increase in bank loans

Net cash generated in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

34

22,850

(1,600)

(1,598)

19,652

(858)

(213)

–

(17,310)

(2,000)

(20,381)

(47)

13,184

(1,993)

(4,843)

–

(856)

5,445

4,716

22,017

(2,325)

12

13

16

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

20

24,408

Included in the figures above are the following cash flows from discontinued activities:

8,989

(2,329)

(306)

6,354

(2,756)

(279)

7,230

–

(19,875)

(15,680)

(185)

–

(2,990)

–

(118)

19,083

15,790

6,464

14,398

1,155

22,017

Net cash generated from operating activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

176

kinandcarta.com

Year to
31 July 
2020
£’000

2,840

(36)

(400)

2,404

362 days 
to 31 July 
2019
£’000

(1,758)

(304)

–

(2,062)

 Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements

1. General information
Kin and Carta plc is a public limited company 
incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom 
(“UK”) and registered in England and Wales under 
the Companies Act 2006. The address of the 
registered office is One Tudor Street, London EC4Y 
0AH. The nature of the Group’s operations and its 
principal activities are set out in the Chief Executive’s 
Performance Review, pages 24 to 29.

Basis of preparation
The financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRS”) and IFRS IC interpretations adopted 
by the European Union, Article 4 of the EU IAS 
Regulation and with those parts of the Companies Act 
2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. 
These consolidated financial statements (“the financial 
statements”) are presented in Sterling because this is 
the currency of the primary economic environment in 
which the Group operates. 

The consolidated financial statements have been 
prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the 
remeasurement to fair value of certain financial assets 
and liabilities as described in the accounting policies 
below. The accounting policies have been applied 
consistently throughout the Group. 

In the current period, the following revised Standards 
and Interpretations have been adopted:

IFRS 16 Leases
At the date of authorisation of these financial 
statements, the following Standards, Amendments and 
Interpretations which have not been applied in these 
financial statements were in issue but not yet effective 
(and in some cases had not yet been adopted by the 
EU). The Group has not applied these standards in the 
preparation of the consolidated financial statements:

Amendments to References to the Conceptual 
framework in IFRS Standards (amendments)

Mandatory for accounting periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2020.

IAS 1 and IAS 8 (amendments)

Change in definition of material, mandatory for 
accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2020.

IFRS 3 Business Combinations (amendments)

Change in definition of a business, mandatory for 
accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020.

IFRS 3 and IAS 28 (amendments)

Sale or contribution of assets between an investor and 
its associate or joint venture, mandatory date to be set 
by IASB.

IFRS 17 Insurance contracts (new IFRS)

Mandatory for accounting periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2021.

In addition, ‘Annual Improvements 2018-2020 Cycle’ 
includes amendments to a number of standards and 
interpretations including IFRS 1, IFRS 9, IFRS 16 and IAS 41. 
The effective date of the amendments is for accounting 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022.

The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the 
standards listed above will have a material impact on 
the financial statements of the Group in future periods.

Going concern
The Group’s funding is provided by a revolving credit 
facility agreement of £85 million entered into during the 
prior period which expires in November 2022. At 31 July 
2020, the Group held cash balances of £24.4 million 
and had available undrawn amounts on the facility of 
£35.5 million. There was significant headroom on the 
lender banks’ leverage and interest cover covenants 
throughout FY20. As a precautionary measure, the 
Group obtained from its lender banks relief on its 
covenants through to April 2021. With an increase in 
the maximum permissible bank leverage, measured as 
the ratio of net borrowings to Adjusted EBITDA, from a 
previous ceiling of 2.5× to a level of up to 5×. This has 
resulted in substantially increased projected headroom 
on this measure in the forecast period. 

In order to assess the Group’s ability to continue to 
trade as a going concern and to be viable over the 
medium term, detailed business and cash flow forecasts 
covering a three-year period from 1 August 2020 have 
been prepared by the Directors based on ‘bottom up’ 
inputs from the individual business units. The resulting 
projected debt levels, debt leverage and interest cover 
ratios have been compared to the current covenant 
limits prevailing under the revolving credit facility order 
to ensure that the Group has both sufficient liquidity 
and will be able to operate within the covenants so as 
to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 12 
months from the date of these financial statements.

177

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

1. General information continued
The base case model prepared by the Directors is 
based on management’s best estimates of future 
trading at the time of the assessment. The base case 
assumes very modest revenue growth in FY21 compared 
to FY20, with improved levels of profitability following 
the actions taken to reduce costs in the fourth quarter 
of FY20. In addition to the base case forecast, a number 
of stress scenarios have also been modelled to assess 
the Group’s ability to cope with potential downsides 
without breaching covenant ratios or debt volume 
limits (see the viability statement on page 154 of the 
Directors’ Report for further information on the stress 
scenarios modelled). These have been combined to 
create a severe but plausible downside scenario for the 
purpose of the going concern assessment.

The Group projects that it will continue to operate 
within covenant limits and has sufficient liquidity in 
both the base case forecast and in the severe but 
plausible downside scenario.

Therefore, at the time of approving the financial 
statements, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future, a minimum of 
twelve months from the date of approval of these 
financial statements. Thus they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in preparing the 
financial statements.

2.  Significant accounting 

policies

(a) Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate 
the financial statements of the Company and 
entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiary 
undertakings) for each period. Control is achieved 
where the Company has the power to govern the 
financial and operating policies of an investee entity so 
as to obtain benefits from its activities.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the results 
of subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies 
into line with those of the Group. All intra-Group 
transactions, balances, income and expenses are 
eliminated on consolidation.

(b) Adjusting Items
Statutory results (“statutory results”) presented in the 
Consolidated Income Statement include Adjusting Items.

Income statement items are presented in the middle 
column under the heading ‘Adjusting Items’ where they 
do not form part of the underlying trading activities 
of the Group or, in the opinion of the directors, their 
separate presentation enhances understanding of the 
financial performance of the Group. 

The results, excluding Adjusting Items, are presented in 
the Consolidated Income Statement under the heading 
‘Adjusted Results’, in order to provide a consistent and 
comparable view of the performance of the Group’s. 

Furthermore, the Adjusted Results are aligned to the 
Group’s strategy and are used to measure the financial 
performance of the Group’s businesses and are the basis 
for remuneration. Further details can be found under 
Adjusted Performance Measure section on page 172.

Items included as Adjusting Items are as follows:

Redundancies, restructuring costs and empty 
property costs
Redundancies and restructuring costs that are non-
recurring in the individual businesses,and that in 
aggregate are significant in size, are recorded as 
Adjusting Items. Careful consideration is applied by 
management in assessing whether these costs relate 
to the restructure of a business within the Group or 
redundancies in the normal course of business, which 
are not treated as Adjusting Items. Redundancies and 
restructuring costs related to the closure or disposal of 
a site are recorded within this caption. Empty property 
costs comprise expenses relating to the maintenance 
and security of leasehold property or property owned 
by the Group from which no ongoing activity takes 
place (further details surrounding empty property 
costs can be found below). The costs do not relate 
to the ongoing trading activities of the Group and are 
therefore recorded as Adjusting Items.

178

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

2.  Significant accounting 

policies continued

Operating results of a site arising after a 
formal decision on its closure
Operating results from non-continuing sites, where 
that site does not meet the definition of a discontinued 
operation under IFRS 5 – Non Current Assets Held for 
Sale and Discontinued Operations include revenue, 
operational and overhead expenses incurred after a 
formal decision on a site’s closure has been taken. 
These items also include settlement of onerous leases, 
costs related to the transfer of assets and professional 
fees related to closure of the site. These items exclude 
the costs of redundancies and restructuring which 
relate to sites from which ongoing trading activities take 
place. The above items are recorded as Adjusting Items 
on the basis that they do not form part of the ongoing 
trading activities of the Group

St Ives Defined Pension Benefits Scheme 
income/expense
The Scheme was closed to new entrants in April 2002 
and to the accrual of future benefits in August 2008. 
Given the substantial change in the composition of 
the Group over the last eight years, with a significant 
number of site closures and disposal of businesses 
that employed Scheme members, the number of 
scheme members still employed by the Group has 
declined substantially and stood at five as at 31 July 
2020, representing less than 1% of the total Scheme 
membership. After the closure of the Scheme, all the 
in-service members at that time were transferred to a 
defined contribution scheme. Payments to the defined 
contribution scheme are expensed to the Consolidated 
Income Statement and are treated as part of Adjusted 
Results and not as an Adjusting Item. Therefore, the 
Group classifies the income/(expense) relating to the 
Scheme as an Adjusting Item.

Non-cash impairment charges related to 
goodwill and other assets 
Impairment charges related to non-current and current 
assets are non-cash items, do not occur in the normal 
course of business and tend to be significant in size and 
irregular in nature. The presentation of this item as an 
Adjusting Item further enhances the understanding of 
the ongoing trading performance of the Group.

Costs related to acquisitions made in prior 
periods
The Group has grown both organically with the 
development of new operating subsidiaries and through 
acquisition. However, there is significant inconsistency 
between the accounting treatment of the goodwill 
and intangibles associated with the acquisition of 
businesses and those generated internally. On an 
unadjusted basis, a business acquired under IFRS 3 
would report substantially lower operating profits and 
a lower return on capital than the businesses that have 
been developed by the Group, thus making comparison 
of performance of the group and segment difficult.

Therefore, the following items are recorded as Adjusting 
Items to provide a more realistic and comparable 
view of the group and enhance the clarity of the 
performance of the Group to readers of the accounts:

i.  Amortisation charges related to intangible assets identified 

through acquisition accounting;

ii.  Expenses related to contingent consideration required to be 

treated as remuneration for acquired businesses;

iii.  Charges and credits arising from the re-estimation of 

deferred consideration payable in respect of acquisitions; and

iv.  Charges related to the acquisition of businesses or the setting 

up of new subsidiaries.

These items are shown as separate captions within 
operating profit on the face of the income statement.

Gain or loss associated with disposal of trade, 
subsidiaries or assets 
The gain or loss on disposal of trade, subsidiaries or 
assets tends to be significant in size and irregular in 
nature. The disposal of property, plant and equipment 
is primarily associated with closed sites or businesses 
that have been disposed of by the Group. Therefore, the 
gain or loss on the disposal of these assets is treated as 
an Adjusting Item.

When reviewing these items, the Directors considered 
the guidelines issued by the Financial Reporting Council 
(“FRC”) and the European Securities and Markets 
Authority (“ESMA”).

A reconciliation of statutory results to Adjusted Results 
can be found in the Consolidated Income Statement. 
Further details relating to the Adjusting Items are 
available in note 7.

179

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

2.  Significant accounting 

policies continued
(c) Revenue recognition
Revenue from supply of goods and services is measured 
at the fair value of consideration received or receivable 
and comprises amounts receivable for goods and 
services, net of trade discounts, up-front payments, VAT 
and other sales-related taxes. 

Revenue is recognised once contractual performance 
obligations have been delivered, in accordance with the 
terms of the contractual agreement. Contracts can have 
a single or series of different deliverables and, over time, 
revenue is recognised as each contractual obligation is 
satisfied. Discounts and other incentives are recognised 
over the period of the contracts to which they relate.

For services performed on an over-time basis, i.e. 
where the terms of the contract have provision for 
licensing the product on a subscription basis, revenue is 
recognised evenly over the period of contractual term 
as the performance obligations are satisfied evenly over 
the term of subscription. Generally, the performance 
obligations are satisfied over time as service are 
rendered. 

For services that are linked to delivering of goods to 
fulfil the contract, revenue is recognised when the 
goods are delivered, inline with meeting the contractual 
and performance obligations. The goods can be 
delivered in full or in-part quantities.

For performance obligations that are satisfied over 
time, the Group uses either input or output methods, 
to measure progress for each performance obligation, 
depending on the particular arrangement. In the 
majority of cases, relevant output measures such as the 
completion of project milestones set out in the contract 
are used to assess proportional performance. Where 
this is not the case then an input method based on 
costs incurred to date is used to measure performance. 
The primary input of substantially all work performed 
is represented by staff costs. As a result of the 
relationship between labour and cost there is normally 
a direct correlation between costs incurred and the 
proportion of the contract performed to date. 

Typically, customers are not entitled to refunds across 
the Group, the above methods are deemed to be 
appropriate in identifying the point of transfer of goods 
and services for revenue recognition.

Payment terms for supplier payments across the Group 
vary, with the majority of terms being 60 to 90 days. 
In some exceptional circumstances the Group amend 
payments terms to between zero and 30 days. The 
Group generally is paid by customers in arrears for its 
services; however, some work is invoiced in advance. 

Net Revenue:
Net Revenue is calculated as revenue less project-related 
costs as shown in the Consolidated Income Statement. 
Project related costs comprise primarily third-party 
pass-through expenses and direct costs attributable 
to a project. These costs typically include amounts 
payable to external suppliers where they are engaged, at 
the Group’s discretion, to perform a specific part of the 
performance obligation under a contract with the client, 
other than the costs of certain freelance contractors 
and agency staff. Cost of service includes the costs of 
direct employed staff, freelance contractors and agency 
staff who are engaged in the delivery of performance 
obligations under client contracts.

Accrued and deferred income:
Accrued income is a contract asset and is recognised 
when a performance obligation has been satisfied but 
has not yet been billed. Contract assets are transferred 
to receivables when the right to consideration 
is unconditional and billed per the terms of the 
contractual agreement.

In certain cases, payments are received from customers 
prior to satisfaction of performance obligations 
and recognised as deferred income on the Group’s 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. These balances are 
considered contract liabilities and are typically related 
to prepayments for third-party expenses that are 
incurred shortly after billing.

(d) Investment properties
Investment properties are properties that are held 
to earn rental income and are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation. 

Depreciation is charged at between 2% and 4% per annum 
so as to write off the cost or valuation of assets over their 
estimated useful lives, using the straight-line method.

An investment property is derecognised upon disposal 
or when the investment property is permanently 
withdrawn from use and no future economic benefits 
are expected from the disposal. Any gain or loss arising 
on derecognition of the property (calculated as the 
difference between the net disposal proceeds and 
the carrying amount of the asset) is included in the 
Consolidated Income Statement in the period in which 
the property is derecognised.

180

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

2.  Significant accounting 

policies continued

(e) Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on the acquisition of a subsidiary 
represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition 
over the net fair value of the identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities of the subsidiary at 
the date of the acquisition. Fair value is finalised within 
12 months of the date of the acquisition. Goodwill is 
not amortised but reviewed for impairment annually 
in accordance with the impairment of goodwill policy 
set out in note 2 below. Goodwill impairment is 
recorded in a separate line within operating profit in the 
Consolidated Income Statement.

Other intangible assets – computer software
Computer software that is not integral to an item 
of property, plant or equipment is classified as an 
intangible asset and is held on the Consolidated Balance 
Sheet at cost less amortisation and impairments. These 
assets are amortised over their estimated useful lives, 
which is generally two to five years.

Other intangible assets – customer 
relationships 
Customer relationships identified as separable intangible 
assets in the context of business combinations are 
capitalised at their fair value at the date of acquisition. 
They are amortised over their estimated useful lives, 
which is generally two to ten years. 

Other intangible assets – proprietary 
techniques
Proprietary techniques identified as separable intangible 
assets in the context of business combinations are 
capitalised at their fair value at the date of acquisition. 
They are amortised over their estimated useful life which 
is generally three to ten years.

Other intangible assets – trademarks
Trademarks identified as separable intangible assets in 
the context of business combinations are capitalised 
at their fair value at the date of acquisition. They are 
amortised over their estimated useful lives, which is 
generally ten years. 

All intangible assets with finite lives are amortised on 
a straight-line basis. Intangible assets amortisation 
is recognised immediately as an expense in the 
Consolidated Income Statement. Amortisation of 
intangibles arising in the context of an acquisition is 

recorded on a separate line within operating profit. 
Amortisation of other intangibles is recorded within 
Administrative expenses. 

(f) Property, plant and equipment
Freehold buildings

2%–4%

Long leases

Plant and machinery

Fixture, fittings and equipment

Motor vehicles

Period of lease

10%–33.3%

10%–33.3%

20%–25%

An item of property, plant and equipment is 
derecognised upon disposal or when no future 
economic benefits are expected to arise from the 
continued use of the asset. The gain or loss arising on 
the disposal or scrappage of an asset is determined 
as the difference between the sales proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement.

(g) Impairment of property, plant, 
equipment and intangible assets 
excluding goodwill
At each balance sheet date the Group reviews the 
carrying amounts of its property, plant and equipment 
and intangible assets to determine whether there is 
any indication that those assets have suffered any 
impairment loss.

If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount 
of the asset is estimated in order to determine the 
extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset 
does not generate cash flows that are independent 
from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable 
amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset 
belongs.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less 
costs to sell and value-in-use. In assessing value-in-
use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to 
their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that 
reflects current market assessment of the time value of 
money and the risks specific to the assets for which the 
estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. 

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-
generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying 
amount, the carrying amount of the asset (cash-
generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. 
An impairment loss is recognised immediately as an 
expense in the Consolidated Income Statement; and is 
recorded within administrative expenses. 

181

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

2.  Significant accounting 

policies continued

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the 
carrying amount of the asset (cash-generating unit) 
is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable 
amount, but only in so far as the increased carrying 
amount does not exceed the carrying amount that 
would have been determined had no impairment loss 
been recognised for the asset (cash-generating unit) in 
prior periods. 

(h) Impairment of goodwill
Goodwill arising on acquisition is allocated to the 
group of cash-generating units that are expected to 
benefit from the synergies of the combination. A cash-
generating unit represents the lowest level at which 
goodwill is monitored by the Group’s board of directors 
for internal management purposes. The recoverable 
amount of the group of cash-generating units to which 
goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment 
annually on a consistent date during each financial 
period, or more frequently when such events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that it may be impaired. If the 
recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less 
than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment 
loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of 
any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other 
assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying 
amount of each asset in the unit. 

Any impairment is recognised immediately in the 
Consolidated Income Statement. Impairments of 
goodwill are not subsequently reversed.

On disposal of a cash-generating unit, the attributable 
amount of goodwill is included in the determination of 
the gain or loss on disposal.

(i) Tax
The tax expense in the Consolidated Income Statement 
comprises tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on the taxable profit 
for the period. Taxable profit differs from net profit 
as reported in the Consolidated Income Statement 
because it excludes items of income and expense that 
are taxable or deductible in other periods and it further 
excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The 
Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax 
rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
at the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised on differences between 
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the 
accounts and the corresponding tax bases used in 
the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted 
for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred 
tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable 
temporary differences and deferred tax assets 
are recognised to the extent that it is probable 
that taxable profits will be available against which 
deductible temporary differences can be utilised. 
Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the 
temporary differences arise on non-deductible 
goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than 
business combinations) of other assets or liabilities in 
a transaction that affects neither the tax profit nor the 
accounting profit. 

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable 
temporary differences arising on investments in 
subsidiaries, except where the Group is able to control 
the reversal of the temporary difference and it is 
probable that the temporary difference will not reverse 
in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed 
at each balance sheet date and is reduced to the extent 
that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable 
profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to 
be recovered. 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are 
expected to apply in the period when the liability is 
settled or the asset is realised. Deferred tax is charged 
or credited in the Consolidated Income Statement, 
except when it relates to items charged or credited in 
other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred 
tax is also dealt with in the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income or when it relates to items 
that are charged or credited to the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income or directly to the 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there 
is a legally enforceable right to offset current assets 
against current liabilities and when they relate to 
income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and 
the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and 
liabilities on a net basis. 

Current tax and deferred tax are recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement, except when they 
relate to items that are recognised in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income or directly to 
the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. 
Where current tax or deferred tax arises from the initial 
accounting for a business combination, the tax effect is 
included in the accounting for the business combination.

182

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

2.  Significant accounting 

policies continued

(j) Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a 
present obligation as a result of a past event, and it 
is probable that the Group will be required to settle 
the constructive or legal obligation, and its value 
can be reliably estimated. When a provision needs 
to be released, the provision is taken back to the 
Consolidated Income Statement within the line item 
where it was initially booked.

Provisions for repairs
Provisions for repairs are made where the Group is 
committed under the terms of the lease to make repairs 
to leasehold property. The provision is made for the 
estimated cost over the period of the lease.

Provisions for reorganisation and onerous 
leases
Provisions for restructuring costs and onerous lease 
costs are recognised when the Group has a detailed 
formal plan for the restructuring that has been 
communicated to affected parties or onerous contracts 
related to closed/discontinued operations. 

(k) Foreign currencies
The individual financial statements of each Group 
company are presented in the currency of the 
primary economic environment in which it operates 
(its functional currency). For the purpose of the 
consolidated financial statements, the results and 
financial position of each Group company are 
expressed in Sterling, which is the functional currency 
of the Company, and the presentation currency for the 
consolidated financial statements.

Transactions in foreign currencies other than Sterling 
are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the date 
of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet 
date are translated to Sterling at the exchange rate 
ruling at that date.

Exchange differences are recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement in the period in which 
they arise except for:

•  exchange differences on transactions entered into 

to hedge certain foreign currency risks; and

•  exchange differences on monetary items receivable 
from or payable to a foreign operation for which 
settlement is neither planned nor likely to occur in 
the foreseeable future (therefore forming part of the 
net investment in the foreign operation), which are 
recognised initially in the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income and reclassified to the 
Consolidated Income Statement on disposal or 
partial disposal of the net investment.

Foreign currency differences arising on translation or 
settlement of monetary items are recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement. 

The results of overseas subsidiaries with functional 
currencies other than Sterling are translated into 
Sterling at the average rate of exchange ruling in the 
period. The average exchange rate for each functional 
currency is calculated as an average of the Sterling 
exchange rate ruling at the end of each monthly period. 

Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured 
in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are 
translated using the exchange rate at the date of the 
transaction and not retranslated at each period end. 
Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value are 
translated to Sterling at exchange rates ruling at the 
date the fair value was determined. Exchange gains and 
losses arising on the retranslation of non-monetary 
assets and liabilities are recognised directly in a 
separate component of the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the 
acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets 
and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at 
the period end closing rate.

183

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

2.  Significant accounting policies continued
(l) Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet when the Group becomes 
a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

The Group classifies its financial instruments in the following categories:

Financial instrument category

Note Measurement

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred consideration payable

Bank borrowings

20

20

22

21

12

23

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Fair value through profit and loss

Fair value through profit and loss

Amortised cost

* The fair value measurement hierarchy is only applicable for financial instruments measured at fair value.

Fair value measurement 
hierarchy*

N/A

N/A

N/A

2

3

N/A

Fair value measurements, where applicable, are 
categorised into Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the degree to 
which the inputs to the fair value measurements are 
observable and the significance of the inputs to the fair 
value measurement in its entirety, which are described 
as follows: 

•  Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in 

active markets for identical assets or liabilities that 
the Group can access at the measurement date;

•  Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices 
included within Level 1, that are observable for the 
asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

•  Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset 

or liability. 

The Group’s primary categories of financial instruments 
are listed below:

Trade and other receivables
All trade receivables held by the Group are financial 
assets held within a business model whose objective 
is to hold financial assets in order to collect the 
contractual cash flows. Trade receivables are initially 
recognised at fair value and will subsequently be 
measured at amortised cost less allowances for 
impairment.

The Group recognises a loss allowance for expected 
credit losses (“ECL”) on trade receivables and contract 
assets. The amount of expected credit losses is 
updated at each reporting date to reflect changes in 
credit risk since initial recognition of the respective 
financial instrument. The Group recognises expected 
credit losses for trade receivables and contract assets. 
The expected credit losses on these financial assets 

are estimated using a provision matrix based on the 
Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for 
factors that are specific to the debtors.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand 
and demand deposits, together with other short-term, 
highly liquid investments maturing within 90 days from 
the date of acquisition that are readily convertible into 
known amounts of cash and which are subject to an 
insignificant risk of changes in value.

Bank borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are 
recorded as the proceeds receivable, net of direct 
issue costs. Finance charges are accounted for on an 
accruals basis in the Consolidated Income Statement 
using the effective interest rate method and are 
included in creditors to the extent that they are not 
settled in the period in which they arise.

Other long-term financial assets
Unlisted shares held by the Group are classified as 
being other long-term financial assets and are stated at 
fair value. Fair values of unlisted shares are calculated 
with reference to exit price. Gains or losses arising 
from changes in fair value are recognised directly in 
equity, until the security is disposed of or is determined 
to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or 
loss previously recognised in equity is included in the 
Consolidated Income Statement for the period. 

The Group holds investments in equity instruments and 
has made the irrecoverable designation to measure 
these at fair value through other comprehensive income 
(“FVTOCI”) as they are not held for trading. 

184

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

At that time, any cumulative gain or loss on the 
hedging instrument recognised in equity is retained in 
equity until the forecast transaction occurs. If a hedge 
transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net 
cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in equity 
is included in the Consolidated Income Statement for 
the period. Derivatives embedded in other financial 
instruments or other host contracts are treated as 
separate derivatives when their risks and characteristics 
are not closely related to those of their host contracts 
and the host contracts are not carried at fair value with 
unrealised gains or losses reported in the Consolidated 
Income Statement.

Those derivatives that are not designated as hedges are 
classified as held for trading and gains and losses on 
those instruments are recognised immediately in the 
Consolidated Income Statement.

A derivative with a positive fair value is recognised as a 
financial asset whereas a derivative with a negative fair 
value is recognised as a financial liability.

Deferred/contingent consideration payable 
Deferred/contingent consideration payable and 
consideration required to be treated as remuneration 
in respect of acquired businesses are typically 
determined based on a multiple of future incremental 
EBITDA, and the related amounts are based on 
forecasts that have been derived from the most recent 
budgets and forecasts. Any change in the fair value 
of the outcome is recognised in the Consolidated 
Income Statement as an Adjusting Item. The deferred 
consideration payable and accrued contingent 
consideration required to be treated as remuneration 
are recognised as financial liabilities, where amounts 
are expected or required to be cash settled. Where 
amounts are settled by future issuance of Kin and Carta 
plc shares, amounts required to settle the liability are 
recorded in equity.

The directors consider that the carrying value of all 
financial assets and liabilities is approximately equal to 
their fair value, except for investment properties, which 
are recorded at amortised cost. The fair value of these 
assets is disclosed in note 17.

2.  Significant accounting 

policies continued
Trade and other payables
Trade payables are not interest bearing and are stated 
at their nominal value.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge 
accounting
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to the financial 
risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates 
and interest rates. The Group uses derivative financial 
instruments to hedge its exposure to foreign exchange 
for the purchase of subsidiaries, goods and services 
denominated in foreign currencies and the sale of goods 
and services similarly denominated.

The use of financial derivatives is governed by the 
Group’s policies approved by the board of directors, 
which provide written principles on the use of 
financial derivatives consistent with the Group’s risk 
management strategy. The Group does not hold or 
issue derivative financial instruments for speculative 
purposes.

Changes in the fair value of derivative financial 
instruments that are designated and effective as cash 
flow hedges of forecast transactions are recognised 
directly in equity and the ineffective portion is 
recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income 
Statement.

If the cash flow hedge of a firm commitment or 
forecast transaction results in the recognition of an 
asset or liability, then, at the time the asset or liability 
is recognised, the associated gains and losses on the 
derivative that had previously been recognised in equity 
are included in the initial measurements of the asset 
or liability. For the hedges that do not result in the 
recognition of an asset or liability, amounts deferred 
in equity are recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement in the same period as gains or losses are 
recognised on the hedged item.

The gain or loss on hedging instruments relating to 
the effective portion of a net investment hedge is 
recognised in equity and the ineffective portion is 
recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income 
Statement. Gains or losses accumulated in equity are 
included in the Consolidated Income Statement when 
the foreign operations are disposed of.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging 
instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, 
or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

185

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

2.  Significant accounting 

policies continued
(m) Retirement benefits
The Group operates both defined benefits and defined 
contribution schemes for its employees. Payments to 
the defined contribution schemes are expensed to the 
Consolidated Income Statement as they fall due.

For the St Ives Defined Benefits Pension Scheme (“the 
Scheme”) full actuarial calculations are carried out every 
three years using the projected unit credit method and 
updates are performed for each financial period end. 
Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the 
period in which they occur. They are recognised outside 
the Consolidated Income Statement and presented in 
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

The retirement benefits obligation recognised in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet represents the present 
value of the defined benefits obligations and as reduced 
by the fair value of the Scheme’s assets.

Any asset resulting from this calculation is recognised 
in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, as the Group has 
an unconditional right to a refund of any surplus in the 
defined benefits pension scheme at the end of the 
Scheme’s duration.

Past service cost is recognised at the earlier of when 
the planned amendment or curtailment occurs and 
when the entity recognises related restructuring costs 
or termination benefits.

Given the closure of the Scheme and the change in the 
composition of the Group, the Board has concluded 
that the Scheme’s income and expenses do not relate 
to the underlying trading activities of the Group. 
Furthermore, the underlying assumptions used in the 
Scheme’s valuation are determined by reference to 
external market data (notably discount and inflation 
rates) that are outside the Group’s control and can vary 
significantly between periods. The Group’s accounting 
policy is therefore to record the income and expenses 
related to the Scheme as an Adjusting Item.

Defined benefit income and expenses are split into four 
categories:

•  gains and losses on curtailments and settlements 
and costs incurred in the running of the Scheme;

•  net pension finance charge;

•  past service costs including Guaranteed Minimum 

Pension (“GMP”) costs; and

• 

remeasurement of gains and losses.

The Group presents the first three components 
of the Scheme’s costs within Adjusting Items 
in its Consolidated Income Statement and the 
remeasurement costs within the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

(n) Share-based payments
The Group makes equity-settled share-based 
payments to certain employees, which are measured 
at fair value at the date of the grant. The fair value 
determined at the grant date of the equity-settled 
share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line 
basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s 
estimate of shares that will eventually vest. At each 
balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of 
the number of equity instruments expected to vest 
as a result of the effect of non-market-based vesting 
conditions. The impact of the revision of the original 
estimates, if any, is recognised in the Consolidated 
Income Statement such that the cumulative expense 
reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding 
adjustment to Statement of Change in Equity reserves. 
The fair value of share options issued is measured using 
a binomial model, for the effects of non-transferability, 
exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

SAYE share options granted to employees are treated as 
cancelled when employees cease to contribute to the 
scheme. This results in accelerated recognition of the 
expenses that would have arisen over the remainder of 
the original vesting period.

The cumulative expense is reversed when an employee 
in receipt of the share options terminates service prior 
to the completion of vesting period. Where the terms of 
an equity-settled award are modified on termination of 
the employment, the total fair value of the share-based 
payments is recorded in the Consolidated Income 
Statement.

(o) Employee Share Ownership Plan 
(“ESOP”)
As the Group is deemed to have control of its ESOP 
trust, it is included in the consolidated Group financial 
statements. The ESOP’s assets and liabilities are 
included on a line-by-line basis in the Group financial 
statements. The ESOP’s investment in the Group’s 
shares is deducted from equity in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet as if they were treasury shares and 
presented in the ESOP reserve. 

186

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

2.  Significant accounting 

policies continued

(p) Leases
The Group applied IFRS 16 with a date of initial 
application of 1 August 2019. IFRS 16 requires lessees 
to account for all leases on-balance sheet, recognising 
a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease 
commencement date. The Group has adopted IFRS 16 
using the modified retrospective approach, therefore, 
comparative information has not been restated and the 
Group has recognised the cumulative effect of adopting 
IFRS 16 as an adjustment to equity at the start of the 
current period. The comparative information continues 
to be reported under IAS 17.

As a lessee, the Group previously classified leases as 
operating or finance leases based on its assessment 
of whether the lease transferred substantially all the 
risks and rewards of the ownership of the asset to the 
Group. Under IFRS 16, the Group recognised a right-of-
use asset and lease liability i.e. all leases are recognised 
on-balance sheet.

On transition to IFRS 16, the Group elected to apply the 
practical expedient to apply the definition of a lease 
from IAS 17 for contracts in place at 1 August 2019 and 
has not applied IFRS 16 to arrangements that were 
previously not identified as leases under IAS 17.

At transition, the lease liabilities were measured at the 
present value of the remaining lease payments using 
the Group’s incremental borrowing rate of 5% as at 1 
August 2019. The right-of-use assets are measured at 
their carrying amount as if IFRS 16 had been applied 
since the commencement date, discounted using the 
lessee’s borrowing rate at 1 August 2019. The Group 
used the following practical expedients when applying 
IFRS 16:

•  Adjusted the right-of-use assets for any onerous 
lease provisions immediately before the date of 
initial application rather than perform an impairment 
review;

•  Applied the exemption not to recognise a right-of-
use asset or lease liability for leases of low value or 
with lease terms with less than 12 months remaining 
at 1 August 2019; and

•  Excluded initial direct costs from measuring the 

right-of-use asset at the date of initial application.

Impact on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
The impact on the Group’s financial statements at the transition date is as follows:

Right-of-use asset

Trade and other receivables - 
prepayments

1 August 
2019
£’000

30,013

(501)

Description of change

Initial right-of-use assets recognised on adoption of IFRS 16, net 
of impairments recognised on adoption

Reclassification of prepayments, relating to leases recognised 
on condensed consolidated balance sheet on adoption of IFRS 
16, to form part of the initial right-of-use assets

Lease liabilities

(23,879)

Net present value of lease liabilities recognised on adoption of 
IFRS 16

Trade and other payables - 
release lease incentives

3,205

Accumulated losses

1,753

Reclassification of accruals and deferred income, relating to 
leases recognised on the condensed consolidated balance 
sheet on adoption of IFRS 16, to form part of the initial right-of-
use assets

Net impact of the difference between the initial impairment 
of right-of-use assets recognised on adoption, compared to 
the onerous lease provisions previously recognised, which is 
recorded in reserves on adoption.

187

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

2.  Significant accounting policies continued
Reconciliation of total operating lease commitments at 31 July 2019 to the lease liabilities recognised at 1 August 
2019:

Total operating lease commitments disclosed at 31 July 2019

Recognition exemptions at 1 August 2019:

Leases with remaining lease term of less than 12 months

Foreign exchange differences

Reasonably certain extension options

Operating lease liabilities before discounting

Discounted using incremental borrowing rate

Total lease liabilities recognised under IFRS 16 at 1 August 2019

Of which are:

- Current liabilities

- Non-current liabilities

The recognised right-of-use assets at the date of adoption relate to the following types of asset:

Land and buildings

Plant and machinery

Motor vehicles

Total right-of-use assets

Total
£’000

29,843

(3,365)

(1,423)

352

25,407

(1,528)

23,879

4,782

19,097

1 August 2019 
Total
£’000

30,955

42

16

31,013

The adoption of IFRS 16 gives rise to a net charge to 
Profit/(Loss) before Tax of £0.1 million in the year to 
31 July 2020.

Changes in accounting policy for leases
The group leases a number of offices and equipment, 
and rental contracts typically run for fixed periods of 
three to eleven years. Lease terms are negotiated on 
an individual basis and contain a wide range of terms 
and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose 
any covenants, but leased assets cannot be used as 
security for borrowing purposes.

Accounting policy applicable before 1 August 
2019:
Rentals applicable to operating leases where 
substantially all of the benefits and risks of ownership 
do not transfer to the lessee are charged to the income 
statement on a straight-line basis over the period of 
the lease. Rental income from sub-leasing property 
space is recognised on a straight-line basis over the 
period of the relevant lease.

Accounting policy applicable from 1 August 
2019:
For any new contracts entered into on or after 1 August 
2019, the Group considers whether a contract is, or 
contains, a lease. A lease is defined as ‘a contract, or 
part of a contract, that conveys the right to use an 
asset (the underlying asset) for a period of time in 
exchange for consideration’. To apply this definition, 
the Group assesses whether the contract meets the 
following criteria:

•  The contract contains an identified asset, which 
is either explicitly identified in the contract or 
implicitly specified by being identified at the time 
the asset is made available to the Group; 

•  The Group has the right to obtain substantially all 

of the economic benefits from use of the identified 
asset throughout the period of use, considering its 
rights within the defined scope of the contract; and 

•  The Group has the right to direct the use of the 
identified asset throughout the period of use.

188

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

2.  Significant accounting 

policies continued

At the lease commencement date, the Group 
recognises the lease as a right-of-use asset and a 
corresponding liability in the balance sheet. The right-
of-use asset is measured at cost, which is made up 
of the initial measurement of the lease liability, any 
initial direct costs incurred by the Group, an estimate 
of any restoration costs at the end of the lease and 
any lease payments made in advance of the lease 
commencement date (net of any incentives received).

The Group depreciates the right-of-use assets on a 
straight-line basis from the lease commencement date 
to the earlier of the end of the useful life of the right-of-
use asset or the end of the lease term. The Group also 
assesses the right-of-use asset for impairment when 
such indicators exist.

At the commencement date, the Group measures 
the lease liability at the present value of the lease 
payments unpaid at that date, discounted using the 
interest rate implicit in the lease if that rate is readily 
available, or the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. 
Subsequent to initial measurement, the liability will be 
reduced for payments made and increased for interest.

Each lease payment is allocated between the reduction 
of the lease liability and finance cost. The finance cost 
is charged to the profit or loss over the lease period so 
as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on 
the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases 
of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line 
basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-term leases 
are leases with a term of 12 months or less. Extension 
and termination options are included in a number of 
property leases across the Group. These options are 
used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of 
managing contracts. In determining the lease term, 
management considers all facts and circumstances 
that create an economic incentive to exercise an 
extension option, or not exercise a termination option. 
Extension options (or periods after termination options) 
are only included in the lease term if the lease is 
reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).

Further details on the adoption of the IFRS 16 leases 
standard are disclosed in note 16. 

Leases that do not meet the criteria under IFRS 16 leases 
are classified as either short term or low value leases. 
Rental costs under these leases are charged to the 
Consolidated Income Statement in equal amounts over 

the terms of the lease. In the event that lease incentives 
are received to enter into these leases, such incentives 
are recognised as a liability. The aggregate benefit of 
incentives is recognised as a reduction of rental expense 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

(q) Business combinations
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are 
accounted for using the acquisition method. The 
consideration for each acquisition is measured at the 
aggregate of the fair values (at the date of exchange) 
of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed by 
the Group, together with the equity instruments 
equivalent to the mid-market share price on the date 
of completion, in exchange for control of the acquiree. 
Acquisition-related costs are recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement as incurred. 

Where applicable, the consideration for the acquisition 
includes any asset or liability resulting from a 
contingent consideration arrangement, measured at its 
acquisition date fair value. Subsequent changes in such 
fair values are adjusted against the cost of acquisition 
where they qualify as measurement period adjustments 
(see below). All other subsequent changes in the fair 
value of contingent consideration classified as an asset, 
liability or equity are accounted for in accordance with 
relevant IFRSs.

Contingent amounts payable to selling shareholders 
who continue to be employed by the Group, but 
which is automatically forfeited upon termination 
of employment, is classified as remuneration for 
post-combination services and is recorded in the 
Consolidated Income Statement. The contingent 
payment is satisfied in cash and equity instruments 
equivalent to the mid-market share price on the date of 
the consideration payable. 

The cash-settled contingent amounts treated as 
remuneration for post-combination services is 
recognised in accordance with IAS 19 (revised) 
Employee Benefits and has been recorded as deferred 
consideration payable in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheet. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises 
its estimate for the contingent amounts payable that is 
to be settled in cash. The impact of the revision, if any, 
is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement 
such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised 
estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet.

189

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

2.  Significant accounting 

policies continued

The equity-settled contingent amounts payable treated 
as remuneration for post-combination services is 
recognised in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-based 
Payments, and is recorded in equity reserves. Further 
details can be found in the share-based payments 
accounting policy. At each balance sheet date, the 
Group revises its estimate of the consideration payable 
that is to be settled in shares. The impact of the 
revision, if any, is recognised in the Consolidated Income 
Statement such that the cumulative expense reflects 
the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment 
to equity reserves.

The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and 
contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for 
recognition under IFRS 3 are recognised at their fair 
value at the acquisition date, except that: 

•  deferred tax assets or liabilities and liabilities or 

assets related to employee benefit arrangements 
are recognised and measured in accordance with 
IAS 12 Income Taxes and IAS 19 Employee Benefits 
respectively;

• 

liabilities or equity instruments related to the 
replacement by the Group of an acquiree’s share-
based payment awards are measured in accordance 
with IFRS 2 Share-based Payment; and

•  assets (or disposal groups) that are classified as 

held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current 
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations 
are measured in accordance with that standard.

If the initial accounting for a business combination 
is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in 
which the combination occurs, the Group reports 
provisional amounts for the items for which the 
accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts 
are adjusted during the measurement period (see 
below), or additional assets or liabilities are recognised, 
to reflect new information obtained about facts and 
circumstances that existed as of the acquisition 
date that, if known, would have affected the amounts 
recognised as of that date. 

The measurement period is the period from the date of 
acquisition to the date that the Group obtains complete 
information about facts and circumstances that existed 
as of the acquisition date, and is subject to a maximum 
of one year.

(r) Joint arrangements
Joint arrangements are entities where no one party is 
able to exercise overall control in which the Group has 
an interest. The Group’s share of the post-tax results of 
its joint arrangements is included in the Consolidated 
Income Statement using the equity method of 
accounting. Where the Group transacts with a joint 
arrangement, profits and losses are eliminated to the 
extent of the Group’s interest in the joint arrangement.

Investments in joint arrangements are carried in 
the Consolidated Balance Sheet at cost plus post-
acquisition changes in the Group’s share of net assets 
of the entity, less any provision for impairment.

(s) Non-current assets held for sale
Non-current assets classified as held for sale are 
measured at the lower of amortised cost and fair 
value less costs of disposal. Non-current assets are 
classified as held for sale if their carrying value will 
be recovered through a sale transaction rather than 
through continuing use. This condition is regarded as 
met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset 
is available for immediate sale in its present condition. 
The sale should be completed within one year from the 
date of classification as an asset held for sale.

(t) Discontinued operations
The group classifies a non-current asset (or disposal 
group) as held for sale if its carrying amount will be 
recovered principally through sale rather than through 
continuing use. A component of the group is classified 
as a discontinued operation if:

• 

• 

• 

it represents a separate major line of business or 
geographical area of operation;

it is part of a single coordinated plan to dispose of a 
separate major line of business or geographical area 
of operations; or

it is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to 
resale as a discontinued operation.

The trading results of a discontinued operation together 
with any gains or loss from the disposal of the operation 
is reported separately as discontinued operations in the 
Consolidated Income Statement. Further information 
can be found in note 8.

190

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

2.  Significant accounting 

policies continued

(u) Grant Income 
The group recognises income from government grants 
only when there is reasonable assurance that the group 
will comply with any conditions attached to the grant 
and the grant will be received.

(v) Critical accounting judgements 
and key sources of estimation 
uncertainty
In the course of applying the Group’s accounting 
policies the following estimations and accounting 
judgements have been made, which could have a 
significant effect on the results of the Group were they 
subsequently found to be inappropriate.

Critical accounting judgements
Adjusting items
In the opinion of the directors, separate presentation of 
Adjusting items and APMs provides useful information 
in the understanding of the financial performance of 
the Group and its businesses. The classification of 
Adjusting Items requires management judgement after 
considering the nature and intentions of a transaction. 
The Group’s definitions of Adjusting Items are outlined 
within the Group accounting policies on page 178. These 
definitions have been applied consistently period-on-
period. Further details are provided in note 7.

Assets held for sale
The reclassification of businesses as Assets held for 
sale involves a judgment of the likelihood of a sale 
taking place within 12 months of the balance sheet date, 
which is not entirely within the control of the Group.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Impairment of goodwill
Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an 
estimation of the value-in-use of the cash-generating 
units for which goodwill has been identified. In arriving 
at the value-in-use the forecast of future cash flows 
of cash-generating units and selection of appropriate 
discount rates is required to calculate present values, 
a process which involves estimation. The recoverability 
analysis indicates that the value-in-use supports 
the carrying amount of goodwill The situation will be 
monitored closely should future developments indicate 
that adjustments are appropriate. The carrying value 
of goodwill at the balance sheet date was £68.0 million 
(2019: £85.7 million). A sensitivity analysis can be found 
in note 18.

Impairment of acquired intangibles
The Group considers the recoverability of acquired 
intangibles, which are included within the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet at £21.9 million (2019: £25.6 million). 
The key areas of consideration when assessing the 
recoverability of these assets are in relation to the 
discount rates, terminal growth rates, budgets and 
forecasts to be applied to forecast cash flows. A 
sensitivity analysis can be found in note 18.

Purchase price allocation for acquisitions 
Accounting for an acquisition typically involves the 
allocation of a significant portion of the purchase 
price to the fair value of assets which do not have a 
historical cost base, such as customer relationships, 
proprietary techniques and trademark, as well as the 
estimation of useful economic lives for these assets. 
The determination of value of these assets and their 
useful lives involves valuation techniques dependent 
on estimation of future cash flows which are uncertain. 
The allocation of the purchase price for the Spire Digital 
acquisition in the period is set out in note 12.

Contingent Consideration 
The calculation of consideration payable in relation 
to past acquisitions which is contingent upon future 
performance requires the estimation of future revenues 
and costs and is subject to uncertainty. An analysis 
of contingent consideration payable can be found in 
note 12.

Retirement benefits obligations 
The calculation of retirement benefits obligations 
requires estimates to be made of discount rates, 
inflation rates, future salary and pension increases 
and mortality. The net surplus in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet for the retirement benefits scheme was 
£1.1 million (2019: surplus of £6.7 million). A sensitivity 
analysis can be found in note 28.

191

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

3. Revenue
An analysis of the Group’s revenue as defined by International Financial Reporting Standard 15 − ‘Revenue’ is as follows:

Continuing operations:

Rendering of services

Discontinued operations:

Rendering of services

Continuing and discontinued operations:

Rendering of services

Revenue by country can be found in note 4. 

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

158,369

160,107

9,647

12,767

168,016

172,874

4. Segment reporting
The Group delivers transformative growth for the world’s largest companies via three go-to-market brands of Kin + 
Carta Advise, Kin + Carta Create and Kin + Carta Connect across the two principal operating regions, Americas and 
Europe. The three DX brands, combined with the Ventures business, make up the entirety of the Group and form the 
basis of the integrated consultancy, The Connective. 

The Group reports results through one segment, The Connective, with corporate costs shown as a separate 
segment based on the Group’s internal reporting to the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). The CODM has 
been determined to be the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer who are primarily responsible for the 
assessment of the performance of the businesses which currently operate under The Connective.

The corporate costs are reported separately to the single operating segment as this presentation better reflects the 
segment’s underlying profitability.

Results from continuing and discontinued operations for the current period:

Revenue

Net revenue

Adjusting items

Adjusted net revenue

Operating profit/(loss) before Adjusting Items

Adjusting Items

Statutory loss from operations

Net pension finance income

Other finance expense

Statutory loss before tax

Income tax credit

 Year to 31 July 2020

The Connective
£’000

Corporate costs
£’000

158,369

137,691

88

137,779

20,247

(42,292)

(22,045)

Total
£’000

158,369

137,691

88

137,779

13,828

–

–

–

–

(6,419)

(2,252)

(44,544)

(8,671)

(30,716)

161

(3,293)

(22,045)

(8,671)

(33,848)

2,167

Statutory net loss for the period from continuing operations

(22,045)

(8,671)

(31,681)

Statutory net loss for the period from discontinued 
operations

Statutory net loss for the period from continuing and 
discontinued operations

(570)

–

(570)

(22,615)

(8,671)

(32,251)

192

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

4. Segment reporting continued
Results from continuing and discontinued operations for the prior period:

Revenue

Net revenue

Adjusting items

Adjusted net revenue

Operating profit/(loss) before Adjusting Items

Adjusting Items

Statutory loss from operations

Net pension finance income

Other finance expense

Statutory loss before tax

Income tax credit

 362 days to 31 July 2019

The Connective
£’000

Corporate costs
£’000

160,107

137,059

(238)

136,821

25,394

(9,349)

16,045

–

–

–

–

(5,745)

(5,707)

(11,452)

6,696

(17,159)

Statutory net loss for the period from continuing operations

6,696

(17,159)

Total
£’000

160,107

137,059

(238)

136,821

19,649

(15,056)

4,593

30

(2,518)

2,105

(758)

1,347

Statutory net loss for the period from discontinued 
operations

Statutory net loss for the period from continuing and 
discontinued operations

Other information

(226)

–

(226)

6,470

(17,159)

1,121

Capital additions

Depreciation and amortisation charges

Impairment charges

Capital additions

Depreciation and amortisation charges

Impairment charges

Continuing 
Operations
£’000

2,387

16,211

21,325

Continuing 
Operations
£’000

2,730

9,278

–

2020

Discontinued 
Operations
£’000

38

581

1,465

2019

Discontinued 
Operations
£’000

304

193

159

Total
£’000

2,425

16,792

22,790

Total
£’000

3,034

9,471

159

193

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. 
 Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

4. Segment reporting continued
Geographical segments
Operations
Revenue by geographical area is based on the location where the provision of goods and services has been 
provided.

Continuing operations

United States of America

United Kingdom

Rest of the world

Revenue from continuing operations

Discontinued

United States of America

United Kingdom

Rest of the world

Revenue from discontinued operations

Total

United States of America

United Kingdom

Rest of the world

Total revenue

Year to
31 July
2020
£’000

77,504

79,984

881

158,369

1,877

7,770

–

9,647

79,381

87,754

881

168,016

362 days to 
31 July
2019
£’000

64,495

93,630

1,982

160,107

2,566

10,201

–

12,767

67,061

103,831

1,982

172,874

194

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

5. Operating profit/(loss)
Profit/(loss) from operations includes continuing operations in the current year and continuing and discontinued 
operations in the prior year. Profit/(loss) from operations has been arrived at after charging/(crediting):

Auditors’ remuneration

Audit fees:

- Audit of the Company accounts

- Audit of the accounts of the Company’s subsidiaries

Other assurance related services

Non-audit fees:

– Transaction related services

Total fees paid to the auditors

Staff costs (note 6)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 15) – continuing operations

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 15) – discontinued operations

Depreciation of investment property (note 17)

Amortisation of intangible assets (note 18) – continuing operations

Amortisation of intangible assets (note 18) – discontinued operations

Impairment of non-current and current assets (note 7) – continuing operations

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (note 7) – continuing operations

Impairment of non-current and current assets (note 7) – discontinued operations

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (note 7) – discontinued operations

Operating lease rentals:

- land and buildings

- plant and equipment

- other

Government Grant Income

Amounts recognised as income under the UK Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

240

240

480

47

75

602

178

169

347

45

–

392

107,063

105,942

5,442

286

268

10,502

295

2,475

18,850

57

1,408

2,402

–

246

6,823

–

–

–

159

–

1,130

5,716

21

21

737

31

53

–

Government grant income is credited against cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses within Adjusted Results.

195

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

6. Staff costs
The average monthly number of employees (including executive directors) was:

Continuing operations

Operations

Sales

Administration

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Continuing and discontinued operations

The employment costs during the period were:

Continuing operations

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based contingent consideration deemed as remuneration

Share-based payment charge/(credit)

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Continuing and discontinued operations

31 July 2020
Number

31 July 2019
Number

999

97

210

1,306

82

1,388

1,094

135

223

1,452

111

1,563

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

94,216

8,226

3,703

106,145

647

271

107,063

5,796

112,859

90,660

4,375

1,175

96,210

1,669

(650)

97,229

8,713

105,942

196

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

7. Adjusting items
Adjusting Items disclosed on the face of the Consolidated Income Statement included in respect of continuing and 
discontinued operations are as follows:

Expense/(income)
Continuing operations

Restructuring items

Redundancies and other charges

Losses related to closure of subsidiary

Costs associated with empty properties

Impairment of right of use assets and other property, plant 
and equipment

Reduction in lease liabilities

Gain on sale of investment in minority interest

St Ives Defined Benefits Pension Scheme costs

Scheme administrative costs

Past service cost (GMP equalisation uplift)

Other related costs

Costs related to acquisitions

Acquisition costs

Amortisation of acquired intangibles

Impairment of goodwill and acquired intangible assets

Contingent consideration required to be treated as 
remuneration

Adjusting Items

Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Adjusting Items before interest and tax

Bank arrangement fees

Net pension finance credit in respect of defined benefits 
pension scheme

Adjusting Items before tax

Income tax credit

Continuing operations adjusting Items after tax

Discontinued operations adjusting items after tax

Continuing and discontinued adjusting items after tax

2020
£’000

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

2019
£’000

3,456

318

1,262

2,475

(758)

(198)

624

–

1,051

669

10,563

18,850

6,186

1,541

251

279

–

–

–

6,555

2,071

502

4,126

1,079

1,675

5,707

–

6,674

–

2,375

36,268

44,498

46

44,544

–

(161)

44,383

(4,168)

40,215

1,427

41,642

9,049

16,827

(1,771)

15,056

189

(30)

15,215

(2,772)

12,443

564

13,007

197

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

7. Adjusting items continued
Continuing operations 
Restructuring items and other charges
Redundancy and restructuring costs of £3.5 million 
were incurred in the course of moving the Group to 
a lower cost, more flexible delivery model focused 
on larger strategic accounts. £1.5 million of this 
relates to Edit, one of our Venture businesses, 
following the realignment of the business to focus 
on transformational CRM and data science services. 
This resulted in an exit from the SEO and digital 
PR business, and the vacating of our Leeds office. 
£0.6 million is related to Connect Europe, where we 
reduced headcount and reorganised around more 
efficient delivery models and partnerships. Other 
restructuring costs, principally severance of £0.6 
million, were incurred in our Hub, Create US and Create 
EU business as we experienced a reduction in client 
demand associated with the COVID-19 pandemic in the 
second half. Additionally, we continue the multi-year 
process of updating the Group’s proposition across the 
Connective, which includes rebranding in the period 
and includes moving from a portfolio holding model to 
an integrated global consultancy.

Empty property costs
Empty property costs of £1.3 million comprise 
contractually unavoidable expenses relating to the 
business rates and maintenance charges of leasehold 
property, or property owned by the Group from which 
there is no business operation ongoing. The costs do 
not relate to the continuing operations of the Group 
and are therefore recorded as Adjusting Items. 

Impairment of right of use assets and 
reduction in lease liabilities
During the period, the Group gave notice on property 
leases in London, Manchester, Bath and Leeds, and 
vacated the premises before the end of the related 
lease term in all cases. As the properties were no longer 
occupied, impairment charges on the related right 
of use assets of £2.0 million were taken. In addition 
there was a related reduction in lease liabilities of £0.8 
million, resulting from a break clause being exercised 
earlier than originally anticipated on the Leeds property 
occupied by Edit. Impairment charges of £0.5 million 
were recorded on leasehold improvements, plant and 
machinery following the vacation of those properties.

198

kinandcarta.com

St Ives Defined Benefits Pension Scheme costs
The Scheme charges include direct administrative costs 
of £0.6 million, costs of levies and other professional 
fees in relation to running the scheme of £1.1 million, and 
a pension finance credit of £0.2 million. These items are 
recorded in the corporate costs segment. 

Costs related to acquisitions
The Group incurred acquisition expenses of £0.7 
million and recorded charges in respect of contingent 
consideration required to be treated as remuneration 
charge of £6.2 million in relation to the acquisition 
of SpireMedia, Inc. (trading as ‘Spire Digital’). These 
were recognised in a separate line item in the income 
statement. Included in this figure are £0.6 million of 
charges for deemed remuneration which are expected 
to be equity settled.

Charges relating to the scheduled amortisation 
of acquired customer relationships, proprietary 
techniques and software amounted to £10.6 million in 
the period, recorded in the Connective segment.

The annual impairment test has resulted in a charge of 
£17.5 million, recognised in respect of the Edit goodwill, 
due to the decision to streamline and refocus the 
business activities on areas of profitable growth around 
data science and transformational CRM, leading to the 
decision to exit the SEO and digital PR activities based 
in Leeds, and to exit other less profitable business 
activities in Bath.

Following the decision to rebrand in the current period 
to Kin + Carta Advise, Kin + Carta Create and Kin + 
Carta Connect, the Solstice, TAB and AmazeRealise 
trademarks were written down to £nil, resulting in an 
impairment charge of £1.3 million.

All costs related to acquisitions were recorded in the 
Connective segment. 

Tax
In the current period, the tax credit of £4.2 million 
(2019: £2.8 million) relates to the items noted above. 
There is no tax credit associated with the impairment 
of Edit goodwill or with the deemed remuneration of 
charge in respect of Spire Digital. 

Discontinued Operations 
Impairment of goodwill and proprietary 
techniques 
Following a downturn in the market for commercial 
space consultancy services related to airport and retail 
property, the goodwill and the proprietary techniques 
of Pragma were impaired to £nil, resulting in charges of 
£0.9 million and £0.5 million respectively. The disposal 
of Pragma was completed on 31 August 2020. 

 Back to contents

8. Discontinued operations
The Health Hive Group, our healthcare communications consultancy, is currently being marketed for sale and we 
expect to complete the divestment in the next 12 months. Pragma Consulting Limited was also being marketed 
for sale on 31 July 2020. As their carrying amount will be recovered principally through sale rather than through 
continuing use, they have been reclassified as discontinued operations in the current and prior periods. Both 
businesses are classified as assets held for sale in the balance sheet at 31 July 2020.

The results of discontinued operations for the year were as follows:

Income statement from discontinued operations:

Revenue

Net revenue

Gross profit

Selling costs

Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Finance expenses

Adjusted profit before tax

Adjusting items

Loss before tax

Income tax (charge)/credit

Loss for the year

2020
£’000

9,647

8,287

3,565

572

1,894

1,099

(12)

1,087

1,427

(340)

(230)

(570)

2019
£’000

12,767

11,200

4,900

1,523

3,140

237

–

237

564

(327)

101

(226)

The major classes of assets and liabilities comprising the operations classified as held for sale are as follows:

Asset held for sale

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Trade and other receivables

Liabilities held for sale

Lease liabilities

Trade and other payables

Income tax payable

Deferred income

Provisions

31 July 2020
£’000

478

5,500

199

45

3,621

9,843

31 July 2020
£’000

670

1,188

21

655

118

2,652

Post-balance sheet events 
On 31 August 2020, Pragma Consulting Limited was sold for cash proceeds of £0.25 million plus adjustments for 
cash and working capital. 

199

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

9. Pension finance credit 

Investment income on defined benefit pension scheme assets (note 28)

Interest costs on defined benefit pension scheme obligations (note 28)

10. Other finance costs

Interest on bank overdrafts and loans

Finance lease interest

Bank arrangement fee relating to current bank revolving facility

Bank arrangement fee relating to expired bank revolving facility

11. Tax 
Income tax on the profit/(loss) as shown in the Consolidated Income Statement is as follows:

Continuing operations: 

Total current tax charge:

Current period

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total current tax charge

Deferred tax on origination and reversal of temporary differences:

Deferred tax credit

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total deferred tax credit

Total income tax credit/(charge)

Discontinued operations: 

Total current tax (charge)/credit:

Current period

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total current tax (charge)/credit

Deferred tax on origination and reversal of temporary differences:

Deferred tax credit

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total deferred tax (charge)/credit

Total income tax (charge)/credit

200

kinandcarta.com

2020
£’000

(8,153)

7,992

(161)

2020
£’000

1,982

1,100

211

–

2019
£’000

(9,388)

9,358

(30)

2019
£’000

2,052

–

277

189

3,293

2,518

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

(503)

337

(166)

2,512

(179)

2,333

2,167

(3,053)

(577)

(3,630)

2,628

244

2,872

(758)

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

(213)

2

(211)

7

(26)

(19)

(230)

83

1

84

13

4

17

101

 Back to contents

11. Tax continued
Continuing and discontinued operations:

Total current tax charge:

Current period

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total current tax charge

Deferred tax on origination and reversal of temporary differences:

Deferred tax credit

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total deferred tax credit

Total income tax credit/(charge)

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

(716)

339

(377)

2,519

(205)

2,314

1,937

(2,970)

(576)

(3,546)

2,641

248

2,889

(657)

2019
£’000

(3,530)

2,772

(758)

Income tax on the profit/(loss) from continuing operations before and after Adjusting Items is as follows:

Tax charge on adjusted profit before tax

Tax credit on adjusting items

Total income tax credit/(charge)

2020
£’000

(2,001)

4,168

2,167

The tax charge for continuing operations can be reconciled to the profit/(loss) before tax shown in the Consolidated 
Income Statement as follows:

(Loss)/ profit before tax from continuing operations

Tax calculated at a rate of 20.6% (2019: 44.4%)

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Effect of tax deductible goodwill

Effect of change in United Kingdom corporate tax rate

Credit on research and development activities

Movement in deferred tax on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Re-assessment of tax losses

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total income tax credit/(charge)

Income tax as shown in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income is as follows:

United Kingdom corporation tax credit

Deferred tax on origination and reversal of temporary differences

Total income tax credit/(charge)

Income tax as shown in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity is as follows:

Deferred tax on origination and reversal of temporary differences

2020
£’000

(33,848)

6,978

(5,615)

759

(349)

236

–

–

158

2,167

2020
£’000

425

917

1,342

2020
£’000

75

2019
£’000

2,105

(934)

(788)

588

68

255

368

18

(333)

(758)

2019
£’000

608

(1,599)

(991)

2019
£’000

75

201

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

11. Tax continued
UK tax rates
The UK statutory rate of 19% has been used for computation of UK corporate income tax liabilities and has been 
reflected in the calculation of deferred tax balances at the balance sheet date.

US tax rates
The tax charges related to US subsidiaries have been calculated using a rate of 28.51% (2019: 28.51%), which includes 
the federal rate of 21% and the blended average rate of state income tax rates in which the Group is liable to 
corporate income tax.

Blended tax rates
The blended statutory tax rate for continuing operations is calculated at 20.6% (2019: 44.4%). This reflects the 
relative proportion of taxable profits in the UK and US, as reduced by the impact of tax-deductible goodwill in the 
US related to a prior acquisition. Taxation for other jurisdictions is calculated at the statutory rates prevailing in the 
respective jurisdictions.

12. Acquisitions
SpireMedia, Inc. (doing business as Spire Digital) 
On 26 November 2019, the Group acquired 100% of all issued stock of Spire Digital, a digital transformation 
consulting and software engineering services business. The total cash outflow in the current period was £17.3 million, 
net of cash acquired that comprised the initial consideration of £11.0 million, and the first tranche of deferred 
consideration of £6.3 million, which was determined by the EBITDA achieved by Spire Digital for the calendar year 
2019. The initial consideration was funded by a placement, which raised £13.1 million net of costs and the first 
tranche of the deferred amount was funded from the Group’s revolving credit facility. 

The second tranche of the deferred amount is payable in February 2021 and a further tranche is payable in February 
2023. Both payment amounts are based on the level of EBITDA achieved by Spire Digital for the calendar year 2020, 
and the total of these payments is capped at £9.4 million. Up to 50% of both payments may be settled in shares of 
Kin and Carta plc at the Group’s discretion. 

The total amount payable, including contingent amounts payable, which are deemed as remuneration, is capped at 
£27.0 million, excluding a working capital adjustment of £0.3 million. 

Purchase price allocation
The amounts recognised for each class of assets and liabilities at the acquisition date were as follows:

Historical net assets
£’000

Fair value adjustments
£’000

Fair value of net assets
£’000

Proprietary techniques

Customer relationship portfolio

Trademarks

Property, plant and equipment

Trade and other receivables

Bank balances and cash

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Net assets acquired

Total consideration

Goodwill

202

kinandcarta.com

–

–

–

17

1,992

562

(1,130)

–

1,441

6,221

1,800

1,170

–

(83)

–

–

(1,793)

7,315

6,221

1,800

1,170

17

1,909

562

(1,130)

(1,793)

8,756

15,971

7,215

 Back to contents

12. Acquisitions continued
The goodwill that arose on the combinations can be attributed to the value of future growth from new customers 
and the assembled workforce.

The gross contractual amount for trade receivables due is £2.0 million, of which £0.1 million is expected to be 
uncollectible, therefore the fair value of trade receivables is £1.9 million. 

The fair value of the total amounts payable are as follows:

Non-contingent 
consideration
£’000

Contingent 
consideration
£’000

Total 
consideration
£’000

Cash consideration payments made in the current period

Working capital payment in the current period

Estimated future consideration payable in cash and shares

Total consideration

12,376

318

3,277

15,971

4,934

–

6,085

11,019

17,310

318

9,362

26,990

The maximum amount of the performance-related deferred consideration payable is £11.0 million and the minimum 
is £nil. Deferred amounts have been recognised as the maximum amount payable, which has not been discounted 
since the effect of discounting is not considered to be material. The fair value of deferred amounts payable is 

considered to be the maximum amount on the basis of projected performance of the acquired business.

Estimated future amounts payable to former shareholders in respect of the acquisition have been or will be 
accounted for as follows: 

Deferred consideration - current liability

Deferred consideration - non-current liability

Deferred consideration - liabilities

Share - based payment recorded within equity

Total accounted for at 31 July 2020

Not yet accrued

Total payable

Consideration
£’000

Deemed 
remuneration
£’000

3,277

–

3,277

–

3,277

–

3,277

–

624

624

624

1,248

4,837

6,085

Total
£’000

3,277

624

3,901

624

4,525

4,837

9,362

Deemed remuneration amounts of £4.8 million not accrued at 31 July 2020 will be charged evenly to the income 
statement over the 31 months from 1 August 2020. 

The Group incurred acquisition expenses of £0.7 million in relation to the acquisition, which were recognised in 
administrative expenses. 

The acquisition had the following impact on cash outflows in the current period:

Cash consideration

Less cash acquired

Investing cash outflows

Acquisition costs

Net cash outflow

£’000

17,872

(562)

17,310

669

17,979

Cash outflows in the period for businesses acquired in prior periods were £2.0 million in relation to the final tranche 
of TAB’s deferred consideration.

203

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

13. Dividends 

Final dividend paid for the period ended 3 August 2018

Interim dividend paid for the period ended 31 January 2019

Final dividend paid for the period ended 31 July 2019

Dividends paid during the period

Proposed final dividend at the period end of £nil (2019: 1.30p per share)

The Group suspended the interim and final dividend for 2020.

per share

1.30p

0.65p

1.30p

2020
£’000

−

−

1,993

1,993

–

2019
£’000

1,993

997

−

2,990

1,993

14. Earnings per share
The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of  
basic earnings/(loss) per share

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:

Share options

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purposes of  
diluted earnings/(loss) per share

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

163,871

153,307

2,313

842

166,184

154,149

As there is a loss after tax arising for the statutory results for the year, the effect of the dilutive potential ordinary 
shares has been disregarded for the related diluted loss per share calculations, since its incorporation into the 
calculations would be anti-dilutive. 

In the period, 15,333,582 shares were issued at a price of 89 pence per share through a share placing exercise, 
leading to cash proceeds, net of costs of issuance, of £13.2 million. The proceeds of the share placing were used to 
fund the acquisition of Spire Digital.

204

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

14. Earnings per share continued

2020

2019

Earnings/ 
(loss)
£’000

Earnings/ 
(loss)
per share
pence

Earnings/ 
(loss)
£’000

Earnings/
(loss)
per share
pence

Continuing operations

(Loss)/earnings and basic (loss)/earnings per share

Adjusted earnings and adjusted basic earnings per share

Adjusting items

(Loss)/earnings and basic (loss)/earnings per share

8,534

(40,215)

(31,681)

5.21

(24.54)

(19.33)

13,790

(12,443)

1,347

(Loss)/earnings and diluted (loss)/earnings per share

Adjusted earnings and adjusted diluted earnings per share

Adjusting items

(Loss)/earnings and diluted (loss)/earnings per share

8,534

(40,215)

(31,681)

5.21

(24.54)

(19.33)

13,790

(12,443)

1,347

Discontinued operations

Loss and basic loss per share

Adjusted earnings and adjusted basic earnings per share

Adjusting items

Loss and basic loss per share

Loss and diluted loss per share

Adjusted earnings and adjusted diluted earnings per share

Adjusting items

Loss and diluted loss per share

Continuing and discontinued operations

(Loss)/earnings and basic (loss)/earnings per share

Adjusted earnings and adjusted basic earnings per share

Adjusting items

(Loss)/earnings and basic (loss)/earnings per share

857

(1,427)

(570)

857

(1,427)

(570)

0.52

(0.87)

(0.35)

0.52

(0.87)

(0.35)

338

(564)

(226)

338

(564)

(226)

9,391

(41,642)

(32,251)

5.73

(25.41)

(19.68)

14,128

(13,007)

1,121

(Loss)/earnings and diluted (loss)/earnings per share

Adjusted earnings and adjusted diluted earnings per share

Adjusting items

(Loss)/earnings and diluted (loss)/earnings per share

9,391

(41,642)

(32,251)

5.73

(25.41)

(19.68)

14,128

(13,007)

1,121

9.00

(8.12)

0.88

8.95

(8.08)

0.87

0.22

(0.37)

(0.15)

0.22

(0.36)

(0.14)

9.22

(8.49)

0.73

9.17

(8.44)

0.73

Adjusted (loss)/earnings is calculated by adding back Adjusting Items, as adjusted for tax, to the (loss)/profit for the 
period.

205

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

15. Property, plant and equipment

Land and 
buildings 
Freehold
£’000

Land and 
buildings
Long leases
£’000

Plant and 
machinery
£’000

Fixtures, fittings, 

equipment and 

motor vehicles

£’000

Right of use 

Right of use plant 

Right of use 

buildings

 £’000

and machinery 

£’000

vehicles 

£’000

Cost or valuation:

At 3 August 2018

Additions

Disposals

Reclassification

Reclassification – software

Reclassification – investment property

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2019

Adoption of IFRS 16

Additions

Acquisitions

Disposals

Reclassification

Reclassified to assets held for sale

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2020

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:

At 3 August 2018

Charge for the period

Disposals

Impairment

Reclassification

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2019

Adoption of IFRS 16

Charge for the period

Acquisitions

Impairment

Disposals

Reanalysis

Reclassified to assets held for sale

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2020

Net book value:

At 31 July 2020

At 31 July 2019

263

–

–

(263)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

189

–

–

–

(189)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,101

647

(186)

301

–

–

46

3,909

–

855

52

(489)

–

(249)

(116)

3,962

910

635

(186)

159

319

18

1,855

–

669

39

427

(413)

–

(249)

(64)

2,264

1,698

2,054

4,738

1,587

(1,678)

–

(341)

(656)

109

3,759

–

507

42

(1,213)

110

(21)

(249)

2,935

2,298

1,189

(1,648)

–

–

74

1,913

–

1,141

38

7

(1,207)

99

(20)

(153)

1,818

1,117

1,846

The amount of fully depreciated property, plant and equipment as at the period end was £4.4 million  
(2019: £2.8 million).

206

kinandcarta.com

30,955

42

2,632

445

(179)

(38)

2,981

–

–

121

–

74

10

(301)

(110)

(228)

(236)

2,190

1,036

578

(163)

(130)

–

61

–

1,382

506

9

62

(293)

(99)

(179)

(99)

1,289

901

1,599

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

759

517

(101)

–

(2,336)

(1,118)

28,676

11,475

3,389

2,036

(101)

(1,907)

(194)

14,698

13,978

–

42

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

13

14

27

15

–

Total

£’000

10,734

2,679

(2,043)

–

(341)

(656)

276

10,649

31,013

2,195

621

(2,104)

–

(2,834)

(1,719)

37,821

4,433

2,402

(1,997)

159

–

153

5,150

11,491

5,727

86

2,532

(2,014)

–

(2,355)

(510)

20,107

17,714

5,499

16

16

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

8

–

–

–

–

–

–

11

5

–

 Back to contents

15. Property, plant and equipment

Land and 

buildings 

Freehold

£’000

Land and 

buildings

Long leases

£’000

Plant and 

machinery

£’000

Fixtures, fittings, 
equipment and 
motor vehicles
£’000

Right of use 
buildings
 £’000

Right of use plant 
and machinery 
£’000

Right of use 
vehicles 
£’000

Reclassification – software

Reclassification – investment property

Reclassified to assets held for sale

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:

Cost or valuation:

At 3 August 2018

Additions

Disposals

Reclassification

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2019

Adoption of IFRS 16

Additions

Acquisitions

Disposals

Reclassification

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2020

At 3 August 2018

Charge for the period

Disposals

Impairment

Reclassification

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2019

Adoption of IFRS 16

Charge for the period

Acquisitions

Impairment

Disposals

Reanalysis

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2020

Net book value:

At 31 July 2020

At 31 July 2019

(2019: £2.8 million).

Reclassified to assets held for sale

263

(263)

189

(189)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3,909

3,101

647

(186)

301

–

–

46

–

855

52

(489)

–

(249)

(116)

3,962

910

635

(186)

159

319

18

1,855

–

669

39

427

(413)

–

(249)

(64)

2,264

1,698

2,054

4,738

1,587

(1,678)

–

(341)

(656)

109

3,759

–

507

42

(1,213)

110

(21)

(249)

2,935

2,298

1,189

(1,648)

–

–

74

1,913

–

1,141

38

7

(1,207)

99

(20)

(153)

1,818

1,117

1,846

The amount of fully depreciated property, plant and equipment as at the period end was £4.4 million  

2,632

445

(179)

(38)

–

–

121

2,981

–

74

10

(301)

(110)

(228)

(236)

2,190

1,036

578

(163)

–

(130)

61

1,382

–

506

9

62

(293)

(99)

(179)

(99)

1,289

901

1,599

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

30,955

759

517

(101)

–

(2,336)

(1,118)

28,676

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

11,475

3,389

–

2,036

(101)

–

(1,907)

(194)

14,698

13,978

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

42

–

–

–

–

–

–

42

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

13

14

–

–

–

–

–

–

27

15

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

16

–

–

–

–

–

–

16

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

8

–

–

–

–

–

–

11

5

–

Total
£’000

10,734

2,679

(2,043)

–

(341)

(656)

276

10,649

31,013

2,195

621

(2,104)

–

(2,834)

(1,719)

37,821

4,433

2,402

(1,997)

159

–

153

5,150

11,491

5,727

86

2,532

(2,014)

–

(2,355)

(510)

20,107

17,714

5,499

207

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

16. Leases
The group has leases for land and buildings. plant and machinery, and motor vehicles. These leases are included in 
Property, Plant and Equipment, with the exception of short-term and low value leases.

The movement in the lease liabilities relating to right-of-use assets for the Group is as follows:

Total lease liabilities recognised under IFRS 16 at 1 August 2019

Acquisitions

Additions

Repayments

Reduction due to exercise of break clause

Interest expense

Reclassified to liabilities relating to assets held for sale

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2020

- Current liabilities

- Non-current liabilities

The following expenses were recognised in the consolidated income statement for continuing operations:

Continuing operations

Short-term lease expense

Low-value assets lease expense

Depreciation of right-of-use

Operating profit

Interest expense

Profit before tax

The following lease expenses were recognised in the consolidated cash flow statement:

Total cash outflow for leases

The maturities of the lease liabilities are:

Amounts payable:

Within one year

In two to five years

After five years

Lease liability at 31 July 2020

208

kinandcarta.com

£’000

23,879

517

1,508

(4,843)

(758)

1,100

(670)

(954)

19,779

3,492

16,287

£’000

1,130

41

3,178

4,349

1,100

5,449

£’000

(4,843)

£’000

3,492

8,963

7,324

19,779

 Back to contents

17. Investment property

Cost:

At 31 July 2019

Additions

At 31 July 2020

Accumulated depreciation:

At 31 July 2019

Charge

At 31 July 2020

Net book value:

At 31 July 2020

At 31 July 2019

Investment 
Property
£’000

8,127

17

8,144

3,170

267

3,437

4,707

4,957

As at 31 July 2020, the fair value of investment properties is not materially different from its net book value of £4.7 
million. This was arrived at on the basis of a valuation carried out by CBRE on 25 November 2016, independent 
valuers not connected with the Group. The valuation conforms to International Valuation Standards.

An amount in relation to rental income from investment properties of £0.8 million (2019: £0.8 million) has been 
recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement , recorded as a credit to administrative expenses. 

The Group has freehold land with a net book value of £0.2 million (2019: £0.2 million). These assets have not been 
depreciated.

18. Goodwill and other intangible assets

Cost and carrying amount of goodwill:

At 3 August 2018

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2019

Acquisition of businesses

Impairment - continuing operations

Impairment - discontinued operations

Reclassified to assets held for sale

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2020

£’000

84,742

920

85,662

7,316

(17,544)

(886)

(5,500)

(1,038)

68,010

The exchange rate movement of £1.0 million (2019: £0.9 million) relates to goodwill balances held in respect 
of Solstice and Spire Digital which are denominated in US Dollars. £5.5 million of goodwill related to Hive was 
reclassified to Assets Held for Sale in the period.

209

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

18. Goodwill and other intangible assets continued
Goodwill is allocated amongst the following cash-generating units (“CGUs”):

Continuing operations:

AmazeRealise

Edit

Hive

Incite

Pragma

Solstice

The App Business

Spire Digital

2020
£’000

31,294

5,978

–

601

–

14,443

8,378

7,316

2019
£’000

31,294

23,522

5,500

601

886

15,481

8,378

–

68,010

85,662

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indicators that goodwill might be 
impaired. 

Acquisitions and reclassifications 
The Hive and Pragma goodwill values were reclassified to Assets Held for Sale in the period. The Spire Digital 
goodwill arose on the acquisition of Spire Digital in November 2019. Further details can be found in note 8.

Assumptions
The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined using a value-in-use calculation. The key assumptions for the 
value-in-use calculations are those regarding discount rates, terminal growth rates and cash flow forecasts in the 
medium term. Management estimates discount rates using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments 
of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGUs. The Group prepares cash flow forecasts derived from 
five-year forecasts. These include Board-approved two-year forecasts for the financial periods 2020 and 2021, and 
forecasts based on a nominal revenue growth rate of 2.0% for the financial periods 2022, 2023 and 2024. A terminal 
nominal growth rate of 2% (2019: 2%) has been used in the value-in-use calculation to derive the terminal value for 
each CGU. The terminal assumption was applied for all CGUs including Solstice. 

The pre-tax discount rate used for all of the CGUs, other than Solstice and Spire Digital, was 11.9% (2019: 10.3%). The 
pre-tax discount rate used for Solstice and Spire Digital, US-based subsidiaries, was 14.1%. (2019: 13.0%).

210

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

18. Goodwill and other intangible assets continued
The key assumptions used in the value-in-use calculations and the sensitivities to short term revenue growth and 
pre-tax discount rate assumptions are detailed below.

Value-in-use assumptions:

Sensitivity of value-in-use to changes 
in key assumptions:

Reduction in value-in-use arising from:

Excess of  
value-in-use over 
carrying value
(£’000)

Pre-tax 
discount rate

a reduction of the 
growth in revenue 
of 5%

an increase in 
pre-tax discount 
rate to 15%

11.9%

11.9%

11.9%

11.9%

11.9%

14.1%

11.9%

14.1%

3,253

–

10,448

23,028

–

131,019

58,199

53,474

4,366

2,698

4,066

1,648

8,626

1,751

11,376

6,047

Not tested

Not tested

6,317

15,744

4,443

20,093

16,189

7,668

AmazeRealise

Edit

Hive

Incite

Pragma

Solstice

The App Business

Spire Digital

Impairment 
The impairment test resulted in a charge of £17.5 million of the Edit goodwill, following the decision to streamline 
and refocus the business activities on areas of profitable growth around data science and transformational CRM 
services. This led to the exit of the SEO and digital PR activities based in Leeds and to exit other less profitable 
business activities in Bath, resulting in a material reduction of forecast revenue and profits.

Following a severe downturn in the demand for airport and retail-related commercial space planning services, 
and uncertainty about the future of demand for these services, the goodwill for Pragma was written down to £nil, 
resulting in an impairment charge of £0.9 million. which is classified under discontinued operations. The Pragma 
business was sold on 31 August. 

Reasonably possible changes in key assumptions:

The table above shows the impact on the value-in-use of a reduction of 5% in the growth of revenue and, 
separately, of an increase in the pre-tax discount rate to 15% for UK CGUs and 17% for US CGUs. The table shows 
that a reasonably possible reduction in the revenue growth rate of 5% or an increase in the discount rate to 15% 
would result in an impairment of the AmazeRealise goodwill and a further impairment of the Edit goodwill. 

211

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

18. Goodwill and other intangible assets continued
Other intangible assets

Computer 
software
£’000

Customer 
relationships 
£’000

Proprietary 
techniques 
£’000

Trademarks
£’000

Total 
£’000

Cost:

At 3 August 2018

Additions

Reclassification - property, plant and 
equipment

Disposals

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2019

Acquisitions

Additions

Disposals

Reclassified to assets held for sale

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2020

Accumulated amortisation:

At 3 August 2018

Charge for the period

Disposals

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2019

Charge for the period

Impairment (Note 7)

Disposals

Reclassified to assets held for sale

Foreign exchange

At 31 July 2020

Net book value:

At 31 July 2020

At 31 July 2019

6,945

279

341

(2,168)

7

5,404

5

213

(26)

(92)

(7)

29,663

46,115

3,251

–

–

–

121

29,784

1,800

–

–

–

–

–

–

644

46,759

6,221

–

–

–

(129)

(701)

–

–

–

69

3,320

1,170

–

–

(522)

(73)

85,974

279

341

(2,168)

841

85,267

9,196

213

(26)

(614)

(910)

5,497

31,455

52,279

3,895

93,126

6,505

239

(2,032)

3

4,715

236

–

(26)

(89)

(5)

22,584

2,878

–

118

25,580

2,805

–

–

–

24,280

3,379

–

273

27,932

6,620

522

–

–

(157)

(459)

1,112

327

–

28

1,467

1,137

1,306

–

(326)

(80)

54,481

6,823

(2,032)

422

59,694

10,798

1,828

(26)

(415)

(701)

4,831

28,228

34,615

3,504

71,178

666

689

3,227

4,204

17,664

18,827

391

1,853

21,948

25,573

The research and development costs incurred during the period were estimated at £1.0 million (2019: £1.0 million). 
All research and development costs were expensed in the current and prior period. 

212

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

18. Goodwill and other intangible assets continued
Customer relationship assets include customer contracts, order backlogs and non-contractual customer 
relationships. Proprietary techniques include models, algorithms and processes that are used to generate revenue 
from customers. These assets are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition and are amortised over their 
estimated useful lives. Material customer relationships and proprietary techniques are disclosed below.

Customer relationships:

AmazeRealise

Edit

Incite

Spire

Proprietary techniques:

AmazeRealise

Pragma

Solstice

TAB

Spire

Remaining 
Amortisation Period 
(Months)

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

20

13

–

16

Remaining 
Amortisation Period 
(Months)

43

26

55

66

28

803

1,219

–

1,205

3,227

2020
£’000

3,140

–

4,639

6,762

3,123

17,664

1,285

2,343

576

–

4,204

2019
£’000

4,016

763

6,057

7,991

–

18,827

Customer relationships and proprietary techniques related to Spire arose in the context of the acquisition of Spire 
Digital as detailed in note 12. 

The proprietary techniques of Pragma were fully impaired in the year following a downturn in the demand for airport 
and retail-related commercial space planning services, resulting in a charge of £0.5 million. This charge has been 
included in discontinued operations as an Adjusting item.

19. Investment in joint arrangement

Balance at 31 July 2019

Loan repayment

Dividends received

Share of results of joint arrangement

Foreign exchange

Balance at 31 July 2020

£’000

547

(113)

(190)

721

(85)

880

The Group holds a 50% interest in Loop Integration LLC (“Loop”), incorporated in Delaware, USA. The business is an 
e-commerce consultancy specialising in Hybris software integration. During the period, there was a repayment of a 
loan from the Group to Loop of £0.1 million and a distribution from Loop of £0.2 million. 

213

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

20. Other financial assets

Trade and other receivables

Amounts receivable for the sale of goods and services

Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables

Trade receivables

Accrued income

Other receivables

Prepayments and other assets

2020
£’000

15,437

2019
£’000

25,881

(1,793)

(988)

13,644

10,205

246

4,070

28,165

24,893

10,379

258

5,381

40,911

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value.

Non-current assets

Other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

2020
£’000

–

2020
£000

24,408

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash held by the Group and short-term bank deposits with an original 
maturity of three months or less. The carrying amounts of these assets approximate to their fair value.

21. Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial assets 

Forward foreign currency contracts

Derivative financial liabilities

Forward foreign currency contracts

All forward foreign currency contracts are designated and effective as hedging instruments.

22. Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Accruals for goods and services

Other taxes, social security and employee related liabilities

Other payables

2020
£’000

48

2020
£000

40

2020
£’000

5,649

6,747

10,969

1,145

24,510

2019
£’000

18

2019
£000

22,017

2019
£’000

–

2019
£000

158

2019
£’000

5,533

7,742

11,030

3,174

27,479

The directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates to their fair value.

214

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

23. Loans 

Loans

Bank loans - revolving credit facility

US Government loans

Non-current liabilities

2020
£’000

49,286

6,721

56,007

2019
£’000

60,416

–

60,416

Bank loans – revolving credit facility 
The Group has access to a multi-currency credit facility of £85.0 million, which is committed until 30 November 
2022, of which up to £7.5 million can be drawn as an overdraft facility. Interest on loan drawdowns is charged at 
LIBOR plus a margin that varies between 1.75% and 2.00%, depending on the ratio of the Group’s net debt to EBITDA 
excluding Adjusting Items. Interest on overdraft drawdowns is charged at an average rate of 1.65% over the UK base 
rate, and 2.25% over the US base rate, dependent on the currency of the loan. 

As at 31 July 2020, the Group’s outstanding loans within this facility were £49.3 million (2019: £60.4 million). The 
undrawn portion of this facility at 31 July 2020 was £35.7 million (2019: £24.6 million). 

US Government loans 
In May 2020, two of the Group‘s US subsidiaries drew on $8.8 million of unsecured loans from the US federal 
government under the Paycheck Protection Program, provided as part of the US CARES Act. These loans 
are repayable in May 2022 and bear interest at 1% per annum, but may be partially forgiven under certain 
circumstances, provided they are applied to fund payroll costs and used to retain staff. The Group is eligible for 
forgiveness of $6.2 million of these loans under the program rules, and has submitted an application for forgiveness. 
It expects to receive confirmation of forgiveness in the course of the 2021 financial year. The balance of the 
unforgiven loan will be repaid on maturity in May 2022. 

The directors consider that the carrying amount of the loans approximates to their fair value.

24. Deferred income

Deferred income

2020
£’000

7,565

2019
£’000

5,195

There were no significant changes in the deferred income balances during the reporting period. All the brought 
forward deferred income was recognised as revenue in the current reporting period and deferred income carried 
forward is expected to be recognised as revenue in the next 12 months. There was no revenue recognised in the 
current reporting period that related to performance obligations that were satisfied in a prior year.

215

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

25. Provisions

Balance at 3 August 2018

Charged to the Consolidated Income Statement

Utilised during the period

Release

Balance at 31 July 2019

Charged to the Consolidated Income Statement

Utilised during the period

Release

Reclassified to liabilities held for sale

Currency

Balance at 31 July 2020

Current

Non-current

Provision for 
repairs
£’000

Provision for 
reorganisation
£’000

1,478

908

(73)

(146)

2,167

491

(627)

(833)

(118)

–

1,080

393

687

1,080

1,290

282

(482)

–

1,090

1,402

(570)

(475)

–

(18)

1,429

748

681

1,429

Total
£’000

2,768

1,190

(555)

(146)

3,257

1,893

(1,197)

(1,308)

(118)

(18)

2,509

1,141

1,368

2,509

Provision for repairs
Where the Group is committed under the terms of a lease to make repairs to leasehold premises, a provision for 
repairs is made for these estimated costs over the period of the lease. It is anticipated that these liabilities will 
crystallise between 2021 and 2025.

Provision for reorganisation
The provision for reorganisation comprises redundancy payments, onerous property and other costs.

26. Other non current liabilities 
Other non-current liabilities in the prior year of £2.2 million primarily relate to lease incentive accruals.

216

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

27. Deferred tax
Deferred income taxes are calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using a principal 
tax rate of 19% for UK operations (2019: 17%) and 28.51% for US operations (2019:28.51%). 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified in the balance sheet as follows:

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

The net movement in the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities is as follows:

At the beginning of the period 1 August 2019/4 August 2018

Acquisitions

Reclassified to liabilities relating to assets held for sale

Credit to the Consolidated Income Statement (note 11)

Items taken to Other Comprehensive Income

Items taken directly to equity

Foreign exchange

At the end of the period 31 July

2020
£’000

(2,477)

2,496

19

2020
£’000

1,317

1,793

45

(2,314)

(917)

(75)

170

19

2019
£’000

(2,528)

3,845

1,317

2019
£’000

3,054

–

–

(2,889)

1,599

(75)

(372)

1,317

217

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

27. Deferred tax continued
The individual movements in deferred tax liabilities/(assets) are as follows:

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation
£’000

Retirement 
benefits 
obligations
£’000

Rolled over 
capital 
gains
£’000

Short-term 
timing 
differences
£’000

Share 
options
£’000

Acquired 
intangible 
assets
£’000

Total
£’000

Balance at 3 August 2018

767

316

69

(1,146)

(179)

3,227

3,054

(Credit)/charge to the 
Consolidated Income 
Statement

Items taken directly to 
Other Comprehensive 
Income

Items taken directly to 
equity

Foreign exchange

Balance at 31 July 2019

Acquisitions

(Credit)/charge to the 
Consolidated Income 
Statement

Items taken directly to 
Other Comprehensive 
Income

Items taken directly to 
equity

Reclassified to liabilities 
relating to assets held for 
sale

Foreign exchange

(138)

(782)

–

–

(56)

573

–

1,599

–

–

1,133

–

(1,662)

(603)

(103)

(814)

–

41

86

–

4

–

Balance at 31 July 2020

(1,066)

(280)

–

–

–

–

69

–

8

–

–

–

–

77

(767)

113

(1,315)

(2,889)

–

–

–

(1,913)

–

–

(75)

–

(141)

–

–

–

1,599

(75)

(316)

(372)

1,596

1,793

1,317

1,793

1,709

214

(1,979)

(2,314)

–

–

–

–

(204)

–

(75)

–

–

(2)

–

–

(917)

(75)

–

84

1,494

45

170

19

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. 

Unrecognised gross tax losses, all of which have an unlimited life, are as follows:

Unrecognised trading losses

Unrecognised capital losses

2020
£’000

820

15,567

16,387

2019
£’000

829

15,567

16,396

At the period end, the amount of future tax deductible charges in relation to goodwill amortisation in respect of 
which no deferred tax assets have been recognised is £42.5 million.

218

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

28. Retirement benefits
Defined contribution schemes
The Group operates defined contribution schemes for all qualifying employees. The assets of the schemes are 
held separately from those of the Group in funds under the control of the trustees. Payments to the schemes are 
expensed to the Consolidated Income Statement as they fall due. The total expense recognised in the Consolidated 
Income Statement for continuing operations of £1.8 million (2019: £2.3 million) represents contributions payable to 
these schemes by the Group at rates specified in the rules of the schemes. At 31 July 2020, contributions of £0.9 
million (2019: £0.1 million) due in respect of the 2020 reporting period had not been paid over to the schemes. The 
amounts were paid over subsequent to the balance sheet date, within the requisite time limits.

St Ives Defined Benefits Pension Scheme 
The Group operates the St Ives Defined Benefits Pension Scheme (“the Scheme”) with assets held in separate 
trustee administered funds. Pension benefits are linked to a member’s final salary at retirement and their length 
of service. The Scheme was closed to new entrants from 6 April 2002, and closed to future benefit accruals with 
effect from 31 August 2008. 

The Scheme is a registered scheme under UK legislation and is contracted out of the State Second Pension. The 
Scheme has one current participating employer, Kin and Carta plc.

The Scheme was established from 30 September 1988 under trust and is governed by the Scheme’s trust deed and 
rules dated 23 April 1991 and subsequent amendments. The directors of St Ives Pension Scheme Trustees Limited 
(“the Trustees”) are responsible for the operation and the governance of the Scheme, including making decisions 
regarding the defined benefits pension scheme’s funding and investment strategy in conjunction with the Company.

The most recent actuarial valuation completed by the scheme had an effective date of 6 April 2019 prepared by 
XPS Pensions Limited. The Scheme’s liability at 31 July 2020 has been estimated by updating the preliminary results 
as at 6 April 2019 by allowing for the passage of time, the expected benefits paid from the scheme and the change 
in assumptions. The bid value of the scheme’s assets as at 31 July 2020 has been provided by River and Mercantile 
Solutions.

The present value of the defined benefits obligation, and the related current service cost and past service cost, 
were measured using the projected unit credit method.

The principal assumptions used for the purpose of the actuarial valuations are as follows:

Discount rate

Expected rate of inflation

Expected rate of salary increases

Future pension increases

Assumed life expectancies for retirement at age of 65 are as follows:

2020
per annum

2019
per annum

1.40%

2.80%

nil

2.75%

2.15%

3.15%

nil

3.05%

Members retiring immediately

Members retiring in 20 years time

2020

2019

Male

21.1

22.4

Female

23.0

24.6

Male

20.9

22.3

Female

22.9

24.4

219

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

28. Retirement benefits continued
The amount recognised in the Consolidated Balance Sheet in respect of the Scheme is as follows:

Present value of funded obligations

Fair value of scheme assets

Retirement benefits surplus

2020
£’000

395,547

396,628

1,081

2019
£’000

379,227

385,892

6,665

Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement in respect of the Scheme as Adjusting Items are as 
follows:

Scheme administrative costs (note 7)

Interest costs on defined benefit pension scheme obligations (note 9)

Investment income on defined benefit pension scheme assets (note 9)

Service cost - past service cost (GMP equalisation uplift) (note 7)

2020
£’000

624

7,992

2019
£’000

502

9,358

(8,153)

(9,388)

–

463

4,126

4,598

Amounts recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in respect of the Scheme are as 
follows:

Net measurement – losses – financial

Net measurement – gains – experience

Net measurement – (losses)/gains – demographic

Return on assets, in excess of interest income recorded in the Consolidated Income 
Statement

Changes in the present value of the Scheme obligations are as follows:

Opening defined benefits obligation

Interest cost

Net measurement – losses – financial

Net measurement – losses/(gains) – demographic

Net measurement – gains – experience

Benefits paid

Past service cost - GMP equalisation uplift

Closing defined benefits obligation

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

(26,850)

(40,961)

4,912

(1,497)

16,077

(7,358)

2020
£’000

379,227

7,992

26,850

1,497

(4,912)

(15,107)

–

3,034

9,591

34,542

6,206

2019
£’000

351,591

9,358

40,961

(9,591)

(3,034)

(14,184)

4,126

395,547

379,227

The Group has an unconditional right to a refund of any surplus at the end of the Scheme’s duration.

220

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

28. Retirement benefits continued
Changes in the fair value of the Scheme assets are as follows:

Opening fair value of scheme assets

Interest income on scheme assets

Return on assets, in excess of interest income, recorded in the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income

Contributions by employer

Benefits paid

Scheme administrative cost

Closing fair value of scheme assets

The fair value of the Scheme assets at the balance sheet date is analysed as follows:

Equity instruments

Bonds

Other

2020
£000

2019
£000

385,892

353,449

8,153

9,388

16,077

2,237

(15,107)

(624)

34,542

3,199

(14,184)

(502)

396,628

385,892

Value at 
31 July 2020 
£’000

Value at 
31 July 2019 
£’000

172,903

138,873

84,852

208,320

161,047

16,525

396,628

385,892

The Scheme’s assets do not include any of the Group’s own financial instruments, nor any property occupied by, 
or other assets used by the Group. Included within the scheme assets noted above are £128.0m (2020: £148.2m) 
relating to pooled investment vehicles under a fiduciary management arrangement.

The Scheme exposes the Group to actuarial risks such as market (investment) risk, interest rate risk, inflation risk 
and longevity risk. The defined benefits pension scheme does not expose the Group to any unusual scheme-
specific or company-specific risk.

Investment risk: the Scheme holds some of its investments in asset classes, such as equities, which have volatile 
market values and, while these assets are expected to provide the best returns over the long term, any short term 
volatility could cause additional funding to be required. Derivative contracts are used from time to time which would 
limit losses in the event of a fall in equity markets.

Interest rate risk: the Scheme’s liabilities are assessed using market rates of interest to discount the liabilities 
and are therefore subject to any volatility in the movement of the market rate of interest. The net interest income 
or expense recognised as an Adjusting Item in the Consolidated Income Statement is also calculated using the 
market rate of interest. The Scheme’s swap investments are expected to provide a degree of protection from any 
movement in the market rate of interest.

Inflation risk: a significant proportion of the benefits under the Scheme are linked to inflation. Although the Scheme’s 
assets are expected to provide a hedge against inflation over the long term, rising inflation over the short term could 
lead to an increase in the deficit. The Scheme’s swap investments are expected to provide a degree of protection 
from any short-term inflationary movements.

Longevity risk: in the event that members live longer than assumed, the liabilities may be understated, and thus 
increasing any deficit.

221

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

28. Retirement benefits continued
A sensitivity analysis of the principal assumptions used to measure the defined benefits pension obligation as at 31 
July 2020 is analysed as follows. Based on the assumptions set out above, the impact on the present value of the 
defined benefit obligations of changing the following individual assumptions (with all other assumptions remaining 
unchanged) is set out below. Assumption changes in the opposite direction would reduce liabilities by a similar 
magnitude.

Discount rate

Rate of Inflation (RPI)

Assumed life expectancy at age 65

Change in 
assumption

Reduce by 0.25%

Increase by 0.25%

Increase by 1 year

Change
£’000

15,822

13,273

20,703

31 July 2020
£’000

411,369

408,820

416,250

The Scheme’s investment strategy is to invest broadly 65% in return-seeking assets and 35% in matching assets 
(mainly government bonds). The strategy reflects the Scheme’s liability profile and the Trustees’ and Group’s 
attitude to risk.

The last funding valuation of the Scheme was as at 6 April 2019 and revealed a funding deficit of £28.4 million. The 
Company has agreed to pay the following contributions to eliminate the deficit: 

FY21 - £1 million plus 15% of free cash flow adjusted for pension items 

FY22 - £2 million plus 7.5% of free cash flow adjusted for pension items 

FY23 - £2.7 million 

FY24 to FY26 - £3.6 million per annum, adjusted downwards for the level of any contingent contributions paid in 
FY21 and FY22

FY27 - £1.4 million 

It is estimated that these payments will eliminate the shortfall by February 2027. The Company has also agreed to 
pay £400,000 per year towards the cost of running the Scheme. 

The liabilities of the Scheme are based on the current value of expected benefit payment cash flows to members of 
the Scheme over the next 75 years. The average duration of the liabilities is approximately 18 years.

The Scheme has one current participating employer: Kin and Carta plc. Kin and Carta plc is responsible for paying all 
contributions to the Scheme. Kin and Carta plc has an unconditional right to a refund of any surplus in the defined 
benefits pension scheme at the end of the Scheme’s duration. Kin and Carta plc is also liable for all the liabilities on 
wind-up or withdrawal from the Scheme in accordance with the Scheme’s trust deed and rules.

222

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

29. Financial instruments
The financial instruments by category and maturity profile are as follows:

Financial instrument category

Note

Amortised 
cost 
£’000

Fair value through 
profit and loss 
£’000

Maturity profile

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments – assets

Derivative financial instruments – liabilities

Deferred consideration payable

US Government Loans

Bank borrowings

20

20

22

21

21

12

23

23

28,165

24,408

24,510

–

–

–

6,721

49,286

–

–

–

Less than 12 months

Less than 12 months

Less than 12 months

47

Less than 12 months

40 Less than 12 months

3,901 More than 12 months

– More than 12 months

–

Less than 12 months

The maturity profile is based on the remaining period between the balance sheet date and the contractual maturity 
date of the Group’s financial assets/ liabilities at 31 July 2020, based on contractual undiscounted receipts/ 
payments:

30. Financial risk management
The Group’s Treasury function is responsible for managing the Group’s exposure to financial risk and operates within 
a defined set of policies and procedures reviewed and approved by the Board. 

These risks include market risk (including currency risk, fair value interest rate risk and price risk), credit risk, 
liquidity risk and cash flow interest rate risk. The Group does not enter into or trade financial instruments, including 
derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

At the 2020 period end, the Group’s borrowings consisted of loan drawdowns under the Group’s revolving multi-
currency credit facility as well as US Government loans. As at 31 July 2020, all of the Group’s borrowings were set to 
mature within one to four months. The loan drawdowns are interest bearing and are recorded on an undiscounted 
basis. Under the terms of the facility, the Group has the right to renew these borrowings until the expiration of the 
facility.

Interest rate risk
The Group carries a cash flow risk where there are changes in the interest rate levied on the Group’s borrowings as 
currently interest on the Group’s borrowings is at floating rates. The Group finances its operations through a mixture 
of retained earnings and bank borrowings. Group policy is to constantly review the exposure risk to interest rate 
fluctuations in relation to the risk as a proportion of Group earnings and, wherever possible, with matching short-
term deposits of surplus funds. The Group is not subject to fair value interest rate risk as the majority of debt is at 
floating rates.

223

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

30. Financial risk management continued
Interest rate management
An analysis of financial assets and liabilities exposed to interest rate risk by currency is set out below:

Financial assets subject to interest rate risk

US Dollar

Sterling

Euro

Argentine Peso

Singapore Dollar

Chinese Yuan

2020
£’000

18,108

5,797

331

172

–

–

2019
£’000

14,796

5,912

984

236

67

22

24,408

22,017

The Group’s financial assets comprise cash and cash equivalents, all of which attract interest at the relevant base 
rate.

Financial liabilities subject to interest rate risk

Sterling bank loans

US Dollar bank loans

2020
£’000

15,000

34,286

49,286

2019
£’000

40,000

20,416

60,416

The Group’s bank liabilities comprise loan borrowings, which bear interest at floating rates based upon Sterling and 
US Dollar LIBOR, and overdraft borrowings, which bear interest at floating rates based upon UK bank base rate.

The Group’s finance lease liabilities and US government loans are not subject to interest rate risk. 

Interest rate sensitivity analysis 
The analysis shows the additional charge to the Consolidated Income Statement assuming that the amount of the 
liability outstanding at the balance sheet date was outstanding for the entire period.

100% movement in Sterling LIBOR

100% movement in US Dollar LIBOR

2020
£’000

45

104

2019
£’000

465

692

The changes would not have impacted other equity reserves as all interest bearing financial assets and liabilities are 
subject to floating interest rates and their fair values do not fluctuate with changes in interest rates.

224

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

30. Financial risk management continued
Foreign exchange risk
From time to time, the Group enters into contracts to supply material services to customers trading in the following 
regions:

Europe at prices denominated in Euros

USA at prices denominated in US Dollars

Singapore at prices denominated in Singapore Dollars

Canada at prices denominated in CAD Dollars. 

Forward foreign exchange contracts
The Group enters into forward foreign exchange contracts to cover specific foreign currency payments and receipts 
and to manage the risk associated with anticipated sale and purchase transactions. Forward foreign exchange 
contracts have been used to hedge the exchange rate risk arising from these commitments, which are designated 
as cash flow hedges. As at 31 July 2020, the aggregate amount of unrealised loss under forward foreign exchange 
contracts deferred in the hedging reserve relating to the exposure on trade receivables and anticipated sale 
transactions amounted to £52,000. It is anticipated that the sales receipts will occur in the 12 months following the 
balance sheet date. 

The following table details the forward currency contracts outstanding at the period end:

Sell US dollars (up to 12 months)

Sell Euros (up to 12 months)

Average 
exchange rate
Sterling : foreign 
currency

Foreign 
currency
£‘000

Contract 
value
£’000

Notional 
value
£’000

1.25

1.18

1,340

800

1,070

679

1,021

721

Exchange rate sensitivity analysis
As at 31 July 2020, $40 million were drawn in US dollars on the revolving credit facility and $8.8 million were drawn 
on US government loans. 

Credit risk
The Group’s principal financial assets are bank balances and cash, trade and other receivables, which represent 
the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets. The Group’s credit risk is primarily 
attributable to its trade receivables. The amounts presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet are net of provision 
for impairment of trade receivables, estimated by the Group’s management based on prior experience and their 
assessment of the current economic environment. The Group’s credit risk is relatively low as the Group maintains 
credit insurance for all of its UK and US operations up to a maximum aggregate claim in any one year of £8.5 million. 
In addition, its UK subsidiaries’ sales are principally with a large number of counterparties and customers in the UK, 
and are denominated in Sterling.

Before accepting any new customers, the Group uses an external credit scoring system to assess the potential 
customer’s credit quality and defines credit limits by customer. Limits and scoring attributed to customers are 
reviewed regularly.

Included in the Group’s trade receivables balance are debtors with a carrying amount of £3.8 million (2019: £4.4 
million), which are past due at the reporting date for which the Group has not provided as there has not been a 
significant change in credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable. The Group does not hold any 
collateral over these balances.

225

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

30. Financial risk management continued
Ageing of impaired receivables

Between 0 and 59 days

Between 60 and 89 days

Between 90 and 119 days

120 days and above

Movement in provision for impairment of trade receivables 

Balance at the beginning of the period

Impairment losses recognised

Impairment losses reversed

Balance at the end of the period

2020
£’000

170

167

240

454

1,031

2020
£’000

988

190

(147)

1,031

2019
£’000

65

312

535

76

988

2019
£’000

1,456

193

(661)

988

Consideration of expected credit losses
In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the Group considers any change in the quality of the trade 
receivable from the date the credit was initially granted up to the reporting date. The concentration of credit risk is 
limited due to the customer base being large and unrelated, and being covered by credit insurance arrangements. 
Accordingly, the directors believe that there is no further credit provision required in excess of the provision for 
impairment of trade receivables already recognised. 

Liquidity risk
The Group’s policy is to maintain flexibility with respect to its liquidity position, by utilising short-term cash 
deposits and, where necessary, short-term bank borrowings for working capital and longer-term borrowings for 
capital expenditure requirements. The Group has access to a revolving credit facility of £85.0 million. Up to £7.5 
million of this facility can be drawn as an overdraft facility. The facility agreement will expire on 30 November 2022. 
The contractual maturities of drawn down borrowings, as well as undrawn facilities, are detailed in note 23.

Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will each be able to continue as a going 
concern while maximising the return to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. 
The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes the borrowings disclosed in note 23, cash and 
cash equivalents, and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and 
retained earnings as disclosed in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. Additional equity of £13.1 million 
net of costs was raised in the period to fund the initial consideration for Spire Digital. The board have reviewed and 
discussed the Group’s funding requirements and concluded that the group is well served by its current funding 
arrangements and do not see any need to adjust the Group’s capital in order to meet its objectives.

Interest on loan drawdowns is charged at LIBOR plus a margin, which varies between 1.75% and 2.00%, depending on 
the ratio of the Group’s net debt to EBITDA excluding Adjusting Items. Interest on overdraft drawdowns is charged at 
an average rate of 1.65% over the UK base rate and 2.25% over the US base rate dependent on the currency of the loan.

226

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

30. Financial risk management continued
The Group is subject to covenants on its borrowings (further discussed in the financial review on page 46), which 
could be considered an externally imposed capital requirement. The Board continually monitor the Group’s 
performance against its banking covenants and undertake monthly reviews of working capital, cash forecasts, and 
headroom on banking covenants. At the period end, the Group’s leverage ratio for bank covenant purposes was 1.4 
times (2019: 1.7 times) against a maximum limit of 4 times, and interest cover was 6 times (2019: 9 times) against 
a minimum of 4 times. The Group has fully complied with the requirements of these covenants during the period 
under review and expects to continue to do so. 

31. Share capital

Issued and fully paid:

At 31 July 2019

Issued during the period

At 31 July 2020

Number of shares

Ordinary shares 
of 10p each
£’000

153,426,476

15,333,582

168,760,058

15,343

1,533

16,876

All authorised and issued share capital is represented by equity shareholdings. The number of authorised and 
issued Kin and Carta plc ordinary shares as at 4 November 2020 was 168,760,058.

32. Additional paid-in capital

Balance at 3 August 2018

Transfer of contingent consideration deemed as 
remuneration

Balance at 31 July 2019

Shares issued during the period

Balance at 31 July 2020

Share 
premium
£’000

Merger 
Reserve
£’000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£’000

60,237

9,062

1,238

–

60,237

11,651

71,888

128

9,190

–

9,190

–

1,238

–

1,238

Total
£’000

70,537

128

70,665

11,651

82,316

The additional paid in capital includes share premium, the capital redemption reserve and the merger reserve. The 
capital redemption reserve represents the buyback of the Kin and Carta plc ordinary shares in prior periods. The 
merger reserve was derived from acquisitions made in prior periods. 

33. Other reserves
Other reserves in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity is made up of additional paid in capital as 
detailed in note 32 above along with the following:

ESOP reserve representing Kin and Carta plc ordinary shares held in the Group’s Employee Benefit Trust.

A portfolio of treasury shares consisting of 90,637 Kin and Carta plc ordinary shares held by the Company as at 31 
July 2020 (2019: 90,637 Kin and Carta plc ordinary shares).

Share option reserve representing the cumulative charge related to the options granted to Group’s employees over 
Kin and Carta plc ordinary shares.

Hedging and translation reserve which includes amounts relating to foreign translation differences arising on the 
retranslation of reserves due to the Group’s presentation in Sterling.

227

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

34. Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement
Reconciliation of cash generated from operations

Operating (loss)/profit from continuing operations

Operating loss from discontinued operations

Adjustments for:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Share of profit from joint arrangement

Disbursement from joint arrangement

Impairment losses related to continuing operations

Impairment losses related to discontinued operations

Amortisation of intangible assets

Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Share-based payment charge/(credit)

Non-cash reductions in lease liabilities

Settlement of share-based payment

(Decrease)/increase in defined benefits pension scheme obligations

Charge for contingent consideration required to be treated as remuneration

(Decrease)/increase in provisions

Operating cash inflows before movements in working capital

Decrease/(increase) in receivables

Decrease in payables

Increase in deferred income

Cash generated from operations

Analysis of financing liabilities

Bank loans – Revolving credit facility

US Government Loans

Bank loans - non-current

1 August 
2019
£’000

60,416

–

60,416

2020
£’000

(30,716)

(328)

5,995

(721)

303

21,325

1,465

10,789

92

272

(758)

–

(1,614)

6,186

(628)

11,662

11,003

(2,189)

2,374

22,850

2019
£’000

4,593

(328)

2,648

(169)

–

159

–

6,823

(1,766)

(650)

–

172

1,429

2,375

491

15,777

(181)

(6,856)

249

8,989

Foreign 
exchange 
gains
£’000

(1,515)

(414)

31 July
2020
£’000

49,286

6,721

Draw down
£’000

Repayment
£’000

–

7,135

7,135

(9,615)

–

(9,615)

(1,929)

56,007

Cash and cash equivalents (which are presented as a single class of assets on the face of the Consolidated Balance 
Sheet) comprise cash at bank and other short-term highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less. 

The effective interest rates on cash and cash equivalents are based on current market rates.

228

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

35. Share-based payments
The Company operates a number of share-based payment schemes for certain employees of the Group.

Long term Incentive Plan 2010 (“LTIP”)
Executive directors and certain members of senior management have been granted nil-cost share options under 
the Company’s LTIP. Details of the LTIP are included on pages 120 and 123 of the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Number of options

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

Granted during the period

Lapsed during the period

Outstanding at the end of the period

Exercisable at the end of the period

Estimated % of options vesting over next three years

2020
’000

3,724

2,977

(845)

5,856

–

63%

2019
’000

4,364

2,266

(2,906)

3,724

–

83%

The fair value of the options granted in the current period under the LTIP scheme were measured using a Black-
Scholes options pricing model. The inputs to the model are:

Weighted average mid-market share price (pence)

Weighted average exercise price

Expected life

Expected volatility

Risk free rate

Dividend yield

Weighted average fair value of the options (pence)

LTIP

1.01

£nil

3 years

29.17%

2.00%

4.00%

0.89

Save As You Earn Share Option Plan (“Sharesave Plan”)
The Company has granted share options to eligible employees under an HMRC-approved all-employee Sharesave 
Plan. Details of the plan are included on pages 130 to 152 of the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

229

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

35. Share-based payments continued
A reconciliation of the movement in the share options is shown below: 

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

Granted during the period

Lapsed during the period

Outstanding at the end of the period

Exercisable at the end of the period

Number of options

Weighted average 
exercise price

2020
‘000

651

–

(198)

453

–

2019
‘000

919

454

(722)

651

–

2020

0.94

–

1.18

0.83

–

2019

0.94

0.83

1.18

0.94

–

Estimated % of options vesting in the future years

100%

100%

The Group recognised a charge of £0.3 million (2019: charge of £0.7 million) relating to equity-settled share-based 
payments other than in the context of acquisitions. The exercise price of options outstanding at 31 July 2020 ranges 
between £nil and £0.83. 

Share-based contingent consideration required to be treated as remuneration
The Group recognised a charge for share-based payment of £0.6 million (2019: £0.7 million) relating to contingent 
consideration for acquisitions made in the current period, which is recorded as part of deemed remuneration in 
Adjusting Items (note 7)

36. Hedging and translation reserves
Hedging reserve and translation reserve
The reserve represents the cumulative amount of gains and losses on hedging instruments deemed effective in 
cash flow hedges and the translation of the net assets of the Group’s foreign operations, which relate to subsidiaries 
only, from their functional currency into the parent’s functional currency, being Sterling.

Gains and losses transferred from the hedging and translation reserves into Consolidated Income Statement during 
the period are included in the following line items in the Consolidated Income Statement:

Revenue

2020
£’000

(52)

2019
£’000

(201)

230

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

37. Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on 
consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. No material related party transactions have been entered into 
during the period, which might reasonably affect the decisions made by the users of these financial statements.

No executive officers of the Company or their associates had transactions with the Group during the period.

The Group earned revenue of £nil million (2019: £0.5 million) from Loop Integration LLC and the Group incurred 
£0.6 million charges (2019: £6,000) for services received. The Group also received a dividend of £0.2 million (2019: 
£nil) and a loan of £0.1 million was repaid in the period (2019: £nil). At the reporting date, the Group owed Loop 
Integration LLC £0.4 million (2019: £nil), Loop Integration LLC owed the Group £0.1 million (2019: £0.1 million) for 
services rendered and £nil (2019: £0.1 million) in respect of a loan. 

Aggregate directors’ remuneration
The Group considers the directors of Kin and Carta plc to be the key management personnel whose remuneration is 
disclosed in the Remuneration Report on page 138.

38. List of undertakings 
In accordance with section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, a full list of related undertakings, the country of 
incorporation, the registered office address and the percentage of equity owned is disclosed below, as at 31 July 
2020. 

Subsidiaries
Unless otherwise stated the subsidiary undertakings below are wholly owned and the share capital disclosed 
comprises ordinary shares (or the local equivalent thereof), which are directly or indirectly held by Kin and Carta plc. 
These undertakings were controlled by the Group on 31 July 2020, and their results are fully consolidated into the 
Group’s financial statements.

As of 31 July 2020, the trading subsidiaries were as follows:

Principal subsidiaries

Edit Agency Limited

Incite Marketing Planning Limited

Incite Marketing Planning Singapore Pte. Ltd.

Incite New York LLC

Kin and Carta Advise Europe Limited

Kin and Carta Connect Europe Limited

Kin and Carta Create Europe Limited

Kin and Carta Partnerships Limited

Kin and Carta Partnerships LLC

Occam DM Limited

Pollen Health Limited

Pragma Consulting Limited

Relish Agency Limited

Solstice Consulting LLC

Solstice Mobile Argentina Srl

Note

Place of incorporation

Nature of business 

a

a

b

c, k

a, q

d, r

a, s

a, t

e, k

a, l

a

a, y

a

f, k

g

England and Wales

England and Wales

Singapore

Digital Transformation

Digital Transformation

Digital Transformation

United States of America

Digital Transformation

England and Wales

Scotland

England and Wales

England and Wales

Digital Transformation

Digital Transformation

Digital Transformation

Digital Transformation

United States of America

Digital Transformation

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

Digital Transformation

Digital Transformation

Digital Transformation

Digital Transformation

United States of America

Digital Transformation

Argentina

Digital Transformation

SpireMedia, Inc. (d/b/a Spire Digital)

h, m

United States of America

Digital Transformation

The Health Hive Limited

a

England and Wales

Digital Transformation

231

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements continued

38. List of undertakings continued
As of 31 July 2020, the other subsidiaries were as follows:
Other subsidiaries

Note

Amaze Limited

Amaze (Europe) Limited

Amaze Communication Services Limited

Amaze (Holdings) Limited

Amaze Communication Services

(Holdings) Limited

Amaze Technology Limited

Branded3 Search Limited

Fripp, Sandeman and Partners Limited

Kin and Carta Advisory LLC

Kin and Carta Belgium SPRL

Kin and Carta Former HoldCo Limited

Kin and Carta Group Limited

Kin and Carta Illinois LLC

Kin and Carta Investments Limited

Kin and Carta Marketing Services (Singapore)  
Pte. Ltd.

a

a

a

a

a

a

a, n

a

c, k

i

a, u

a, v

e, k

a, w

b, x

Place of incorporation

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

United States of America

Belgium

England and Wales

England and Wales

United States of America

England and Wales

Singapore

Kin and Carta Marketing Services (Delaware) LLC c, k

United States of America

Okana Systems Limited

Pollen Health (US) LLC

Realise Holdings Limited

Response One Holdings Limited

Solstice Consulting Argentina LLC

Solstice Consulting Latin America LLC

The Health Hive (US) LLC

The Health Hive Group Limited

a, o

c, k

d

a, p

j, k

j, k

c, k 

a 

England and Wales

United States of America

Scotland

England and Wales

United States of America

United States of America

United States of America

England and Wales

Non-trading subsidiaries

Note

Place of incorporation

eBee Limited

Kin and Carta Advise Legacy Limited

Kin and Carta Connect Legacy Limited

Kin and Carta Create Legacy Limited

SouthWest Mailing Limited

St Ives Blackburn Limited

St Ives Burnley Limited

St Ives Direct Edenbridge Limited

St Ives Direct Leeds Limited

St Ives Financial Limited

St Ives Pension Scheme Trustees Limited

St Ives Westerham Press Limited

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a 

a 

a 

a 

a 

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

232

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

38. List of undertakings continued
Other related undertaking 
The related undertaking below is recognised using the equity method of accounting and the membership interest 
disclosed is held by a subsidiary of the Group. 

Other related undertaking

Note

Percentage

Loop Integration LLC

c, k

50

e.  Registered office: One Tudor Street, London EC4Y 0AH, United Kingdom. 

f.  Registered office: 38 Beach Road, #29-11 South Beach Tower, 189767, Singapore 

g.  Registered office: 200 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 210, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, United States 

h.  Registered office: Quay House, 142 Commercial Street, Edinburgh EH6 6LB, United Kingdom 

i.  Registered office: 100 N. LaSalle, Suite 500, Chicago, Illinois 60602-3554, United States

j.  Registered office: 208 South LaSalle Street, Suite 814, Chicago, Illinois 60604, United States

k.  Registered office: Solstice Argentina, Aguirre 1169, Ciudad Autonoma de Buenos Aires, Argentina

l.  Registered office: 400 S. Colorado Blvd., Suite 600, Denver, Colorado 80246-1239, United States

m.  Registered office: 1000 Bruxelles, Avenue du Port 86C, Boîte 204, Belgium

n.  Registered office: 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, Dover, Delaware 19904, United States

o.  Membership interest

p.  Ordinary, A Preferred Ordinary, B Ordinary, C Ordinary, D Ordinary, Deferred Ordinary

q.  Class A Common Stock

r.  Ordinary, A Ordinary, B Ordinary

s.  Ordinary and A Ordinary

t.  A Ordinary, B Ordinary

u.  On 29 July 2020, Kin and Carta Advisory Limited changed its name to Kin and Carta Advise Europe Limited

v.  On 21 July 2020, Realise Limited changed its name to Kin and Carta Connect Europe Limited

w.  On 29 July 2020, The App Business Limited changed its name to Kin and Carta Create Europe Limited

x.  On 19 August 2019, My Bench Limited changed its name to Kin and Carta Partnerships Limited

y.  On 1 September 2020, Pragma Holdings Limited changed its name to Kin and Carta Former HoldCo Limited

z.  On 7 February 2020, Kin and Carta Marketing Services Limited changed its name to Kin and Carta Group Limited

aa. On 7 February 2020, Kin and Carta Holdings Limited changed its name to Kin and Carta Investments Limited

ab. On 30 December 2019, St Ives Marketing Services (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. changed its name to Kin and Carta 

Marketing Services (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

ac. On 31 August 2020, the entire issued share capital of Pragma Consulting Limited was sold to a third party

233

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Company Balance Sheet

No. 01552113

Registered in England and Wales

Fixed assets

Intangible assets

Tangible assets

Investment property

Investments

Retirement benefit surplus

Current assets

Debtors

Cash at bank and in hand

Assets held for sale

Creditors: Amounts falling due within one year

Bank loans and overdrafts

Trade and other creditors

Finance Lease payable

Derivative financial instruments

Net current liabilities

Total assets less current liabilities

Creditors: Amounts falling due after more than one year

Bank loans and overdrafts

Provisions for liabilities

Deferred taxation

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Called up share capital

Share premium account

Other reserves

Profit and loss account

Total equity

Note

6

5

7

8

14

10

9

12

12

12

11

13

15

12

16

16

17

31 July
2020
£’000

541

167

4,857

209,168

1,083

31 July
2019
£’000

458

467

5,106

211,348

6,665

215,816

224,044

11,070

26

9,791

20,887

(11,358)

(16,756)

(71)

(40)

4,736

1,559

–

6,295

–

(15,979)

–

(136)

(7,338)

(9,820)

208,478

214,224

(49,286)

(60,416)

(234)

(245)

(1,605)

(1,347)

158,713

150,856

16,876

71,888

11,919

58,030

158,713

15,343

60,237

11,048

64,228

150,856

The profit for the financial year for the Company was £1.5 million (2019: £0.6 million).

These financial statements were approved by the board of directors on 5 November 2020 and signed on its behalf by

J Schwan
Chief Executive Officer

Chris Kutsor
Chief Financial Officer

234

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Company Statement of  
Changes in Equity

l

a
t
i
p
a
c
e
r
a
h
S

0
0
0
£

’

i

m
u
m
e
r
p
e
r
a
h
S

t
n
u
o
c
c
a

0
0
0
£

’

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

r
e
g
r
e
M

0
0
0
£

’

n
o
i
t
p
m
e
d
e
r

l

a
t
i
p
a
C

e
v
r
e
s
e
r
P
O
S
E

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

0
0
0
£

’

Balance at 4 August 2018

15,343 60,237 9,062

1,238

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income:

Actuarial gain on defined benefits 
pension scheme

Tax charge on items taken directly  
to equity

Total comprehensive income

Dividends

Purchase of own shares

Recognition of share-based 
contingent consideration deemed as 
remuneration

Transfer of share-based contingent 
consideration deemed as 
remuneration

Settlement of share-based 
payments

Tax on share-based payments

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

128

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

s
e
r
a
h
s
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T

0
0
0
£

’

n
o
i
t
p
o
e
r
a
h
S

e
v
r
e
s
e
r

0
0
0
£

’

s
s
o

l

d
n
a
t
i
f
o
r
P

t
n
u
o
c
c
a

0
0
0
£

’

0
0
0
£

’

l

a
t
o
T

(163)

7,150 53,509 146,376

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

577

577

6,206

6,206

(991)

(991)

5,792

5,792

(2,990) (2,990)

–

(185)

1,669

–

1,669

(7,440)

7,909

597

(650)

75

8

–

(478)

75

0
0
0
£

’

–

–

–

–

–

–

(185)

–

–

164

–

Balance at 31 July 2019

15,343 60,237 9,190

1,238

(21)

(163)

804

64,228 150,856

Implementation of IFRS16

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(204)

(204)

Balance at 1 August 2019 restated 15,343 60,237 9,190

1,238

(21)

(163)

804

64,024 150,652

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive expense:

Actuarial loss on defined benefits 
pension scheme

Tax charge on items taken directly  
to equity

Total comprehensive expense

Dividends

Recognition of share-based 
contingent consideration deemed as 
remuneration

Purchase of own shares

Share Placement

Recognition of share-based 
payments

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,533

11,651

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(47)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

647

–

–

271

1,499

1,499

(7,359)

(7,359)

1,858

1,858

(4,002) (4,002)

(1,993)

(1,993)

–

–

–

–

647

(47)

13,185

271

Balance at 31 July 2020

16,876

71,888 9,190

1,238

(68)

(163)

1,722

58,029 158,713

235

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Back to contents

Notes to the Company  
Financial Statements

1. Accounting policies
The separate financial statements of the company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006 as 
applicable to companies using FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’. The financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ as issued by the Financial Reporting Council.

Financial Reporting Standard 1 – reduced disclosure exemptions
The Company is taking advantage of the applicable disclosure exemptions permitted by FRS 101 in its financial 
statements, which are summarised below:

Standard

Disclosure exemption

IFRS 2, ‘Share-based Payment’

•  Para 45(b) – number and weighted average exercise prices of share options

•  Para 46-52 – fair value disclosures for share options

IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: 
Disclosures’

•  Full exemption

IFRS 13, ‘Fair Value Measurement’

•  Para 91-99 – disclosure of valuation techniques and inputs used for fair value 

IAS 1, ‘Presentation of the 
Financial Statements’

measurement of assets and liabilities

•  Para 10(d) – statement of cash flows

•  Para 10(f) – a statement of financial position as at the beginning of the 

preceding period when an entity applies an accounting policy retrospectively 
or makes a retrospective statement of items in its financial statements, or 
when it reclassifies items in its financial statements

•  Para 16 – statement of compliance with all IFRS

•  Para 38 – present comparative information in respect of paragraph 79(a)(iv) 

of IAS 1

•  Para 38A – requirement for minimum of two primary statements, including 

cash flow statements

•  Para 38B-D – additional comparative information

•  Para 40A-D – requirements for a third statement of financial position

•  Para 111 – cash flow statement information

•  Para 134-136 – capital management disclosures

IAS 7, ‘Statement of Cash Flows’

•  Full exemption

IAS 8, ‘Accounting Policies, 
Changes in Accounting Estimates 
and Errors’

•  Para 30 & 31 – requirement for the disclosure of information when an entity 
has not applied a new IFRS that has been issued but is not yet effective

IAS 24, ‘Related Party Disclosures’ •  Para 17 and 18A– key management compensation

•  The requirements to disclose related party transactions entered into between 
two or more members of a group, provided that any subsidiary which is a 
party to the transaction is wholly owned by such a member

The equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated financial statements on pages 172 to 176 and notes 1 to 37. 

As permitted by section 408(3) of the Companies Act 2006, the income statement of the Company is not 
presented in this Annual Report. The Company has not published its individual cash flow statement as its liquidity, 
solvency and financial adaptability are dependent on the Group rather than its own cash flows.

236

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Going Concern
The Group’s funding is provided by a revolving credit 
facility agreement of £85m entered into during the 
prior period which expires in November 2022. At 31 July 
2020, the Group held cash balances of £24.4 million 
and had available undrawn amounts on the facility of 
£35.5 million. There was significant headroom on the 
lender banks’ leverage and interest cover covenants 
throughout FY20. As a precautionary measure, the 
Group obtained from its lender banks relief on its 
covenants through to April 2021. with an increase in 
the maximum permissible bank leverage, measured as 
the ratio of net borrowings to Adjusted EBITDA, from a 
previous ceiling of 2.5X to a level of up to 5X. This has 
resulted in substantially increased projected headroom 
on this measure in the forecast period. 

In order to assess the Group’s ability to continue 
to trade as a going concern and to be viable over 
the medium term, detailed business and cash flow 
forecasts covering a three year period from 1 August 
2020 have been prepared by the Directors based on 
‘bottom up’ inputs from the individual business units. 
The resulting projected debt levels, debt leverage 
and interest cover ratios have been compared to the 
current covenant limits prevailing under the revolving 
credit facility order to ensure that the Group has both 
sufficient liquidity and will be able to operate within 
the covenants so as to continue as a going concern for 
a period of at least 12 months from the date of these 
financial statements.

The base case model prepared by the Directors is 
based on management’s best estimates of future 
trading at the time of the assessment. The base 
case assumes very modest revenue growth in FY21 
compared to FY20, with improved levels of profitability 
following the actions taken to reduce costs in the fourth 
quarter of FY20. In addition to the base case forecast, 
a number of stress scenarios have also been modelled 
to assess the Group’s ability to cope with potential 
downsides without breaching covenant ratios or debt 
volume limits. These have been combined to create a 
severe but plausible downside scenario for the purpose 
of the going concern assessment. The circumstances 
modelled in the stress scenarios are set out in the 
Viability Statement on page 154 of the Directors’ report. 

The Group projects that it will continue to operate 
within covenant limits and has sufficient liquidity in 
both the base case forecast and in the severe but 
plausible downside scenario. The Company can access 
this liquidity which is committed until November 
2022 and thus the Net Current Liability position of 
the Company at 31 July 2020 does not give rise to a 
concern about the Company‘s liquidity.

Therefore, at the time of approving the financial 
statements, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future, a minimum of 
twelve months from the date of approval of these 
financial statements. Thus they continue to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in preparing the 
financial statements.

The principal accounting policies adopted are the same 
as those set out in note 2 to the consolidated financial 
statements except as noted below. The accounting 
policies have been applied consistently throughout the 
financial statements.

(a) Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less, 
where appropriate, provisions for impairment. Loans to 
subsidiaries are classified as investments where they 
are long term funding in nature.

(b) Critical accounting judgements 
and key sources of estimation 
uncertainty
In the course of applying the Group’s accounting 
policies the following estimations and accounting 
judgements have been made which could have a 
significant effect on the results of the Group were they 
subsequently found to be inappropriate.

Carrying value of investments
The assessment of the carrying value of investments 
requires the estimation of future cash flows from the 
businesses owned and operated by the subsidiaries 
which compose the Company’s investments. These 
forecast cash flows are subject to uncertainty and if 
the actual cash flows are lower than those forecast, this 
could result in an impairment in the investments.

237

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Company  
Financial Statements continued

1. Accounting policies continued
Assets held for sale
The reclassification of investments as Assets held for sale involves a judgment of the likelihood of a sale taking place 
within 12 months of the balance sheet date which is not entirely within the control of the Company. 

Retirement benefits obligations
The calculation of retirement benefits obligations requires estimates to be made of discount rates, inflation rates, 
future salary and pension increases and mortality. The net surplus in the Consolidated Balance Sheet for the 
retirement benefits scheme was £1.1million (2019: surplus of £6.7 million). A sensitivity analysis can be found in 
note 28 to the consolidated Financial Statements.

2. Profit from operations
As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, no profit and loss account of the Company is included in 
these financial statements. The profit for the financial year for the Company was £1.5 million (2019: £0.6 million).

3. Auditors’ remuneration
Fees paid to the auditors in respect of their audit of the Company were £240,000 (2019: £178,000).

4. Employee information
The average monthly number of employees (including executive directors) was:

Administration

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

2020
Number

55

2019
Number

51

2020
£’000

3,685

258

103

4,046

2019
£’000

4,671

248

53

4,972

Disclosure of individual directors’ remuneration, share options, long-term incentive schemes, pension contributions 
and pension entitlements required by the Companies Act 2006 and those elements specified for audit by the 
Financial Conduct Authority are shown in the tables in the Remuneration Report on pages 120 to 152 and form part 
of these parent company financial statements. Further details of share-based payments are contained in note 2 in 
the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

238

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

5. Tangible assets

Cost:

At 4 August 2018

Additions

Disposals

Transfer to Software

Transfers to Investment Property

At 31 July 2019

Adoption of IFRS16

Additions

Disposals

At 31 July 2020

Accumulated depreciation  
and impairment:

At 4 August 2018

Charge

Disposals

At 31 July 2019

Adoption of IFRS16

Charge

Disposals

Impairment

At 31 July 2020

Net book value:

At 31 July 2020

At 31 July 2019

Land and 
buildings
Short 
leases
£’000

Plant and 
machinery
£’000

Asset under 
construction
£’000

Fixtures, 
fittings, 
equipment 
and motor 
vehicles
£’000

Right of use 
buildings 
£’000

Total
£’000

700

122

–

–

–

822

–

–

–

822

461

136

–

597

–

147

–

78

822

–

225

1,964

35

(1,326)

–

–

673

–

–

(298)

375

1,807

62

(1,299)

570

–

41

(293)

–

318

57

103

656

400

–

(341)

(715)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

379

74

(50)

–

–

403

–

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,772

–

–

406

2,772

272

37

(45)

264

–

32

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,425

185

–

162

3,699

631

(1,376)

(341)

(715)

1,898

2,772

3

(298)

4,375

2,540

235

(1,344)

1,431

2,425

405

(293)

240

296

2,772

4,208

110

139

–

–

167

467

The Company adopted IFRS16 effective 1 August 2019 which led to the recognition of Right of Use Assets with a 
net book value of £0.2m at 31 July 2020, relating to a property lease. Following the decision to vacate the property 
permanently, the Right of use asset was impaired in full. Impairments were also recorded in leasehold improvements 
in the property. 

239

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Company  
Financial Statements continued

6. Intangible assets

Cost:

At 4 August 2018

Additions

Disposals

Transfer from assets under construction

At 31 July 2019

Additions

Disposals

At 31 July 2020

Accumulated amortisation and impairment:

At 4 August 2018

Charge

Disposals

At 31 July 2019

Charge

Disposals

At 31 July 2020

Net book value:

At 31 July 2020

At 31 July 2019

7. Investment property

Cost:

At 4 August 2018

Additions

Transfer from assets under construction

At 31 July 2019

Additions

At 31 July 2020

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:

At 4 August 2018

Charge

At 31 July 2019

Charge

At 31 July 2020

Net book value:

At 31 July 2020

At 31 July 2019

240

kinandcarta.com

Software
£’000

2,334

141

(2,168)

341

648

209

(18)

839

2,136

86

(2,032)

190

126

(18)

298

541

458

Investment 
Property 
£’000

7,193

18

715

7,926

18

7,944

2,575

245

2,820

267

3,087

4,857

5,106

 Back to contents

At 31 July 2020, the fair value of investment properties is not materially different from its net book value of £4.9 
million. This was arrived at on the basis of a valuation carried out by CBRE, independent valuers not connected with 
the Group. The valuation conforms to International Valuation Standards.

Within Investment Property, the Company has freehold land with a net book value of £0.2 million (2019: £0.2 million), 
these assets have not been depreciated. 

Rental income of £0.8 million (2019: £0.8 million) in relation to the investment properties have been recorded to the 
profit and loss account in the current year.

8. Investments 

At 1 August 2019

Transfer to asset held for sale

Loan advances

Loan repayments

Impairment

Foreign exchange revaluation

At 31 July 2020

Shares in 
subsidiaries at 
cost 
£’000

76,381

(9,791)

–

–

–

–

Loans to 
subsidiaries 
£’000

134,967

–

20,818

(7,902)

(1,936)

(3,369)

Total 
£’000

211,348

(9,791)

20,818

(7,902)

(1,936)

(3,369)

66,590

142,578

209,168

All of the above are unlisted investments. The principal trading subsidiaries are listed in note 38 of the consolidated 
financial statements. The transfers to assets held for sale relate to the reclassification of the investment in Health 
Hive Group, following the decision, prior to the end of the year, to dispose of this business. 

A loan to a subsidiary in Singapore was fully provided for in the year following the decision to close operations in 
that territory. 

9. Assets held for sale
The Health Hive Group, our healthcare communications consultancy is currently being marketed for sale and we 
expect to complete the divestment in the next 12 months. This business is classified as an asset held for sale in the 
balance sheet at 31 July 2020 and has been reclassified as discontinued operations in the current and prior periods.

10. Debtors

Within one year

Trade Debtors

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Other debtors

Prepayments and accrued income

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

435

9,815

33

787

11,070

–

3,365

62

1,309

4,736

Amounts owed by group undertakings are repayable on demand. They are non-interest bearing and unsecured. 

241

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Company  
Financial Statements continued

11. Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial liabilities

Forward foreign currency contracts

12. Creditors and finance lease liability

Amounts falling due within one year:

Bank loans and overdrafts (note 13)

Trade and other creditors:

Amounts owing to Group undertakings

Consideration payable on purchase of subsidiaries

Trade creditors

Corporation tax payable

Tax and social security

Other creditors

Accruals and deferred income

Amounts falling due after more than one year:

Bank loans and overdrafts (note 13)

Deferred tax

2020
£’000

40

2019
£’000

136

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

11,358

–

10,340

–

771

1,534

235

1,027

2,849

16,756

2020
£’000

49,286

245

49,531

4,943

2,000

1,101

1,967

366

263

5,339

15,979

2019
£’000

60,416

1,347

61,763

Amounts owed by group undertakings are repayable on demand. They are non-interest bearing and unsecured. 

During the year the Company adopted IFRS16. The impact on Right of Use assets is shown in Note 5. The movement 
on the lease liability following adoption was as follows:

Lease liability recognised under IFRS16

Recognised at 1 August 2019

Repayments

Interest expense

Balance at 31 July 2020

£’000

593

(539)

17

71

The difference between the total operating lease commitments at 31 July 2019 and the lease liabilities recognised 
at 1 August 2019 following the adoption of IFRS16 was not material. The lease liability is recorded within current 
liabilities at 31 July 2020. 

242

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

13. Borrowings and finance obligations

Amounts falling due within one year

Bank overdrafts

Amounts falling due after more than one year

Bank loans

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

11,358

–

49,286

60,416

The Company has access to a multi-currency credit facility of £85 million which is committed until 30 November 
2022, of which up to £7.5 million can be drawn as an overdraft facility. Interest on loan drawdowns is charged at 
LIBOR plus a margin which varies between 1.75% and 2.00%, depending on the ratio of the Group’s net debt to 
EBITDA excluding Adjusting Items. Interest on overdraft drawdowns is charged at an average rate of 1.65% over UK 
base rate. 

As at 31 July 2020, the Group’s outstanding loans within this facility were £49.3 million (2019: £60.4 million). The 
undrawn portion of this facility at 31 July 2020 was £35.7 million (2019: £24.6 million). 

The Group is subject to covenants on its borrowings, specifically maximum permitted limits on leverage, measured 
quarterly as Group net borrowings divided by trailing 12 month Adjusted Group EBITDA, and minimum permitted 
limits on interest cover, measured quarterly as Adjusted Group EBIT divided by group interest charges. Both 
covenants are measured on a pre-IFRS 16 ‘frozen GAAP’ basis and include pro forma adjustments for acquisitions 
and disposals. In the year, the Group agreed a relaxation to the covenant with its lenders in order to increase 
headroom, as a precautionary measure, to the levels note below: 

Prior to 31 July 2020

31 July 2020 

31 October 2020 

31 January 2021

30 April 2021

31 July 2021 and thereafter

Leverage - 
maximum 

Interest cover - 
minimum 

2.5X

4.0X

4.5X

5.0X

5.0X

2.5X

4.0X

4.0X

4.0X

2.0X

2.0X

4.0X

The Board continually monitor the Group’s performance against its banking covenants and undertake monthly 
reviews of working capital, cash forecasts, and headroom on banking covenants. At the year end the Group’s 
leverage ratio for bank covenant purposes was 1.4 times (2019 – 1.7 times) against a maximum limit of 4 times, and 
interest cover was 6 times (2019 – 9 times) against a minimum of 4 times. The Group has fully complied with the 
requirements of these covenants during the year under review and expects to continue to do so. 

The Company’s overdraft and loans are guaranteed by certain UK subsidiary undertakings and the Company 
guarantees the loans and overdrafts of those UK subsidiary undertakings. At 31 July 2020, the aggregate liability for 
the Company under this guarantee amounted to £60.6 million (2019: £60.4 million). The aggregate value of overdraft 
liabilities related to those subsidiaries which are guaranteed by the Company amounted to £nil (2019: £8.2m).

At 31 July 2020, there was no loan or overdraft secured against the assets of the Company (2019: £Nil). The 
directors consider that the carrying amount of the loans and overdrafts approximates their fair value.

The Company has guaranteed amounts payable to certain property landlords and suppliers and customers of its trading 
subsidiaries. The maximum aggregate liability under these financial guarantees is £20.6 million (2019: £26.7 million).

243

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Notes to the Company  
Financial Statements continued

14. Retirement benefits 

Retirement benefit surplus

2020
£’000

1,083

2019
£’000

6,665

The Company participates in both the defined benefit and defined contribution schemes operated by Kin and 
Carta plc. The assets and liabilities of the defined benefit scheme are held in separate trustee-administered funds. 
The pension costs are based on pension costs across the Group as a whole. For the defined contribution scheme, 
the income statement charge represents contributions payable.

The Group is required to account for the defined benefit scheme under International Accounting Standard 19 − 
Employee Benefits (‘IAS 19’). The IAS 19 disclosures are included in note 28 of the notes to the consolidated financial 
statements.

15. Provisions for liabilities 

Provision for repairs

Provision for reorganisation

At 1 August 2019

Charge to profit and loss account

Release to profit and loss account

Utilisation

At 31 July 2020

2020
£’000

130

104

234

Provision for 
repairs 
£’000

Provision for 
reorganisation 
£’000

1,060

70

(541)

(459)

130

545

104

(149)

(396)

104

2019
£’000

1,060

545

1,605

Total 
£’000

1,605

174

(690)

(855)

234

The provision for repairs at 31 July 2020 relates to the dilapidation of a property for which the Company is 
responsible. Provisions held as at 31 July 2020 are estimated to be utilised in the financial year ending 31 July 2021.

The provision for reorganisation relates to costs on an onerous lease for a property.

16. Called up share capital and share premium account

Issued and fully paid at 1 August 2019

Share issue

At 31 July 2020

Ordinary 
shares of 
10p each
£’000

Share 
premium 
account 
£’000

15,343

1,533

16,876

60,237

11,651

71,888

Number of 
shares

153,426,476

15,333,580

168,760,056

During the year the Company raised £13.2m, net of costs, through a share placement of 15.3m shares. All authorised 
and issued share capital is represented by equity shareholdings. Further information on equity can be found in 
note 32 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

All authorised and issued share capital is represented by equity shareholdings. The number of authorised and 
issued Kin and Carta plc ordinary shares at 5 November 2020 was 168,760,056.

244

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

17. Other reserves
The movements in reserves are disclosed in the Company’s Statement of Changes in Equity. At 31 July 2020, the 
Company held a portfolio of treasury shares consisting of 90,637 Kin and Carta plc ordinary shares. Details of 
dividends can be found in note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

18. Related party transactions
Details on related party transactions can be found in note 38 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

19. Statement of guarantee
The Company has signed a statement of guarantee in respect of the liabilities of a number of subsidiary companies 
as at 31 July 2020 under section 479C of the Companies Act 2006. As a result, the following subsidiaries are 
exempt from the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006 in relation to the audit of individual accounts for the 
year ended 31 July 2020 by virtue of s479A of that Act:

Company

Amaze (Europe) Limited

Amaze (Holdings) Limited

Amaze Communication Services Limited

Amaze Communication Services (Holdings) Limited

Amaze Technology Limited

Branded3 Search Limited

eBee Limited

Fripp, Sandeman and Partners Limited

Kin + Carta Limited

Kin and Carta Advise Europe Limited

Kin and Carta Former HoldCo Limited

Kin and Carta Group Limited

Kin and Carta Investments Limited

Kin and Carta Partnerships Limited

Occam DM Limited

Okana Systems Limited

Pollen Health Limited

Realise Holdings Limited

Relish Agency Limited

Response One Holdings Limited

SouthWest Mailing Limited

St Ives Blackburn Limited

St Ives Burnley Limited

St Ives Direct Edenbridge Limited

St Ives Direct Leeds Limited

St Ives Financial Limited

St Ives Pension Scheme Trustees Limited

St Ives Westerham Press Limited

The Health Hive Limited

The Health Hive Group Limited

Company registration number

6418202

6417738

2051287

2670935

6385430

6479012

6844490

1284879

11403627

11442056

6831479

8417677

190460

9569438

5095081

3877530

7839170

SC306420

11456907

6724581

5502768

1396772

5464477

565977

3067683

872411

2286545

483880

6423579

7661730

245

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better. Back to contents

Shareholder Information

Dividend Reinvestment Plan
The Company operates a Dividend Reinvestment Plan 
(‘DRIP’) which enables shareholders to use their cash 
dividend to buy additional shares in Kin and Carta 
plc. Further information can be obtained from Link 
Asset Services (‘Link’). The Plan is provided by Link 
Asset Services, a trading name of Link Market Services 
Trustees Limited, which is authorised and regulated by 
the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’).

Unauthorised brokers (‘Boiler 
Room Scams’)
Shareholders should be very wary of any unsolicited 
calls or correspondence offering to buy or sell shares 
at a discounted price. These calls are typically from 
fraudsters operating ‘boiler rooms’. Boiler rooms use 
increasingly sophisticated means to approach investors 
and often leave their victims out of pocket. If you 
are concerned that you may have been targeted by 
fraudsters please contact the FCA Consumer Helpline 
on 0800 111 6768.

Cautionary statement
This Annual Report and Accounts contains certain 
forward-looking statements with respect to the financial 
condition, results, operations and businesses of Kin 
and Carta plc. These statements and forecasts involve 
risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and 
depend upon circumstances that may occur in the 
future. There are a number of factors that could cause 
actual results or developments to differ materially from 
those expressed or implied by these forward-looking 
statements and forecasts.

Corporate information
Further information about the Group can be found on 
our website kinandcarta.com

This year’s Annual Report and Accounts, as well as 
copies of past years’ Annual Reports and Accounts, half 
year statements and shareholder circulars, are available 
to view and download from our investor website. 
Regulatory announcements and press releases made 
during the year, and in past years, are also available 
to view in the Regulatory News section of the investor 
website investors.kinandcarta.com.

Shareholding enquiries
The Company’s share register is maintained by Link Asset 
Services, who are able to deal with shareholders’ queries, 
including in respect of any of the following matters:

• 

transfer of shares;

•  change of name or address;

• 

• 

• 

• 

registering the death of a shareholder;

lost share certificates;

lost or out of date dividend warrants; and

the payment of dividends directly into a bank or 
building society accounts.

Their contact details are: Kin and Carta plc Shareholder 
Services, Link Asset Services, The Registry, 34 
Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TU.

Link’s shareholder helpline telephone number is 0371 
664 0300. If you are outside the United Kingdom, 
please call +44 (0) 371 664 0300. Calls are charged at 
the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider. 
Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged 
at the applicable international rate. Link’s lines are 
open between 9.00am to 5.30pm, Monday to Friday 
excluding public holidays in England and Wales. 

Alternatively, you can email your query to our registrars 
at shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk although, for 
legal reasons, they may subsequently require you to 
confirm any instruction in writing.

246

kinandcarta.com

 Back to contents

Glossary

Abbreviation

Definition

Abbreviation

Definition

Annual general meeting

FRC

Financial Reporting Council

Artificial intelligence

FTSE All-Share The aggregation of the FTSE 100, 

AGM

AI

APM

B Corporation  
or B Corp

Board

Brexit

CAGR

Code

Alternative performance measure

A globally recognised assessment 
framework to assist companies 
to become more responsible 
by considering the impact of 
their decisions on their clients, 
community, people, suppliers and 
the environment

The Board of Directors of Kin and 
Carta plc

The withdrawal of the United 
Kingdom from the European Union

Compound annual growth rate

FRC’s UK Corporate Governance 
Code published in July 2018, a 
copy of which can be found on 
the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website (frc.org.uk)

Companies Act Companies Act 2006 (as amended)

Company or  
Kin + Carta

Kin and Carta plc, a public limited 
company incorporated in England 
and Wales with registered number 
1552113

Connective or 
Group

The Company and its subsidiary 
undertakings

COVID-19

CSR

DBS

Dollar or $

eNPS

EPS

ESG

EU

The pandemic of the severe acute 
respiratory syndrome, coronavirus 
2, which causes coronavirus disease 
2019

Corporate Social Responsibility

Deferred Bonus Scheme

Unless otherwise specified, all 
references to dollars or $ dollar 
symbol are to the currency of the US

Employee net promoter score

Earnings per share

Environmental, social and corporate 
governance

European Union

Forthcoming  
AGM

The annual general meeting of 
the Company to be held on 23 
December 2020

GDPR

GMP

IAS

IDEA

IFRS

IoT

IT

KPI

LTIP

Pillars

Pragma

PwC

ROI

Spire Digital

FTSE 250 and FTSE Small Cap 
indices

General Data Protection Regulation 
(EU) 2016/679, a regulation in EU law 
on data protection and privacy

Guaranteed minimum pensions

International Accounting Standards

Inclusion, diversity, equity and 
awareness

International Financial Reporting 
Standards

Internet of things

Information technology

Key performance indicator

Long term incentive plan

Our three distinct sets of digital 
transformation capabilities: Advise, 
Create and Connect.

Pragma Consulting Limited, a leading 
commercial advisor for investors 
and operators in mixed use, airports 
and retail property, sold by the 
Group on 31 August 2020

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Return on investment

SpireMedia Inc. (doing business as 
Spire Digital), a digital transformation 
consulting firm, organised in 
Colorado and acquired by the Group 
on 26 November 2019

Triple bottom  
line

Giving consideration to people, 
profit and planet

Ventures

Edit (including its sister company, 
Relish) and Incite form our Ventures 
arm. Hive, a discontinued operation, 
and Pragma, divested in August 
2020, were also operated as 
ventures during the year. 

247

FinancialsWe exist to make the world work better.Kin and Carta plc 
11 Soho Street 
Soho 
London 
W1D 3AD

Telephone  +44 (0) 20 7928 8844 

Email  

hello@kinandcarta.com

Website  

www.kinandcarta.com